Table of Contents


UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSIO N
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
_________________________________________________
FORM 10-K
_________________________________________________
(Mark One)
ý
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from              to             .
COMMISSION FILE NO. 000-49747
_________________________________________________
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
_________________________________________________
Tennessee
58-2461486
(State of Incorporation)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 
 
531 Broad Street, Chattanooga, TN
37402
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
 
(423) 266-2000
 
 
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
 
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
 
Title of each class
 
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, $0.01 par value
 
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
 
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 
 
None
 
In dicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes   ¨     No   ý
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act.    Yes   ¨     No   ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   ý     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
¨
 
Accelerated filer
¨
Non-accelerated filer
¨
 
Smaller reporting company
ý
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes   ¨     No   ý
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s outstanding common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2012, was approximately $5.9 million, based on the registrant’s closing sales price as reported on the NASDAQ Global Capital Market. There were 62,423,367 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of April 15, 2013 .


Table of Contents


First Security Group, Inc. and Subsidiary
Form 10-K
INDEX
 
 
 
Page
No.
PART I.

 
 
 
Item 1.
Business
 
 
 
Item 1A.
 
 
 
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
 
 
 
Item 2.
Properties
 
 
 
Item 3.
 
 
 
Item 4.
 
 
 
PART II.

 
 
 
Item 5.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
 
 
 
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data
 
 
 
Item 7.
 
 
 
Item 7A.
 
 
 
Item 8.
Financial Statements  and Supplementary Data
 
 
 
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
 
 
 
Item 9A.
 
 
 
Item 9B.
Other Information
 
 
 
PART III.

 
 
 
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
 
 
 
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
 
 
 
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
 
 
 
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
 
 
 
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
 
 
 
PART IV.

Item 15.
Exhibits , Financial Statement Schedules
 
 


Table of Contents


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Some of our statements contained in this Annual Report, including, without limitation, matters discussed under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation,” are “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements relate to future events or our future financial performance and include statements about the competitiveness of the banking industry, potential regulatory obligations, our entrance and expansion into other markets, our other business strategies and other statements that are not historical facts. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of performance or results. When we use words like “may,” “plan,” “contemplate,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “intend,” “continue,” “expect,” “project,” “predict,” “estimate,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “will,” and similar expressions, you should consider them as identifying forward-looking statements, although we may use other phrasing. These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and are based on our beliefs and assumptions, and on the information available to us at the time that these disclosures were prepared.
These forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties and may not be realized due to a variety of factors. There can be no assurance that the results, performance or achievements of the Company will not differ materially from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual events or results to differ significantly from those described in the forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to the following:
deterioration in the financial condition of borrowers resulting in significant increases in loan losses and provisions for those losses;
changes in loan underwriting, credit review or loss reserve policies associated with economic conditions, examination conclusions, or regulatory developments;
changes in business policies or practices as a result of the changes in management;
changes in political and economic conditions, including the political and economic effects of the current economic downturn and other major developments, including the ongoing war on terrorism, continued tensions in the Middle East, and the ongoing economic challenges facing the European Union;
changes in financial market conditions, either internationally, nationally or locally in areas in which First Security conducts its operations, including, without limitation, reduced rates of business formation and growth, commercial and residential real estate development, and real estate prices;
First Security’s ability to comply with any requirements imposed on it or FSGBank by their respective regulators, and the potential negative consequences that result;
the failure of assumptions underlying the establishment of reserves for possible loan losses;
changes in accounting principles, policies, and guidelines applicable to bank holding companies and banking;
the impacts of renewed regulatory scrutiny on consumer protection and compliance led by the newly created Consumer Finance Protection Bureau;
changes in capital standards and asset risk-weighting included in proposed Federal Reserve rules to implement the so-called “Basel III” accords;
fluctuations in markets for equity, fixed-income, commercial paper and other securities, which could affect availability, market liquidity levels, and pricing;
governmental monetary and fiscal policies including the undetermined effects of the Federal Reserves "Quantitative Easing" program, as well as legislative and regulatory changes, including, but not limited to, implementation of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”).
First Security’s participation or lack of participation in governmental programs implemented under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (the “EESA”) and the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act (the “ARRA”), including, without limitation, the Capital Purchase Program (the “CPP”) administered under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”), and the impact of such programs and related regulations on First Security and on international, national, and local economic and financial markets and conditions;
First Security’s lack of participation in a “stress test” under the Federal Reserve’s Supervisory Capital Assessment Program; the diagnostic and stress testing we conducted differs from that administered under the Supervisory Capital Assessment Program, and the results of our test may be inaccurate;
the impact of the EESA and the ARRA and related rules and regulations on the business operations and competitiveness of First Security and other participating American financial institutions, including the impact of the executive compensation limits of these acts, which may impact the ability of First Security to retain and recruit executives and other personnel necessary for their businesses and competitiveness;
the risk that First Security may be required to contribute additional capital to FSGBank in the future to enable it to meet its regulatory capital requirements or otherwise;
the risks of changes in interest rates on the level and composition of deposits, loan demand and the values of loan collateral, securities and interest sensitive assets and liabilities;
the effects of competition from other commercial banks, thrifts, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, credit unions, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market and other mutual funds and other


Table of Contents


financial institutions operating in our market area and elsewhere, including institutions operating regionally, nationally and internationally, together with such competitors offering banking products and services by mail, telephone and the Internet; and
the effect of any mergers, acquisitions or other transactions, to which we or our subsidiary may from time to time be a party, including, without limitation, our ability to successfully integrate any businesses that we acquire.
Many of these risks are beyond our ability to control or predict, and you are cautioned not to put undue reliance on such forward-looking statements. First Security does not intend to update or reissue any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report as a result of new information or other circumstances that may become known to First Security, and undertakes no obligation to provide any such updates.
All written or oral forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified in their entirety by this Cautionary Note. Our actual results and conditions may differ significantly from those we discuss in these forward-looking statements.
For other factors, risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from estimates and projections contained in these forward-looking statements, please read the “Risk Factors” section of this Annual Report beginning on page 20.
Note Regarding Reverse Stock Split
On September 19, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), First Security completed a one-for-ten reverse stock split of its common stock. In connection with the reverse stock split, every ten shares of issued and outstanding First Security common stock at the Effective Date were exchanged for one share of newly issued common stock. Fractional shares were rounded up to the next whole share. The number of shares of common stock authorized and the par value of the common stock were not affected. All prior period share amounts and per share values have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse stock split.




Table of Contents


PART I
 
ITEM 1.
Business
Unless otherwise indicated, all references to “First Security,” “we,” “us,” and “our” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K refer to First Security Group, Inc. and our wholly-owned subsidiary, FSGBank, National Association (“FSGBank”).
BUSINESS
First Security Group, Inc.
We are a bank holding company headquartered in Chattanooga, Tennessee. We currently operate 30 full-service banking offices through our wholly-owned bank subsidiary, FSGBank. We serve the banking and financial needs of various communities in eastern and middle Tennessee, as well as northern Georgia.
Through FSGBank, we offer a range of lending services that are primarily secured by single and multi-family real estate, residential construction and owner-occupied commercial buildings. In addition, we focus on serving the needs of small-to medium-sized businesses, by offering a range of lending, deposit and wealth management services to these businesses and their owners. Our principal source of funds for loans and securities is core deposits gathered through our branch network. We offer a wide range of deposit services, including checking, savings, money market accounts and certificates of deposit, and obtain most of our deposits from individuals and businesses in our market areas, including the vast majority of our loan customers. Our wealth management division offers private client services, financial planning, trust administration, investment management and estate planning services. We also provide mortgage banking and electronic banking services, such as Internet banking, on-line bill payment, cash management, ACH originations, and remote deposit capture. We actively pursue business relationships by utilizing the business contacts of our Board of Directors, senior management and local bankers, thereby capitalizing on our extensive knowledge of the local marketplace.
First Security Group, Inc. was incorporated in 1999 as a Tennessee corporation to serve as a bank holding company, and is regulated and supervised by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). As of December 31, 2012 , we had total assets of approximately $1.1 billion , total deposits of approximately $1.0 billion and stockholders’ equity of approximately $29.1 million .
FSGBank, National Association
FSGBank currently operates 30 full-service banking-offices along the Interstate corridors of eastern and middle Tennessee and northern Georgia, and is primarily regulated by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the “OCC”). In Dalton, Georgia, FSGBank operates under the name of Dalton Whitfield Bank, while FSGBank operates under the name of Jackson Bank & Trust along the Interstate 40 corridor in Tennessee. FSGBank also provides trust and investment management, mortgage banking, financial planning and electronic banking services, such as Internet banking (www.FSGBank.com), online bill payment, cash management, ACH originations, and remote deposit capture.
FSGBank is the successor to our three previous banks: Dalton Whitfield Bank (organized in 1999), Frontier Bank (acquired in 2000) and First State Bank (acquired in 2002). Dalton Whitfield Bank was a state bank organized under the laws of Georgia engaged in a general commercial banking business. Dalton Whitfield Bank opened for business in September 1999, and simultaneously acquired selected assets and substantially all of the deposits of Colonial Bank’s three branches located in Dalton, Georgia. In 2003, Premier National Bank of Dalton merged with and into Dalton Whitfield Bank for an aggregate purchase price of $11.7 million in cash and stock.
Frontier Bank was a state savings bank organized under the laws of Tennessee in 2000 as First Central Bank of Monroe County. We acquired First Central Bank of Monroe County in 2000 for an aggregate purchase price of $2.3 million in cash. After the acquisition, First Central Bank of Monroe County was renamed Frontier Bank and re-chartered as a state bank under the laws of Tennessee to engage in a general commercial banking business. Outside of the Chattanooga market, Frontier Bank operated under the name of “First Security Bank.”
First State Bank was a state bank organized under the laws of Tennessee engaged in a general commercial banking business since its organization in 1974. We acquired First State Bank in 2002 for an aggregate purchase price of $8.6 million in cash.
During 2003, we converted each of our three subsidiary banks into national banks, renamed each bank “FSGBank, National Association” and merged the banks under the charter previously held by Frontier Bank. As a result, we consolidated our banking operations into one subsidiary, FSGBank. FSGBank currently conducts its banking operations in Dalton, Georgia under the name “Dalton Whitfield Bank.”

(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
1

Table of Contents


Since the mergers in 2003, FSGBank has continued the commercial banking business of its predecessors. In addition, in December of 2003, FSGBank acquired certain assets and assumed substantially all of the deposits and other liabilities of National Bank of Commerce’s three branch offices located in Madisonville, Sweetwater and Tellico Plains, Tennessee.
In October 2004, FSGBank acquired 100% of the capital stock of Kenesaw Leasing, Inc ("Kenesaw Leasing") and J&S Leasing Inc ("J&S Leasing"), both Tennessee corporations, from National Bank of Commerce for $13.0 million in cash. Both companies continue to operate as wholly-owned subsidiaries of FSGBank. Kenesaw Leasing leases new and used equipment, fixtures and furnishings to owner-managed businesses, while J&S Leasing leases forklifts, heavy equipment and other machinery primarily to companies in the trucking and construction industries.
In August 2005, we acquired Jackson Bank & Trust (“Jackson Bank”) for an aggregate purchase price of $33.3 million in cash. Jackson Bank was a state commercial bank headquartered in Gainesboro, Tennessee. Jackson Bank was merged into FSGBank, but we continue to operate our banking operations in Jackson and Putnam Counties, Tennessee under the name of “Jackson Bank & Trust.”
FSGBank is a member of the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta (the "Federal Reserve Bank") and a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati (the “FHLB”). FSGBank’s deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC"). FSGBank operates 24 full-service banking offices in eastern and middle Tennessee and six offices in northern Georgia.
Market Area and Competition
We currently conduct business principally through 30 branches in our market areas of Bradley, Hamilton, Jackson, Jefferson, Knox, Loudon, McMinn, Monroe, Putnam and Union Counties, Tennessee and Catoosa and Whitfield Counties, Georgia. Our markets follow the Interstate 75 corridor between Dalton, Georgia (approximately one hour north of Atlanta, Georgia) and Jefferson City, Tennessee (approximately 30 minutes north of Knoxville, Tennessee) and the Interstate 40 corridor between Nashville, Tennessee and Knoxville, Tennessee. Based upon data available from the FDIC as of June 30, 2012, FSGBank’s total deposits ranked 6th among financial institutions in our market area, representing approximately 4.0% of the total deposits in our market area.
The table below shows our deposit market share in the counties we serve according to data from the FDIC website as of June 30, 2012.

Market
 
Number of
Branches
 
Our Market
Deposits
 
Total
Market
Deposits
 
Ranking
 
Market Share
Percentage
(%)
 
 
(dollar amounts in millions)
Tennessee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
        Bradley County
 
2

 
$
31

 
$
1,404

 
8

 
2.2
%
Hamilton County 1  
 
8

 
359

 
6,711

 
5

 
5.3
%
Jackson County
 
1

 
59

 
117

 
1

 
50.4
%
        Jefferson County
 
2

 
108

 
555

 
2

 
19.5
%
        Knox County
 
3

 
67

 
10,081

 
13

 
0.7
%
Loudon County
 
1

 
26

 
736

 
8

 
3.5
%
        McMinn County
 
1

 
29

 
873

 
8

 
3.3
%
Monroe County
 
2

 
66

 
642

 
5

 
10.3
%
        Putnam County
 
3

 
81

 
1,489

 
7

 
5.4
%
Union County
 
1

 
49

 
131

 
2

 
37.4
%
Georgia
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

        Catoosa County
 
1

 
8

 
786

 
9

 
1.0
%
        Whitfield County
 
5

 
150

 
1,721

 
4

 
8.7
%
FSGBank
 
30

 
$
1,033

 
$
25,246

 
6

 
4.1
%
1

Our brokered deposits, totaling $193.2 million at June 30, 2012, are included in the totals for Hamilton County.

2

Table of Contents



Our retail, commercial and mortgage divisions operate in highly competitive markets. We compete directly in retail and commercial banking markets with other commercial banks, savings and loan associations, credit unions, mortgage brokers and mortgage companies, mutual funds, securities brokers, consumer finance companies, other lenders and insurance companies, locally, regionally and nationally. Many of our competitors compete with offerings by mail, telephone, computer and/or the Internet. Interest rates, both on loans and deposits, and prices of services are significant competitive factors among financial institutions generally. Office locations, types and quality of services and products, office hours, customer service, a local presence, community reputation and continuity of personnel are also important competitive factors that we emphasize.
Many other commercial or savings institutions currently have offices in our primary market areas. These institutions include many of the largest banks operating in Tennessee and Georgia, including some of the largest banks in the country. Many of our competitors serve the same counties we do. Within our market area, there are 69 other commercial or savings institutions.
Virtually every type of competitor has offices in Atlanta, Georgia, approximately 75 miles from Dalton and 100 miles from Chattanooga. In our market area, our largest competitors include First Tennessee, SunTrust, Regions, BB&T, Bank of America and Wells Fargo. These institutions, as well as other competitors of ours, have greater resources, have broader geographic markets, have higher lending limits, offer various services that we do not offer and can better afford and make broader use of media advertising, support services and electronic technology than we do. To offset these competitive disadvantages, we depend on our reputation as being an independent and locally-owned community bank and as having greater personal service, community involvement and ability to make credit and other business decisions quickly and locally.
Lending Activities
We originate loans primarily secured by single and multi-family real estate, residential construction and owner-occupied commercial buildings. In addition, we make loans to small and medium-sized commercial businesses, as well as to consumers for a variety of purposes.
Our loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 was comprised as follows:

 
Amount    
 
    Percentage of    
Portfolio
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loans secured by real estate—
 
 
 
 
     Residential 1-4 family
 
$
188,191

 
34.8
%
     Commercial
 
221,655

 
41.0
%
     Construction
 
33,407

 
6.2
%
     Multi-family and farmland
 
17,051

 
3.2
%
 
 
460,304

 
85.2
%
Commercial loans
 
61,398

 
11.3
%
Consumer installment loans
 
13,387

 
2.5
%
Leases, net of unearned income
 
568

 
0.1
%
Other
 
5,473

 
0.9
%
               Total loans
 
$
541,130

 
100.0
%

3

Table of Contents



In addition, we have entered into contractual obligations, via lines of credit and standby letters of credit, to extend approximately $111.2 million and $5.0 million , respectively, in credit as of December 31, 2012 . We use the same credit policies in making these commitments as we do for our other loans. At December 31, 2012 , our contractual obligations to extend credit were comprised as follow:

 
Amount    
 
    Percentage of    
Contractual
Obligations
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Contractual obligations secured by real estate—
 
 
 
 
     Residential 1-4 family
 
$
48,184

 
41.5
%
     Commercial
 
1,648

 
1.4
%
     Construction
 
8,716

 
7.5
%
     Multi-family and farmland
 
1,166

 
1.0
%
 
 
59,714

 
51.4
%
Commercial loans
 
31,789

 
27.4
%
Consumer installment loans
 
774

 
0.7
%
Leases, net of unearned income
 

 
%
Other
 
23,880

 
20.5
%
Total contractual obligations
 
$
116,157

 
100.0
%
Real Estate Residential 1-4 Family. Our residential mortgage loan program primarily originates loans for the purchase of residential property to individuals for other third-party lenders. Residential loans to individuals retained in our loan portfolio primarily consist of first liens on 1-4 family residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit. These loans are generally made on the basis of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan from his or her employment and other income and are secured by residential real estate, the value of which is reasonably ascertainable. We expect that these loan-to-value ratios will be sufficient to compensate for fluctuations in real estate market value and to minimize losses that could result from a downturn in the residential real estate market. We generally do not retain long term, fixed rate residential real estate loans in our portfolio due to interest rate and collateral risks and low levels of profitability.
Real Estate Commercial, Multi-Family and Farmland. We make commercial mortgage loans to finance the purchase of real property as well as loans to smaller business ventures, credit lines for working capital and short-term seasonal or inventory financing, including letters of credit, that are also secured by real estate. Commercial mortgage lending typically involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of loans is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the properties collateralizing the loans to cover operating expenses and debt service. As a general practice, we require our commercial mortgage loans to be collateralized by well-managed income producing property with adequate margins and to be guaranteed by responsible parties. In addition, a substantial percentage of our commercial mortgage loan portfolio is secured by owner-occupied commercial buildings. We look for opportunities where cash flow from the business located in the owner-occupied building provides adequate debt service coverage and the guarantor’s net worth is primarily based on assets other than the project we are financing. Our commercial mortgage loans are generally collateralized by first liens on real estate, have fixed or floating interest rates and amortize over a 10 to 20-year period with balloon payments due at the end of one to five years. Payments on loans collateralized by such properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties. Accordingly, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market.
In underwriting commercial mortgage loans, we seek to minimize our risks in a variety of ways, including giving careful consideration to the property’s operating history, future operating projections, current and projected occupancy, location and physical condition. Our underwriting analysis also includes credit checks, reviews of appraisals and environmental hazards or EPA reports and a review of the financial condition of the borrower. We attempt to limit our risk by analyzing our borrowers’ cash flow and collateral value on an ongoing basis.
Real Estate Construction. We also make construction and development loans to residential and, to a lesser extent, commercial contractors and developers located within our market areas. Construction loans generally are secured by first liens on real estate and have floating interest rates. Construction loans involve additional risks attributable to the fact that loan funds are advanced upon the security of a project under construction, and the value of the project is dependent on its successful completion. As a result of these uncertainties, construction lending often involves the disbursement of substantial funds with repayment dependent, in part, upon the success of the ultimate project rather than the ability of a borrower or guarantor to repay the loan. If we are forced to foreclose on a project prior to completion, there is no assurance that we will be able to recover all of the unpaid portion of the loan. In addition, we may be required to fund additional amounts to complete a project and may

4

Table of Contents


have to hold the property for an indeterminate period of time. While we have underwriting procedures designed to identify what we believe to be acceptable levels of risks in construction lending, no assurance can be given that these procedures will prevent losses from the risks described above. We are currently in the process of reducing our exposure to construction and development loans.
Commercial. Our commercial loan portfolio includes loans to smaller business ventures, credit lines for working capital and short-term seasonal or inventory financing, as well as letters of credit that are generally secured by collateral other than real estate. Commercial borrowers typically secure their loans with assets of the business, personal guaranties of their principals and often mortgages on the principals’ personal residences. Our commercial loans are primarily made within our market areas and are underwritten on the basis of the commercial borrower’s ability to service the debt from income. In general, commercial loans involve more credit risk than residential and commercial mortgage loans, but less risk than consumer loans. The increased risk in commercial loans is generally due to the type of assets collateralizing these loans. The increased risk also derives from the expectation that commercial loans generally will be serviced from the operations of the business, and those operations may not be successful.
Consumer. We make a variety of loans to individuals for personal, family and household purposes, including secured and unsecured installment and term loans. Consumer loans entail greater risk than other loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are unsecured or secured by depreciating assets such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted consumer loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment for the outstanding loan balance. In addition, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability, and thus are more likely to be affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal hardships.
Leases, Net of Unearned Income . Our commercial lease portfolio includes leases made by our leasing companies, Kenesaw Leasing and J&S Leasing. Kenesaw Leasing leases new and used equipment, fixtures and furnishings to owner-managed businesses, while J&S Leasing leases forklifts, heavy equipment and other machinery to owner-managed businesses primarily in the trucking and construction industries. The leased property usually serves as collateral for the lease. Our commercial leases are underwritten on the basis of the value of the underlying leased property as well as the basis of the commercial lessee’s ability to service the lease. Commercial leases generally entail greater risks than commercial loans or loans secured by real estate, but less risk than unsecured consumer loans. The increased risk in commercial leases is generally due to the rolling stock nature of the items leased, as well as the illiquid nature of the secondary market for used equipment. The increased risk also derives from the low barriers to entry in the trucking and construction industries. We are currently in the process of reducing our exposure to commercial leases by focusing our efforts on portfolio management of existing relationships instead of new business development.
Credit Risks. The principal economic risk associated with each category of the loans that we make is the creditworthiness of the borrower and the ability of the borrower to repay the loan. General economic conditions and the strength of the services and retail market segments affect borrower creditworthiness. General factors affecting a commercial borrower’s ability to repay include interest rates, inflation and the demand for the commercial borrower’s products and services, as well as other factors affecting a borrower’s customers, suppliers and employees.
Risks associated with real estate loans also include fluctuations in the value of real estate, new job creation trends, tenant vacancy rates and, in the case of commercial borrowers, the quality of the borrower’s management. Consumer loan repayments depend upon the borrower’s financial stability and are more likely to be adversely affected by divorce, job loss, illness and personal hardships.
Lending Policies. Our Board of Directors has established and periodically reviews our bank’s lending policies and procedures. We have established common documentation and standards based on the type of loans among our regions. There are regulatory restrictions on the dollar amount of loans available for each lending relationship. National banking regulations provide that no loan relationship may exceed 15% of a bank’s Tier 1 capital. At December 31, 2012 , our legal lending limit was approximately $4.1 million. In addition, we have established a tiered “house” limit based on the rating of the loan. However, these limits may not exceed our legal lending limit for each lending relationship. Any loan request exceeding the house limit must be approved by a committee of our Board of Directors. We occasionally sell participation interests in loans to other lenders, primarily when a loan exceeds our house lending limits.
Concentrations. The retail nature of our commercial banking operations allows for diversification of depositors and borrowers, and we believe that our business does not depend upon a single or a few customers. We also do not believe that our credits are concentrated within a single industry or group of related industries.
The economy in our Dalton, Georgia market area is generally dependent upon the carpet industry and changes in construction of residential and commercial establishments. While the Dalton economy is dominated by the carpet and carpet-related industries, we do not have any one customer from whom more than 10% of our revenues are derived. However, we have multiple customers, commercial and retail, that are directly or indirectly affected by, or are engaged in businesses related to the carpet industry that, in the aggregate, have historically provided greater than 10% of our revenues.

5

Table of Contents


The federal banking regulators have issued guidance regarding the risks posed by commercial real estate (“CRE”) lending concentrations. CRE loans generally include land development, construction loans and loans secured by multifamily property, and non-farm, nonresidential real property where the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property. The guidance prescribes the following guidelines to help identify institutions that are potentially exposed to significant CRE risk:
total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s total capital, or
total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more.
As of December 31, 2012 , our concentrations were within the thresholds of the CRE guidance.
In addition to considering the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of borrowers, we often secure loans with real estate collateral. At December 31, 2012 , approximately 85.2% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower but may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If the value of real estate in our core markets were to decline further, a significant portion of our loan portfolio could become under-collateralized.
We offer a variety of loan products with payment terms and rate structures that have been designed to meet the needs of our customers within an established framework of acceptable credit risk. Payment terms range from fully amortizing loans that require periodic principal and interest payments to terms that require periodic payments of interest-only with principal due at maturity. Interest-only loans are a typical characteristic in commercial and home equity lines-of-credit and construction loans (residential and commercial). As of December 31, 2012 , we had approximately $113.8 million of interest-only loans, which primarily consist of commercial real estate loans ( 45% ) and commercial and industrial loans ( 26% ). The loans have an average maturity of approximately eighteen months or less. The interest-only loans are fully underwritten and within our lending policies.
We do not offer, hold or service option adjustable rate mortgages that may expose the borrowers to future increases in repayments in excess of changes resulting solely from increases in the market rate of interest (loans subject to negative amortization).
Deposits
Our principal source of funds for loans and investing in securities is core deposits. We offer a wide range of deposit services, including checking, savings, money market accounts and certificates of deposit. We obtain most of our deposits from individuals and businesses in our market areas. We believe that the rates we offer for core deposits are competitive with those offered by other financial institutions in our market areas. We have also chosen to obtain a portion of our deposits from outside our market through brokered deposits. Our brokered deposits represented 16.4% of total deposits as of December 31, 2012 . Other sources of funding include advances from the FHLB, subordinated debt and other borrowings. These other sources enable us to borrow funds at rates and terms, which at times, are more beneficial to us. During the fourth quarter of 2009 and first quarter of 2010, we enhanced our liquidity by issuing over $255 million in brokered certificates of deposits and placing the excess funds in our interest bearing deposit account at the Federal Reserve Bank. As a result of the Consent Order, discussed below, we may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the FDIC. Accordingly, principal sources of funds are currently limited to non-brokered deposits, other borrowings and our existing cash reserves. At December 31, 2012 , our cash balance at the Federal Reserve Bank was approximately $157 million. This excess cash is available to fund our contractual obligations and prudent investment opportunities.
Other Banking Services
Given client demand for increased convenience and account access, we offer a range of products and services, including 24-hour internet banking, ACH transactions, remote deposit capture, wire transfers, direct deposit, traveler’s checks, safe deposit boxes, and United States savings bonds. We earn fees for most of these services. We also receive ATM transaction fees from transactions performed by our customers participating in a shared network of ATMs and a debit card system that our customers can use throughout Tennessee and Georgia, as well as in other states. Additionally, we offer wealth management services including private client services, financial planning, trust administration, investment management and estate planning services.

6

Table of Contents



Securities
After establishing necessary cash reserves and funding loans, we invest our remaining liquid assets in securities allowed under banking laws and regulations. We invest primarily in obligations of the United States or obligations guaranteed as to principal and interest by the United States, other taxable securities and in certain obligations of states and municipalities. We also invest excess funds in federal funds with our correspondent banks and in our interest bearing account at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. The sale of federal funds represents a short-term loan from us to another bank. Risks associated with securities include, but are not limited to, interest rate fluctuation, market illiquidity, maturity and concentration.
Seasonality and Cycles
Although we do not consider our commercial banking business to be seasonal, our mortgage banking business is somewhat seasonal, with the volume of home financings, in particular, being lower during the winter months. Additionally, the Dalton, Georgia economy is seasonal and cyclical as a result of its dependence upon the carpet industry and changes in construction of residential and commercial establishments. While the Dalton, Georgia economy is dominated by the carpet and carpet-related industries, we do not have any one customer from whom more than 10% of our revenues are derived. However, we have multiple customers, commercial and retail, that are directly or indirectly affected by, or are engaged in businesses related to the carpet industry that, in the aggregate, have historically provided greater than 10% of our revenues.
Employees
On December 31, 2012 , we had 322 full-time employees and 11 part-time employees. We consider our employee relations to be good, and we have no collective bargaining agreements with any employees.
Website Address
Our corporate website address is www.FSGBank.com. From this website, select the “About” tab followed by selecting “Investor Relations.” Our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), including but not limited to our Annual Report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to these reports are available and accessible soon after we file them with the SEC.
 
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
Both First Security and FSGBank are subject to extensive state and federal banking regulations that impose restrictions on and provide for general regulatory oversight of their operations. These laws are generally intended to protect depositors, not stockholders. Legislation and regulations authorized by legislation influence, among other things:
how, when and where we may expand geographically;
which product or service market we may enter;
how we must manage our assets or liabilities; and
under what circumstances money may or must flow between the parent bank holding company and the subsidiary bank.
Set forth below is an explanation of the major pieces of legislation affecting our industry and how that legislation affects our actions. The following summary is qualified by reference to the statutory and regulatory provisions discussed. Changes in applicable laws or regulations may have a material effect on our business and prospects, and legislative changes and the policies of various regulatory authorities may significantly affect our operations. We cannot predict the effect that fiscal or monetary policies, or new federal or state legislation may have on our business and earnings in the future.
First Security
Because we own all of the capital stock of FSGBank, we are a bank holding company under the Federal Bank Holding Company Act of 1956 (the “Bank Holding Company Act”). As a result, we are primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the Bank Holding Company Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board.
Written Agreement. Effective September 7, 2010, First Security entered into a Written Agreement (the “Agreement”) with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Agreement is designed to enhance our ability to act as a source of strength to FSGBank. Substantially all of the requirements of the Agreement are similar to those already in effect for FSGBank pursuant to the Consent Order entered into with the OCC on April 28, 2010, and discussed below. On September 14, 2010, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Agreement. A copy of the Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to such Form 8-K.

7

Table of Contents



Pursuant to the Agreement, First Security is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends without prior written consent from the Federal Reserve Bank. In addition, pursuant to the Agreement, without the prior written consent of regulators, First Security is prohibited from taking dividends, or any other form of payment representing a reduction of capital, from FSGBank; incurring, increasing or guaranteeing any debt; or redeeming any shares of First Security’s common stock. First Security is also obligated to provide quarterly written progress reports to the Federal Reserve Bank.
FSGBank is not in compliance with the capital requirements contained in the consent order. Under the terms of the Agreement, the Company is required to submit to the Federal Reserve a written plan designed to maintain sufficient capital at the Company and the Bank. The Company has submitted a five-year strategic and capital plans to the Federal Reserve and the Bank’s primary regulator, the OCC. As of March 15, 2013, the Federal Reserve has not accepted the submitted strategic or capital plans, however, the Federal Reserve is currently reviewing the latest plans.
The provisions of the Agreement remain in effect and enforceable until stayed, modified, terminated or suspended by the Federal Reserve Bank. We are currently deemed not in compliance with several provisions of the Agreement. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Bank. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to comply fully with the Agreement, that efforts to comply with the Agreement will not have a material adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of First Security, or that further enforcement actions will not be imposed on First Security.
Acquisitions of Banks. The Bank Holding Company Act requires every bank holding company to obtain the Federal Reserve Board’s prior approval before:
acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting shares of any bank if, after the acquisition, the bank holding company will directly or indirectly own or control more than 5% of the bank’s voting shares;
acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of any bank; or
merging or consolidating with any other bank holding company.
Additionally, the Bank Holding Company Act provides that the Federal Reserve Board may not approve any such transaction if it would result in or tend to create a monopoly, substantially lessen competition or otherwise function as a restraint of trade, unless the anticompetitive effects of the proposed transaction are clearly outweighed by the public interest in meeting the convenience and needs of the community to be served. The Federal Reserve Board is also required to consider the financial and managerial resources and future prospects of the bank holding companies and banks concerned. The Federal Reserve Board’s consideration of financial resources generally focuses on capital adequacy, which is discussed below.
Under the Bank Holding Company Act, if we are adequately capitalized and adequately managed, we, or any other bank holding company located within Tennessee or Georgia, may purchase a bank located outside of Tennessee or Georgia. Conversely, an adequately capitalized and adequately managed bank holding company located outside of Tennessee or Georgia may purchase a bank located inside Tennessee or Georgia. In each case, however, restrictions may be placed on the acquisition of a bank that has only been in existence for a limited amount of time or will result in specified concentrations of deposits. Currently, Georgia law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring control of a financial institution until the target financial institution has been incorporated for three years, and Tennessee law prohibits a bank holding company from acquiring control of a financial institution until the target financial institution has been incorporated for five years. Because FSGBank has been chartered for more than five years, this restriction would not limit our ability to be acquired.
Change in Bank Control. Subject to various exceptions, the Bank Holding Company Act and the Change in Bank Control Act, together with related regulations, require Federal Reserve Board approval prior to any person or company acquiring “control” of a bank holding company. Control is conclusively presumed to exist if an individual or company acquires 25% or more of any class of voting securities of a bank holding company. Control is also presumed to exist, although rebuttable, if a person or company acquires 10% or more, but less than 25%, of any class of voting securities and either:
the bank holding company has registered securities under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; or
no other person owns a greater percentage of that class of voting securities immediately after the transaction.
Our common stock is registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The regulations provide a procedure for challenging rebuttable presumptions of control.

8

Table of Contents



Permitted Activities. The Bank Holding Company Act has generally prohibited a bank holding company from engaging in activities other than banking or managing or controlling banks or other permissible subsidiaries and from acquiring or retaining direct or indirect control of any company engaged in any activities other than those determined by the Federal Reserve Board to be closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks, as to be a proper incident thereto. Provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act have expanded the permissible activities of a bank holding company that qualifies as a financial holding company. Under the regulations implementing the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, a financial holding company may engage in additional activities that are financial in nature or incidental or complementary to financial activity. Those activities include, among other activities, certain insurance and securities activities.
To qualify to become a financial holding company, FSGBank and any other depository institution subsidiary of First Security must be well capitalized and well managed and must have a Community Reinvestment Act rating of at least “satisfactory.” Additionally, we must file an election with the Federal Reserve Board to become a financial holding company and must provide the Federal Reserve Board with 30 days’ written notice prior to engaging in a permitted financial activity. To date, we have not elected to become a financial holding company.
Support of FSGBank . Under Federal Reserve Board policy, we are expected to act as a source of financial strength for FSGBank and to commit resources to support FSGBank. In addition, pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), this longstanding policy has been given the force of law and the Federal Reserve Board may promulgate additional regulations to further implement the intent of the new statute. As in the past, such financial support from the Company may be required at times when, without this legal requirement, we might not be inclined to provided it. In addition, any capital loans made by us to FSGBank will be repaid only after FSGBank’s deposits and various other obligations are repaid in full. In the unlikely event of our bankruptcy, any commitment that we give to a bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of FSGBank will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.
Non-Bank Subsidiary Examination and Enforcement . As a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, all non-bank subsidiaries not currently regulated by a state or federal agency will now be subject to examination by the Federal Reserve Board in the same manner and with the same frequency as if its activities were conducted by the lead bank subsidiary. These examinations will consider whether the activities engaged in by the non-bank subsidiary pose a material threat to the safety and soundness of its insured depository institution affiliates, are subject to appropriate monitoring and control, and comply with applicable laws. Pursuant to this authority, the Federal Reserve Board may also take enforcement action against non-bank subsidiaries.
TARP Participation. On October 14, 2008, the U.S. Treasury announced the capital purchase component of TARP. This program was instituted by the U.S. Treasury pursuant to the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, which provides up to $700 billion to the U.S. Treasury to, among other things, take equity ownership positions in financial institutions. The TARP capital purchase program is intended to encourage financial institutions to build capital and thereby increase the flow of financing to businesses and consumers. We participated in the capital purchase component of TARP.
FSGBank
Because FSGBank is chartered as a national bank, it is primarily subject to the supervision, examination and reporting requirements of the National Bank Act and the regulations of the OCC. The OCC regularly examines FSGBank’s operations and has the authority to approve or disapprove mergers, the establishment of branches and similar corporate actions. The OCC also has the power to prevent the continuance or development of unsafe or unsound banking practices or other violations of law. Because FSGBank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent provided by law, FSGBank is subject to certain FDIC regulations and the FDIC also has back-up examination and enforcement power over FSGBank. FSGBank is also subject to numerous state and federal statutes and regulations that affect its business, activities and operations.
Consent Order. On April 28, 2010, pursuant to a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order, FSGBank consented and agreed to the issuance of a Consent Order (the “Order”) by the OCC. In the negotiated Order, FSGBank and the OCC agreed as to areas of FSGBank’s operations that warrant improvement and a plan for making those improvements. The Order imposes no fines or penalties on FSGBank. FSGBank’s customer deposits remain fully insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent allowed by law; the Order does not impact this coverage in any manner.
We are currently deemed not in compliance with several provisions of the Order, including the capital requirements. Within 120 days from the effective date of the Order, the Bank was required to achieve and thereafter maintain total capital at least equal to 13% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 9% of adjusted total assets. Within 90 days from the effective date of the Order, the Bank was required to develop and submit to the OCC for review a written capital plan covering at least a three-year period. The capital plan shall, among other things, included specific plans for maintaining adequate capital and a discussion of the sources and timing of additional capital and contingency plans for alternative sources of capital. The OCC has not accepted our capital plan. As of December 31, 2012 , FSGBank’s total risk-based capital ratio was 5.8% and its leverage ratio was 2.5% . As discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, we have focused on operating under our strategic plan and executing on our capital plan. The execution of the capital plan, which is an

9

Table of Contents


approximately $90 million recapitalization, combined with the ongoing performance of the strategic plan should restore profitability and achieve compliance with all aspects of the regulatory agreements over the next twelve months. In addition to the recapitalization noted above, we have strengthened our management team and board of directors.
Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the OCC, including the OCC requiring that FSGBank develop a plan to sell, merge or liquidate. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to comply fully with the Order, that efforts to comply with the Order will not have a material adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of FSGBank, or that further enforcement actions won’t be imposed on FSGBank.
Pursuant to the Order, FSGBank was required to appoint a compliance committee to oversee FSGBank’s compliance with the Order. FSGBank’s compliance committee currently consists of the Bank’s independent directors: William F. Grant, III, William C. Hall, Carol H. Jackson, Robert P. Keller, Kelly P. Kirkland, Robert R. Lane, Michael Kramer and Larry Mauldin.
Under the Order, FSGBank is required to develop and submit to the OCC for review a written strategic plan covering at least a three-year period. The strategic plan is required to, among other things, include objectives for the Bank’s overall risk profile, earnings performance, growth, balance sheet mix, off-balance sheet activities, liability structure, capital adequacy, and reduction in the volume of nonperforming assets, together with strategies to achieve these objectives. The OCC did not accept our initial written strategic plan submitted during 2010. We have submitted a new five-year strategic plan developed by the current management team that we believe addresses all required items.
Under the Order, FSGBank’s Board of Directors prepared a written assessment of the capabilities of the Bank’s executive officers to perform present and anticipated duties, including the execution of the strategic plan. If any changes are deemed necessary by the Board, the OCC shall have the power to disapprove the appointment of a new proposed executive officer. The Order also requires annual written performance appraisals for each executive officer.
Within 60 days from the effective date of the Order, FSGBank was required to review and revise its existing credit policy to improve the Bank’s loan portfolio management, as well as FSGBank’s policies related to leasing, retail credit, and collateral exceptions. Within 90 days of the effective date of the Order, FSGBank was required to review and revise its independent and on-going loan review program. Ongoing reviews may, however, continue to result in positive or negative changes to certain loan classifications.
FSGBank was also required to review and revise its program for the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”). The Board of Directors is required to review the adequacy of the ALLL quarterly, and any deficiency shall be remedied in the calendar quarter it is discovered. Within 90 days of the effective date of the Order, FSGBank was required to review and revise its existing program to protect the Bank’s interest in criticized assets. Beginning with the effective date of the Order, FSGBank may not extend any credit to, or for the benefit of, any borrower who has a loan that is criticized as “doubtful,” “substandard” or “special mention,” unless FSGBank documents that such extension of credit is in FSGBank’s best interest. We believe we have revised and implemented an ALLL program that complies with all regulatory and accounting guidance.
Within 90 days of the effective date of the Order, FSGBank was required to review and revise the Bank’s existing written concentration management program, and adopt plans to reduce the risk of exposure to any concentration deemed imprudent. Within 60 days of the effective date of the Order, FSGBank was required to review and revise its comprehensive liquidity risk management program, including the preparation of periodic liquidity reports and a contingency funding plan. We believe we have revised and implemented a concentration management program that complies with all regulatory guidance.
Because the Order establishes specific capital amounts to be maintained by FSGBank, FSGBank may not be considered better than “adequately capitalized” for capital adequacy purposes, even if FSGBank exceeds the levels of capital set forth in the Order. An adequately capitalized institution may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the FDIC.
The Order will remain in effect and enforceable until it is modified, terminated, suspended or set aside by the OCC. FSGBank is committed to complying with the terms of the Order. FSGBank reports to the OCC monthly regarding its progress in complying with the provisions included in the Order. Compliance with the terms of the Order is an ongoing priority for the Board of Directors and management of FSGBank.
Branching. National banks are required by the National Bank Act to adhere to branching laws applicable to state banks in the states in which they are located. Under both Tennessee and Georgia law, FSGBank may open branch offices throughout Tennessee or Georgia with the prior approval of the OCC. Prior to the enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act, FSGBank and any other national- or state-chartered bank were generally permitted to branch across state lines by merging with banks in other states if allowed by the applicable states’ laws. However, interstate branching is now permitted for all national- and state-chartered banks as a result of the Dodd-Frank Act, provided that a state bank chartered by the state in which the branch is to be located would also be permitted to establish a branch.

10

Table of Contents



Prompt Corrective Action . The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories in which all institutions are placed: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each category.
As of December 31, 2012, the Bank's Tier 1 leverage ratio fell below the minimum level for an "adequately capitalized" bank of 4%. Accordingly, the Bank is currently operating under additional Prompt Corrective Actions, as described below.
A “well capitalized” bank is one that is not required to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure, pursuant to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or other remediation, and significantly exceeds all of its capital requirements, which include maintaining a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5%. Generally, a classification as well capitalized will place a bank outside of the regulatory zone for purposes of prompt corrective action. However, a well capitalized bank may be reclassified as “adequately capitalized” based on criteria other than capital, if the federal regulator determines that a bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, which requires certain remedial action.
An “adequately capitalized” bank meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure, including a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4%. A bank that is adequately capitalized is prohibited from directly or indirectly accepting, renewing or rolling over any brokered deposits, absent applying for and receiving a waiver from the applicable regulatory authorities. Institutions that are not well capitalized are also prohibited, except in very limited circumstances where the FDIC permits use of a higher local market rate, from paying yields for deposits in excess of 75 basis points above a national average rate for deposits of comparable maturity, as calculated by the FDIC. In addition, all institutions are generally prohibited from making capital distributions and paying management fees to controlling persons if, subsequent to such distribution or payment, the institution would be undercapitalized. Finally, an adequately capitalized bank may be forced to comply with operating restrictions similar to those placed on undercapitalized banks.
An “undercapitalized” bank fails to meet the required minimum level for any relevant capital measure. A bank that reaches the undercapitalized level is likely subject to a formal agreement or another formal supervisory sanction. An undercapitalized bank is not only subject to the requirements placed on adequately capitalized banks, but also becomes subject to the following operating and managerial restrictions, which:
prohibit capital distributions;
prohibit payment of management fees to a controlling person;
require the bank to submit a capital restoration plan within 45 days of becoming undercapitalized;
require close monitoring of compliance with capital restoration plans, requirements and restrictions by the primary federal regulator;
restrict asset growth by requiring the bank to restrict its average total assets to the amount attained in the preceding calendar quarter;
prohibit the acceptance of employee benefit plan deposits;
require prior approval by the primary federal regulator for acquisitions, branching and new lines of business;
prohibit any material changes in accounting methods; and
other operating restrictions at the discretion of the bank's primary federal regulator.
The above requirements are generally consistent with the requirements under the Consent Order, with the primary exception of asset growth restriction. We have evaluated and determined that scheduled maturities of brokered deposits, as well as a maturing commercial repurchase agreement, will allow us to continue to seek growth in loan and customer deposits.
Finally, an undercapitalized institution may be required to comply with operating restrictions similar to those placed on significantly undercapitalized institutions.

11

Table of Contents



A “significantly undercapitalized” bank has a total risk-based capital ratio less than 6%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital less than 3%, and a Tier 1 leverage ratio less than 3%. In addition to being subject to the restrictions applicable to undercapitalized institutions, significantly undercapitalized banks may, at the discretion of the bank’s primary federal regulator, become subject to the following additional restrictions, which:
require the sale of enough securities so that the bank is adequately capitalized or, if grounds for conservatorship or receivership exist, the merger or acquisition of the bank;
restrict affiliate transactions;
restrict interest rates paid on deposits;
further restrict growth, including a requirement that the bank reduce its total assets;
restrict or prohibit all activities that are determined to pose an excessive risk to the bank;
require the bank to elect new directors, dismiss directors or senior executive officers, or employ qualified senior executive officers to improve management;
prohibit the acceptance of deposits from correspondent banks, including renewals and rollovers of prior deposits;
require prior approval of capital distributions by holding companies;
require holding company divestiture of the financial institution, bank divestiture of subsidiaries and/or holding company divestiture of other affiliates; and
require the bank to take any other action the federal regulator determines will “better achieve” prompt corrective action objectives.
Finally, without prior regulatory approval, a significantly undercapitalized institution must restrict the compensation paid to its senior executive officers, including the payment of bonuses and compensation that exceeds the officer’s average rate of compensation during the 12 calendar months preceding the calendar month in which the bank became undercapitalized.
A “critically undercapitalized” bank has a ratio of tangible equity to tangible assets that is equal to or less than 2%. In addition to the appointment of a receiver in not more than 90 days, or such other action as determined by an institution’s primary federal regulator, an institution classified as critically undercapitalized is subject to the restrictions applicable to undercapitalized and significantly undercapitalized institutions, and is further prohibited from doing the following without the prior written regulatory approval:
entering into material transactions other than in the ordinary course of business;
extending credit for any highly leveraged transaction;
amending the institution’s charter or bylaws, except to the extent necessary to carry out any other requirements of law, regulation or order;
making any material change in accounting methods;
engaging in certain types of transactions with affiliates;
paying excessive compensation or bonuses, including golden parachutes;
paying interest on new or renewed liabilities at a rate that would increase the institution’s weighted average cost of funds to a level significantly exceeding the prevailing rates of its competitors; and
making principal or interest payment on subordinated debt 60 days or more after becoming critically undercapitalized.
In addition, a bank’s primary federal regulator may impose additional restrictions on critically undercapitalized institutions consistent with the intent of the prompt corrective action regulations. Once an institution has become critically undercapitalized, subject to certain narrow exceptions such as a material capital remediation, federal banking regulators will initiate the resolution of the institution.
FDIC Insurance Assessments. FSGBank’s deposits are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) of the FDIC up to the maximum amount permitted by law, which was permanently increased to $250,000 by the Dodd-Frank Act. The FDIC uses the DIF to protect against the loss of insured deposits if an FDIC-insured bank or savings association fails. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC must take steps, as necessary, for the DIF reserve ratio to reach 1.35% of estimated insured deposits by September 30, 2020. The Bank is thus subject to FDIC deposit premium assessments.

12

Table of Contents



Currently, the FDIC uses a risk-based assessment system that assigns insured depository institutions to one of four risk categories based on three primary sources of information—supervisory risk ratings for all institutions, financial ratios for most institutions, including the Bank, and a “scorecard” calculation for large institutions. For institutions assigned to the lowest risk category, the annual assessment rate ranges between 2.5 and 9 cents per $100 of assessment base, defined as total assets less tangible equity. For institutions assigned to higher risk categories, assessment rates range from 9 to 45 cents per $100 of assessment base. These ranges reflect a possible downward adjustment for unsecured debt outstanding and in the case of institutions outside the lowest risk category, possible upward adjustments for brokered deposits.
On September 29, 2009, the FDIC announced a uniform three basis points increase effective January 1, 2011, and on November 12, 2009, adopted a rule requiring nearly all FDIC-insured depository institutions, including the Bank, to prepay their DIF assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for the following three years on December 30, 2009. At that time, the FDIC indicated that the prepayment of DIF assessments was in lieu of additional special assessments; however, there can be no guarantee that continued pressures on the DIF will not result in additional special assessments being collected by the FDIC in the future.
The FDIC retains the flexibility to, without further notice-and-comment rule-making, adopt rates that are higher or lower than the stated base assessment rates, provided that the FDIC cannot (i) increase or decrease the total rates from one quarter to the next by more than two basis points, or (ii) deviate by more than two basis points from the stated assessment rates. Although the Dodd-Frank Act requires that the FDIC eliminate its requirement to pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds a certain threshold, the FDIC has adopted a decreasing schedule of assessment rates that would take effect when the DIF reserve ratio first meets or exceeds 1.15%. If the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 1.15%, base assessment rates would range from 1.5 to 40 basis points; if the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 2%, base assessment rates would range from 1 to 38 basis points; and if the DIF reserve ratio meets or exceeds 2.5%, base assessment rates would range from 0.5 to 35 basis points. All base assessment rates are subject to adjustments for unsecured debt and brokered deposits.
The FDIC also collects a deposit-based assessment from insured financial institutions on behalf of The Financing Corporation (“FICO”). The funds from these assessments are used to service debt issued by FICO in its capacity as a financial vehicle for the Federal Savings & Loan Insurance Corporation. The FICO assessment rate is set quarterly and in 2012 was 0.66 cents per $100 of assessable deposits. These assessments will continue until the debt matures between 2017 and 2019.
The FDIC may terminate its insurance of deposits if it finds that the institution has engaged in unsafe and unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order, or condition imposed by the FDIC.
FDIC Transaction Account Guarantee Program. Under the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (“TLGP”), the FDIC fully guaranteed funds in non-interest bearing deposit accounts held at participating FDIC-insured institutions, regardless of dollar amount. The temporary guarantee was originally scheduled to expire at the end of 2009, but was subsequently extended to December 31, 2010. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, beginning on the scheduled termination date for the Transaction Account Guarantee Program, or TAGP, and continuing through December 31, 2012, unlimited insurance coverage was provided for funds held in non-interest bearing transaction accounts, including Interest on Lawyer Trust Accounts (IOLTAs). During the TAGP extension period, the FDIC imposed a surcharge between 15 and 25 basis points on the daily average balance in excess of $250,000 held in non-interest bearing transaction accounts. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, however, institutions are no longer separately assessed for the additional coverage, and the unlimited insurance is included in assessments for the overall insurance program. One distinction from this new insurance and the TAGP, is the exclusion of minimal interest-bearing NOW accounts, which were previously covered under the TAGP. FSGBank did not opt out of the original or extension periods of the Transaction Account Guarantee component of the TLGP, thus providing the maximum available insurance for our customers.
Community Reinvestment Act. The Community Reinvestment Act requires that, in connection with examinations of financial institutions within their respective jurisdictions, the federal banking regulators shall evaluate the record of each financial institution in meeting the credit needs of its local community, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. These facts are also considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications to open a branch or facility. Failure to adequately meet these criteria could impose additional requirements and limitations on FSGBank. Additionally, we must publicly disclose the terms of various Community Reinvestment Act-related agreements.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses. The Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses (“ALLL”) represents one of the most significant estimates in our financial statements and regulatory reports. Because of its significance, we have developed a system by which we develop, maintain and document a comprehensive, systematic and consistently applied process for determining the amounts of the ALLL and the provision for loan and lease losses. The “Interagency Policy Statement on the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” issued on December 13, 2006, encourages all banks to ensure controls are in place to consistently determine the ALLL in accordance with GAAP, the bank’s stated policies and procedures, management’s best judgment and relevant supervisory guidance. Consistent with supervisory guidance, we maintain our allowance at a level that is appropriate to cover

13

Table of Contents


estimated credit losses on individually evaluated loans determined to be impaired as well as the estimation for probable incurred credit losses inherent in the remainder of the loan and lease portfolio. The allowance for loan and lease losses, and our methodology for calculating the allowance, are fully described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements under “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Statement of Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” section.
Commercial Real Estate Lending . Our lending operations may be subject to enhanced scrutiny by federal banking regulators based on our concentration of commercial real estate loans. On December 6, 2006, the federal banking regulators issued final guidance to remind financial institutions of the risk posed by commercial real estate (“CRE”) lending concentrations. CRE loans generally include land development, construction loans and loans secured by multifamily property, and nonfarm, nonresidential real property where the primary source of repayment is derived from rental income associated with the property. The guidance prescribes the following guidelines for its examiners to help identify institutions that are potentially exposed to significant CRE risk and may warrant greater supervisory scrutiny:
total reported loans for construction, land development and other land represent 100% or more of the institution’s total capital, or
total commercial real estate loans represent 300% or more of the institution’s total capital, and the outstanding balance of the institution’s commercial real estate loan portfolio has increased by 50% or more.
As of December 31, 2012 , our CRE concentrations were not within the thresholds of the CRE guidance. Specifically, our ratio of total capital to construction, land development and other land loans was 96.6% and our total CRE concentration was 762.5%. Based on the pro-forma information from the execution of our capital plan, as discussed in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, the updated CRE concentrations would be 33.5% and 264.8%, respectively, both of which are within the thresholds of the CRE guidance.
Enforcement Powers . The Financial Institution Reform Recovery and Enforcement Act (“FIRREA”) expanded and increased civil and criminal penalties available for use by the federal regulatory agencies against depository institutions and certain “institution-affiliated parties.” Institution-affiliated parties primarily include management, employees, and agents of a financial institution, as well as independent contractors and consultants such as attorneys and accountants and others who participate in the conduct of the financial institution’s affairs. These practices can include the failure of an institution to timely file required reports or the filing of false or misleading information or the submission of inaccurate reports. Civil penalties may be as high as $1,100,000 per day for such violations. Criminal penalties for some financial institution crimes have been increased to 20 years. In addition, regulators are provided with greater flexibility to commence enforcement actions against institutions and institution-affiliated parties.
Possible enforcement actions include the termination of deposit insurance. Furthermore, banking agencies’ power to issue regulatory orders were expanded. Such orders may, among other things, require affirmative action to correct any harm resulting from a violation or practice, including restitution, reimbursement, indemnifications or guarantees against loss. A financial institution may also be ordered to restrict its growth, dispose of certain assets, rescind agreements or contracts, or take other actions as determined by the ordering agency to be appropriate. The Dodd-Frank Act increases regulatory oversight, supervision and examination of banks, bank holding companies and their respective subsidiaries by the appropriate regulatory agency.
Other Regulations . Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by FSGBank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Our loan operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
Federal Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
Home Mortgage Disclosure Act of 1975, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
Fair Credit Reporting Act of 1978, as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies, certain identity theft protections, and certain credit and other disclosures;
Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;
National Flood Insurance Act and Flood Disaster Protection Act, requiring flood insurance to extend or renew certain loans in flood plains;

14

Table of Contents


Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring certain disclosures concerning loan closing costs and escrows, and governing transfers of loan servicing and the amounts of escrows in connection with loans secured by one-to-four family residential properties;
Soldiers’ and Sailors’ Civil Relief Act of 1940, as amended by the Servicemembers’ Civil Relief Act, governing the repayment terms of, and property rights underlying, secured obligations of persons currently on active duty with the United States military;
Talent Amendment in the 2007 Defense Authorization Act, establishing a 36% annual percentage rate ceiling, which includes a variety of charges including late fees, for consumer loans to military service members and their dependents; and
Bank Secrecy Act, as amended by the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (the “USA PATRIOT Act”), imposing requirements and limitations on specific financial transactions and account relationships, intended to guard against money laundering and terrorism financing;
sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act which set lending restrictions and limitations regarding loans and other extensions of credit made to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and other insiders; and
rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.
FSGBank’s deposit operations are subject to federal laws applicable to depository accounts, such as:
Truth-In-Savings Act, requiring certain disclosures of consumer deposit accounts:
Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E issued by the Federal Reserve to implement that act, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers’ rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services; and
rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing these federal laws.
Capital Adequacy
First Security and FSGBank are required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Reserve. The Federal Reserve has established a risk-based and a leverage measure of capital adequacy for member banks and bank holding companies.
The risk-based capital standards are designed to make regulatory capital requirements more sensitive to differences in risk profiles among banks and bank holding companies, to account for off-balance-sheet exposure, and to minimize disincentives for holding liquid assets. Assets and off-balance-sheet items, such as letters of credit and unfunded loan commitments, are assigned to broad risk categories, each with appropriate risk weights. The resulting capital ratios represent capital as a percentage of total risk-weighted assets and off-balance-sheet items.
The minimum guideline for the ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets, and classification as adequately capitalized, is 8%. A bank that fails to meet the required minimum guidelines is classified as undercapitalized and subject to operating and managerial restrictions. A bank, however, that significantly exceeds its capital requirements and maintains a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of 10% is classified as well capitalized unless it is subject to a regulatory order requiring it to maintain specified capital levels, in which case it is considered adequately capitalized. The Consent Order requires FSGBank to maintain a total capital to risk-weighted assets ratio of greater than 13%.
Total capital consists of two components: Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital. Tier 1 capital generally consists of common stockholders’ equity, minority interests in the equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, qualifying noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and a limited amount of qualifying cumulative perpetual preferred stock, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets. Tier 1 capital must equal at least 4% of risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 capital generally consists of subordinated debt, other preferred stock and hybrid capital, and a limited amount of loan loss reserves. The total amount of Tier 2 capital is limited to 100% of Tier 1 capital. FSGBank’s ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets and ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets were 5.8% and 4.5% at December 31, 2012 , respectively, compared 10.9% and 9.7% , as of December 31, 2011 .

15

Table of Contents



In addition, the Federal Reserve has established minimum leverage ratio guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum ratio of Tier 1 capital to average assets, less goodwill and other specified intangible assets, of 3% for bank holding companies that meet specified criteria, including having the highest regulatory rating and implementing the Federal Reserve risk-based capital measure for market risk. All other bank holding companies generally are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%. At December 31, 2012 , FSGBank's ratio was 2.5% , as compared to 5.6% on December 31, 2011 . The guidelines also provide that bank holding companies experiencing internal growth or making acquisitions will be expected to maintain strong capital positions substantially above the minimum supervisory levels without reliance on intangible assets. The Federal Reserve considers the leverage ratio and other indicators of capital strength in evaluating proposals for expansion or new activities. The Consent Order requires FSGBank to maintain a leverage ratio in excess of 9%.
Provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act commonly referred to as the “Collins Amendment” established new minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements on bank holding companies and eliminated the inclusion of “hybrid capital” instruments in Tier 1 capital by certain institutions.
The Dodd-Frank Act establishes certain regulatory capital deductions with respect to hybrid capital instruments, such as trust preferred securities, that will effectively disallow the inclusion of such instruments in Tier 1 capital if such capital instrument is issued on or after May 19, 2010. However, preferred shares issued to the U.S. Department of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) pursuant to the TARP Capital Purchase Program (“TARP CPP”) or TARP Community Development Capital Initiative are exempt from the Collins Amendment and are permanently includable in Tier 1 capital.
Failure to meet capital guidelines could subject a bank or bank holding company to a variety of enforcement remedies, including issuance of a capital directive, the termination of deposit insurance by the FDIC, a prohibition on accepting brokered deposits, and certain other restrictions on its business. As described above, significant additional restrictions can be imposed on FDIC-insured depository institutions that fail to meet applicable capital requirements. See “Prompt Corrective Action” above.
The OCC, the Federal Reserve Board, and the FDIC have authority to compel or restrict certain actions if FSGBank’s capital should fall below adequate capital standards as a result of operating losses, or if its regulators otherwise determine that it has insufficient capital. Among other matters, the corrective actions may include, removing officers and directors; and assessing civil monetary penalties; and taking possession of and closing and liquidating the Bank.
Generally, the regulatory capital framework under which the First Security and FSGBank operate is in a period of change with likely legislation or regulation that will continue to revise the current standards and very likely increase capital requirements for the entire banking industry. Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, bank regulators are required to establish new minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for certain bank holding companies and systematically important non-bank financial companies. The new minimum thresholds will not be lower than existing regulatory capital and leverage standards applicable to insured depository institutions and may, in fact, be higher once established.
Payment of Dividends
First Security is a legal entity separate and distinct from FSGBank. The principal sources of First Security’s cash flow, including cash flow to pay dividends to its stockholders, are dividends and management fees that FSGBank pays to its sole stockholder, First Security. Statutory and regulatory limitations apply to FSGBank’s payment of dividends to First Security as well as to First Security’s payment of dividends to its stockholders.
FSGBank is required by federal law to obtain prior approval of the OCC for payments of dividends if the total of all dividends declared by FSGBank’s Board of Directors in any year will exceed (1) the total of FSGBank’s net profits for that year, plus (2) FSGBank’s retained net profits of the preceding two years, less any required transfers to surplus.
When First Security received a capital investment from the Treasury under the CPP on January 9, 2009, we became subject to additional limitations on the payment of dividends, which will remain in place until we redeem the securities held by Treasury. These limitations require, among other things, that (i) all dividends for the securities purchased under the CPP be paid before other dividends can be paid and (ii) the Treasury must approve any increases in quarterly common dividends above five cents per share for three years following the Treasury’s investment.
The payment of dividends by First Security and FSGBank may also be affected by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. In addition, the OCC may require, after notice and a hearing, that FSGBank stop or refrain from engaging in any practice it considers unsafe or unsound. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, a depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings.

16

Table of Contents


On February 24, 2009, the Federal Reserve clarified its guidance on dividend policies for bank holding companies through the publication of a Supervisory Letter. As part of the letter, the Federal Reserve encouraged bank holding companies, particularly those that had participated in the CPP, to consult with the Federal Reserve prior to dividend declarations, and redemption and repurchase decisions even when not explicitly required to do so by federal regulations. The Federal Reserve has indicated that CPP recipients, such as First Security, should consider and communicate in advance to regulatory staff how a company’s proposed dividends, capital repurchases and capital redemptions are consistent with First Security’s obligation to eventually redeem the securities held by the Treasury. This new guidance is largely consistent with prior regulatory statements encouraging bank holding companies to pay dividends out of net income and to avoid dividends that could adversely affect the capital needs or minimum regulatory capital ratios of the bank holding company and its subsidiary bank. Additionally, pursuant to the Agreement, First Security is required to obtain prior written authorization before declaring a dividend.
Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates
First Security and FSGBank are subject to the provisions of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act. Section 23A places limits on the amount of:
a bank’s loans or extensions of credit to affiliates;
a bank’s investment in affiliates;
assets a bank may purchase from affiliates, except for real and personal property exempted by the Federal Reserve;
loans or extensions of credit to third parties collateralized by the securities or obligations of affiliates; and
a bank’s guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate.
The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of a bank’s capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of a bank’s capital and surplus. In addition to the limitation on the amount of these transactions, each of the above transactions must also meet specified collateral requirements. We must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid the taking of low-quality assets.
First Security and FSGBank are also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act which, among other things, prohibit an institution from engaging in the above transactions with affiliates unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution or its subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies.
The Dodd-Frank Act enhances the requirements for certain transactions with affiliates under Section 23A and 23B, including an expansion of the definition of “covered transactions” and increasing the amount of time for which collateral requirements regarding covered transactions must be maintained.
FSGBank is also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to its executive officers, directors, principal shareholders, and their related interests. These extensions of credit (1) must be made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with third parties, and (2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features. Effective July 21, 2011, an insured depository institution is prohibited from engaging in asset purchases or sales transactions with its officers, directors or principal shareholders unless (1) the transaction is on market terms and (2) if the transaction represents greater than 10% of the capital and surplus of the bank, a majority of disinterested directors has approved the transaction.
Limitations on Senior Executive Compensation
In June of 2010, federal banking regulators issued guidance designed to help ensure that incentive compensation policies at banking organizations do not encourage excessive risk-taking or undermine the safety and soundness of the organization. In connection with this guidance, the regulatory agencies announced that they will review incentive compensation arrangements as part of the regular, risk-focused supervisory process.
Regulatory authorities may also take enforcement action against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangement or related risk management, control, or governance processes pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. To ensure that incentive compensation arrangements do not undermine safety and soundness at insured depository institutions, the incentive compensation guidance sets forth the following key principles:
incentive compensation arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the organization to imprudent risk;
incentive compensation arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and
incentive compensation arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the board of directors.

17

Table of Contents


Due to First Security’s participation in the CPP, First Security is also subject to additional executive compensation limitations which applied to the Company for so long as Treasury holds our securities. For example, First Security must:
ensure that its senior executive incentive compensation packages do not encourage excessive risk;
subject senior executive compensation to “clawback” if the compensation was based on inaccurate financial information or performance metrics;
prohibit any golden parachute payments to senior executive officers; and
agree not to deduct more than $500,000 from taxable income for a senior executive officer’s compensation.
Dodd-Frank Act .
The bank regulatory landscape was dramatically changed by the Dodd-Frank Act, which was enacted on July 21, 2010 and which implements far-reaching regulatory reform. Among its many significant provisions, the Dodd-Frank Act
established the Financial Stability Oversight Counsel made up of the heads of the various bank regulatory and other agencies to identify and respond to risks to U.S. financial stability arising from ongoing activities of large financial companies
established centralized responsibility for consumer financial protection by creating a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau which will be responsible for implementing, examining and enforcing compliance with federal consumer financial laws with respect to financial institutions with over $10 billion in assets
required that banking agencies establish for most bank holding companies the same leverage and risk-based capital requirements as apply to insured depository institutions, and that bank holding companies and banks be well-capitalized and well managed in order to acquire banks located outside their home states
prohibits bank holding companies from including new trust preferred securities in their Tier 1 capital and, beginning with a three-year phase-in period on January 1, 2013, requires bank holding companies with assets over $15 billion to deduct existing trust preferred securities from their Tier 1 capital;
required the FDIC to set a minimum DIF reserve ratio of 1.35% and that the DIF reserve ratio be increased to that level by September 30, 2020; that FDIC off-set the effect of the higher minimum ratio on insured depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion; and that FDIC change the assessment base used for calculating insurance assessments from the amount of insured deposits to average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity;
established a permanent $250,000 limit for federal deposit insurance; provided separate, unlimited federal deposit insurance until December 31, 2012 for noninterest-bearing demand transaction accounts; and repealed the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on demand deposits, thereby permitting depository institutions to pay interest on business transaction and other accounts
amended the Electronic Fund Transfer Act to, among other things, give the Federal Reserve the authority to establish rules regarding interchange fees charged for electronic debit transactions by payment card issuers having assets over $10 billion and to enforce a new statutory requirement that those fees be reasonable and proportional to the actual cost of a transaction to the issuer; an
required implementation of various corporate governance processes affecting areas such as executive compensation and proxy access by shareholders. Many provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to rulemaking by bank regulatory agencies and the SEC and will take effect over time, making it difficult to anticipate the overall financial impact on financial institutions and consumers. However, many provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act (including those permitting the payment of interest on demand deposits and restricting interchange fees) are likely to increase expenses and reduce revenues for all financial institutions.
Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).
The Dodd-Frank Act created a new, independent federal agency, the CFPB, which was granted broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement powers under various federal consumer financial protection laws, including the laws referenced above, fair lending laws and certain other statutes
The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more in assets, their service providers and certain non-depository entities such as debt collectors and consumer reporting agencies. Although FSGBank has less than $10 billion in assets, the impact of the formation of the CFPB has caused a ripple effect across all bank regulatory agencies, and placed a renewed focus on consumer protection and compliance efforts. For examples of this new authority, the CFPB has authority to prevent unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in connection with the offering of consumer financial products. The Dodd-Frank Act authorizes the CFPB to establish certain minimum standards for the origination of residential mortgages including a determination of the borrower's ability to repay. In addition, the Dodd-Frank

18

Table of Contents


Act allows borrowers to raise certain defenses to foreclosure if they receive any loan other than a “qualified mortgage” as defined by the CFPB. The Dodd-Frank Act permits states to adopt consumer protection laws and standards that are more stringent than those adopted at the federal level and, in certain circumstances, permits state attorneys general to enforce compliance with both the state and federal laws and regulations.
The CFPB has concentrated much of its rulemaking efforts on a variety of mortgage-related topics required under the Dodd-Frank Act, including mortgage origination disclosures, minimum underwriting standards and ability to repay, high-cost mortgage lending, and servicing practices. During 2012, the CFPB issued three proposed rulemakings covering loan origination and servicing requirements, which were finalized in January 2013, along with other rules on mortgages. The ability to repay and qualified mortgage standards rules, as well as the mortgage servicing rules, are scheduled to become effective in January 2014. The escrow and loan originator compensation rules are scheduled to become effective in June 2013. A final rule integrating disclosures required by the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement and Procedures Act is expected later this year. We continue to analyze the impact that such rules may have on our business model, particularly with respect to our mortgage banking business.
Basel III Capital Proposals .
In June 2012, federal regulators issued proposed rules to implement the capital adequacy recommendations of the Basel Committee on Bank Supervision first proposed in December 2010. These proposals, which are known as “Basel III,” propose significant changes to the minimum capital levels and asset risk-weights for all banks, regardless of size, and bank holding companies with greater than $500 million in assets. Among the many changes in these proposed rules, banks would be required to hold higher levels of capital, a significantly higher portion of which would be required to be Tier 1 capital. Further, beginning in 2016, the ability of a bank or bank holding company to declare and pay dividends or pay discretionary bonuses to certain executive officers would become limited should the bank or bank holding company fail to maintain a “capital conservation buffer” composed of Tier 1 common equity that is 2.5% greater than applicable minimum capital requirements. The proposed Basel III rules would also impose significant changes on the risk-weighting of many assets, including home mortgages with high loan to value ratios, certain acquisition, development and construction loans, and certain past due assets. Finally, the proposed rules would also prevent trust preferred securities from counting as Tier 1 capital for the issuer following a ten-year phase out ending in 2022. The comment period for the proposed rules closed in late October 2012, and federal regulators have indicated that implementation of the proposed Base III rules will be delayed.
Proposed Legislation and Regulatory Action
New regulations and statutes are regularly proposed that contain wide-ranging potential changes to the structures, regulations and competitive relationships of financial institutions operating and doing business in the United States. We cannot predict whether or in what form any proposed regulation or statute will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected by any new regulation or statute.
Effect of Governmental Monetary Policies
Our earnings are affected by domestic economic conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government and its agencies. The Federal Reserve Board’s monetary policies have had, and are likely to continue to have, an important impact on the operating results of commercial banks through its power to implement national monetary policy in order, among other things, to curb inflation or combat a recession. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board, including its ongoing "Quantitative Easing" program, affect the levels of bank loans, investments and deposits through its control over the issuance of United States government securities, its regulation of the discount rate applicable to member banks and its influence over reserve requirements to which member banks are subject. We cannot predict the nature or impact of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies.

19

Table of Contents





ITEM 1A.
Risk Factors
An investment in our common stock involves risks. If any of the following risks or other risks, which have not been identified or which we may believe are immaterial or unlikely, actually occur, our business, financial condition and results of operations could be harmed. In such a case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you may lose all or part of your investment. The risks discussed below also include forward-looking statements, and our actual results may differ substantially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH OUR BUSINESS
We are currently operating under a Consent Order from the OCC and a Written Agreement from the Federal Reserve Bank, which may impact our operations and generally require significant management attention.
While we continue to make progress on compliance with our regulatory agreements, we are currently not in compliance with certain components of the agreements. Our compliance efforts require a significant amount of our management’s time and attention. Continuing non-compliance may result in additional restrictions and/or enforcement actions that may negatively impact our operations. Further risk factors address specific operational regulatory and market risks.
We have incurred operating losses and cannot assure you that we will be profitable in the future.
We incurred a net loss allocated to common stockholders of $39.6 million , or $24.58 per share, for the year ended December 31, 2012 , due primarily to credit losses and associated costs, including a significant provision for loan losses. Although we have taken steps to reduce our credit exposure, we likely will continue to have a higher than normal level of non-performing assets and charge-offs into 2013, which would continue to adversely impact our overall financial condition and results of operations.
We may experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
Like other lenders, we face the risk that our customers will not repay their loans. A customer’s failure to repay us is usually preceded by missed monthly payments. In some instances, however, a customer may declare bankruptcy prior to missing payments, and, following a borrower filing bankruptcy, a lender’s recovery of the credit extended is often limited. Since our loans are secured by collateral, we may attempt to seize the collateral when and if customers default on their loans. However, the value of the collateral may not equal the amount of the unpaid loan, and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from our customers. Elevated levels of delinquencies and bankruptcies in our market area generally and among our customers specifically can be precursors of future charge-offs and may require us to increase our allowance for loan and lease losses. Higher charge-off rates and an increase in our allowance for loan and lease losses may hurt our overall financial performance if we are unable to increase revenue to compensate for these losses and may also increase our cost of funds.
Our allowance for loan and lease losses may not be adequate to cover actual losses, and we may be required to materially increase our allowance, which may adversely affect our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses charged to expenses, that represents management’s best estimate of probable credit losses that have been incurred within the existing portfolio of loans. The allowance for loan and lease losses and our methodology for calculating the allowance are fully described in Note 1 to our consolidated financial statements under “Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses”, and in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Statement of Financial Condition—Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses” section. In general, an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses results in a decrease in net income, and possibly risk-based capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our capital, financial condition and results of operations.
The allowance, in the judgment of management, is established to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan and lease losses involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks using existing qualitative and quantitative information, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans, and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan and lease losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan and lease losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition of additional loan charge offs, based on judgments that are different than those of management. As we are consistently adjusting our loan

20

Table of Contents


portfolio and underwriting standards to reflect current market conditions, we can provide no assurance that our methodology will not change, which could result in a charge to earnings.
We continually reassess the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the sufficiency of our allowance for loan and lease losses as part of FSGBank’s credit functions. Our allowance for loan and lease losses decreased from 3.37% of total loans at December 31, 2011 to 2.55% at December 31, 2012 . We recorded a provision for loan losses during the year ended December 31, 2012 of approximately $20.9 million , which was significantly higher than the $10.9 million recognized for the year ended December 31, 2011 but significantly lower than the $33.6 million recognized for the year ending December 31, 2010 . We charged-off approximately $26.7 million in loans, net of recoveries, during the year ended December 31, 2012 , which was significantly higher than in 2011 as well as previous periods with the exception of 2010 . The large increase in the provision was, in part, due to the markdowns relating to the sale of certain under-and non-performing loans as discussed in Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. We expect to incur additional charge-offs in 2013 but not at the levels recorded during 2012. While our charge-offs increased during 2012, we had lower levels of classified and non-performing loans. We expect this trend to continue into 2013. However, a ny significant amount of additional non-performing assets, loan charge-offs, increases in the provision for loan losses or the continuation of aggressive charge-off policies or any inability by us to realize the full value of underlying collateral in the event of a loan default, will negatively affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations and the price of our securities. Further, there can be no assurance that our allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2012 will be sufficient to cover future credit losses.
We make and hold in our portfolio a significant number of land acquisition and development and construction loans, which pose more credit risk than other types of loans typically made by financial institutions.
We offer land acquisition and development, and construction loans for builders and developers, and as of December 31, 2012 , we had $33.4 million in such loans outstanding, representing 96.6% of FSGBank’s total risk-based capital. These land acquisition and development, and construction loans are more risky than other types of loans. The primary credit risks associated with land acquisition and development and construction lending are underwriting and project risks. Project risks include cost overruns, borrower credit risk, project completion risk, general contractor credit risk, and environmental and other hazard risks. Market risks are risks associated with the sale of the completed residential units. They include affordability risk, which means the risk that borrowers cannot obtain affordable financing, product design risk, and risks posed by competing projects. There can be no assurance that losses in our land acquisition and development and construction loan portfolio will not exceed our reserves, which could adversely impact our earnings. Given the current environment, the non-performing loans in our land acquisition and development and construction portfolio could increase during 2013, and these non-performing loans could result in a material level of charge-offs, which would negatively impact our capital and earnings.
If the value of real estate in our core markets were to decline further, a significant portion of our loan portfolio could become under-collateralized, which could have a material adverse effect on us.
In addition to considering the financial strength and cash flow characteristics of borrowers, we often secure loans with real estate collateral. At December 31, 2012 , approximately 85.2% of our loans had real estate as a primary or secondary component of collateral. The real estate collateral in each case provides an alternate source of repayment in the event of default by the borrower but may deteriorate in value during the time the credit is extended. If the value of real estate in our core markets were to decline further, a significant portion of our loan portfolio could become under-collateralized. As a result, if we are required to liquidate the collateral securing a loan to satisfy the debt during a period of reduced real estate values, our earnings and capital could be adversely affected.
The amount of our OREO may result in additional losses, and costs and expenses that will negatively affect our operations.
At December 31, 2012 , we had a total of $13.4 million of OREO. This level of OREO is due, among other things, to the continued deterioration of the residential real estate market and the tightening of the credit market. The costs and expenses to maintain the real estate are proportionate to our level of OREO. Due to the on-going economic downturn, the amount of OREO may continue to remain elevated in the coming months. Any additional increase in losses, and maintenance costs and expenses due to OREO may have material adverse effects on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Such effects may be particularly pronounced in a market of reduced real estate values and excess inventory, which may make the disposition of OREO properties more difficult, increase maintenance costs and expenses, and may reduce our ultimate realization from any OREO sales.

21

Table of Contents



Our ability to retain, attract and motivate qualified individuals may be limited by our financial and regulatory condition, restrictions on our ability to compensate those individuals, and the need for regulatory non-objection to fill certain positions.
Our success depends on our ability to retain, attract and motivate qualified individuals in key positions throughout the organization. Our financial and regulatory condition may limit our ability to retain, attract and motivate qualified individuals. Among other factors, the decline in our stock price has limited the real and perceived value of our historical stock compensation, and our condition may be viewed as a liability by current and prospective employees.
We are generally prohibited from entering into, amending, or renewing any agreement that provides for golden parachute payments to an institution-affiliated party or from making such golden parachute payments, absent approval from the federal banking regulators. As a participant in the CPP, we are subject to specified limits on the compensation we can pay to certain senior executive officers for so long as Treasury holds our securities. The limitations, which include restrictions on bonus and other incentive compensation payable to First Security’s senior executive officers, a prohibition on any “golden parachute” payments and a “clawback” of any bonus that was based on materially inaccurate financial data or other performance metric, could limit our ability to retain, attract and motivate the best executive officers because other competing employers may not be subject to these limitations.
We are also currently required to notify the federal banking regulators in advance of employing any senior executive officer or changing the responsibilities of a senior executive officer. This requirement could prevent us from hiring the individuals of our choosing, could discourage potential applicants, or otherwise delay our ability to fill vacant positions.
If we are unable to retain, attract and motivate qualified individuals in key positions, our business and results of operations could be adversely affected.
We have had significant turnover in our senior management team and this turnover could negatively impact our future results of operations.
Our success depends substantially on the skill and abilities of our executive officers and senior officers. The loss of key personnel has impacted our operations, and we have added several new senior officers during 2011 and 2012. During 2011, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer each resigned from the Company, and the Company hired new individuals to serve as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and Senior Lender. During 2012, the Company moved its Chief Risk Officer into a newly created position of Chief Administrative Officer and hired individuals to serve as Chief Credit Officer, Retail Banking Officer and Director of Wealth Management and Trust. The Company may be unable to retain some other employees based on turnover in the senior management team. While certain members of the management team have previously worked together, we cannot assure you that the collective new team will be successful in executing our strategy and improving our current results of operations.
Our use of appraisals in deciding whether to make a loan on or secured by real property or how to value such loan in the future may not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral that we can realize.
In considering whether to make a loan secured by real property, we generally require an appraisal of the property. However, an appraisal is only an estimate of the value of the property at the time the appraisal is made, and, as real estate values in our market area have experienced changes in value in relatively short periods of time, this estimate might not accurately describe the net value of the real property collateral after the loan has been closed. If the appraisal does not reflect the amount that may be obtained upon any sale or foreclosure of the property, we may not realize an amount equal to the indebtedness secured by the property. The valuation of the property may negatively impact the continuing value of such loan and could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
We will realize additional future losses if the proceeds we receive upon liquidation of non-performing assets are less than the fair value of such assets.
We have announced a strategy to manage our non-performing assets aggressively, a portion of which may not be currently identified. Non-performing assets are recorded on our financial statements at fair value, as required under GAAP, unless these assets have been specifically identified for liquidation, in which case they are recorded at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. In current market conditions, we are likely to realize additional future losses if the proceeds we receive upon dispositions of non-performing assets are less than the recorded fair value of such assets.

22

Table of Contents



We are subject to risks in the event of certain borrower defaults, which could have an adverse impact on our liquidity position and results of operations.
We may be required to repurchase mortgage loans or indemnify mortgage loan purchasers as a result of certain borrower defaults, which could adversely affect our liquidity position, results of operations, and financial condition. When we sell mortgage loans, we are required to make customary representations and warranties to the purchaser about the mortgage loans and the manner in which the loans were originated. In the event of a breach of any of the representations and warranties related to a loan sold, we could be liable for damages to the investor up to and including a “make whole” demand that involves, at the investor’s option, either reimbursing the investor for actual losses incurred on the loan or repurchasing the loan in full. Our maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of make whole loan repurchase claim would be the unpaid principal balance of the loan to be repurchased along with any premium paid by the investor when the loan was purchased and other minor collection cost reimbursements. While we have taken steps to enhance our underwriting policies and procedures, these steps might not be effective and might not lessen the risks associated with loans sold in the past. If repurchase demands increase, our liquidity position, results of operations, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
Negative publicity about financial institutions, generally, or about First Security or FSGBank, specifically, could damage First Security’s reputation and adversely impact its liquidity, business operations or financial results.
Reputation risk, or the risk to our business from negative publicity, is inherent in our business. Negative publicity can result from the actual or alleged conduct of financial institutions, generally, or First Security or FSGBank, specifically, in any number of activities, including leasing and lending practices, corporate governance, and actions taken by government regulators in response to those activities. Negative publicity can adversely affect our ability to keep and attract customers and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action, any of which could negatively affect our liquidity, business operations or financial results.
Increases in our expenses and other costs, including those related to centralizing our credit functions, could adversely affect our financial results.
Our expenses and other costs, such as operating expenses and hiring new employees to enhance our credit and underwriting administration, directly affect our earnings results. In light of the extremely competitive environment in which we operate, and because the size and scale of many of our competitors provides them with increased operational efficiencies, it is important that we are able to successfully manage such expenses. We are aggressively managing our expenses in the current economic environment, but as our business develops, changes or expands, and as we hire additional personnel, additional expenses can arise. Other factors that can affect the amount of our expenses include legal and administrative cases and proceedings, which can be expensive to pursue or defend. In addition, changes in accounting policies can significantly affect how we calculate expenses and earnings.
Changes in the interest rate environment could reduce our net interest income, which could reduce our profitability.
As a financial institution, our earnings significantly depend on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest income that we earn on interest-earning assets, such as investment securities and loans, and the interest expense that we pay on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings. Therefore, any change in general market interest rates, including changes in the Federal Reserve Board’s fiscal and monetary policies, affects us more than non-financial institutions and can have a significant effect on our net interest income and total income. Our assets and liabilities may react differently to changes in overall market rates or conditions because there may be mismatches between the repricing or maturity characteristics of the assets and liabilities. As a result, an increase or decrease in market interest rates could have material adverse effects on our net interest margin and results of operations.
In addition, we cannot predict whether interest rates will continue to remain at present levels. Changes in interest rates may cause significant changes, up or down, in our net interest income. Depending on our portfolio of loans and investments, our results of operations may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates. In addition, any significant increase in prevailing interest rates could adversely affect our mortgage banking business because higher interest rates could cause customers to request fewer re-financings and purchase money mortgage originations.
We face strong competition from larger, more established competitors that may inhibit our ability to compete and expose us to greater lending risks.
The banking business is highly competitive, and we experience strong competition from many other financial institutions. We compete with commercial banks, credit unions, savings and loan associations, mortgage banking firms, consumer finance companies, securities brokerage firms, insurance companies, money market funds and other financial institutions, which operate in our primary market areas and elsewhere.

23

Table of Contents


We compete with these institutions both in attracting deposits and in making loans. In addition, we have to attract our customer base from other existing financial institutions and from new residents. Many of our competitors are well-established and much larger financial institutions. While we believe we can and do successfully compete with these other financial institutions in our markets, we may face a competitive disadvantage as a result of our smaller size and lack of geographic diversification.
Our ability to diversify our economic risks is limited by our own local markets and economies. We lend primarily to individuals and to small to medium-sized businesses, which may expose us to greater lending risks than those of banks lending to larger, better capitalized businesses with longer operating histories. As an example, our market area in northern Georgia is highly dependent on the home furnishings and carpet industry centered near Dalton, Georgia. Because of the downturn in residential construction, this industry has suffered a business decline, which has adversely affected the performance of our operations in Dalton and surrounding areas. As a community bank, we are less able to spread the risk of unfavorable local economic conditions than larger or more regional banks. Moreover, we cannot give any assurance that we will benefit from any market growth or favorable economic conditions in our primary market areas if they do occur.
The soundness of our financial condition may also affect our competitiveness. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Customers may decide not to do business with us due to our financial condition. In addition, our ability to compete is impacted by the limitations on our activities imposed under the Order and the Agreement. We have faced and continue to face, additional regulatory restrictions that our competitors may not be subject to, including improving the overall risk profile of the Company and restrictions on the amount of interest we can pay on deposit accounts, which could adversely impact our ability to compete and attract and retain customers.
Although we compete by concentrating our marketing efforts in our primary market area with local advertisements, personal contacts and greater flexibility in working with local customers, we can give no assurance that this strategy will be successful.
Our agreement with the Treasury under the CPP is subject to unilateral change by the Treasury, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
Under the CPP, which is applicable so long as Treasury holds our securities, the Treasury may unilaterally amend the terms of its agreement with us in order to comply with any changes in federal law. We cannot predict the effects of any of these changes and of the associated amendments. It is possible, however, that any such amendment could have a material impact on us or our operations.
The costs and effects of litigation, investigations or similar matters, or adverse facts and developments related thereto, could materially affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We may be involved from time to time in a variety of litigation, investigations or similar matters arising out of our business. Our insurance may not cover all claims that may be asserted against it and indemnification rights to which we are entitled may not be honored, and any claims asserted against us, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, may harm our reputation. Should the ultimate judgments or settlements in any litigation or investigation significantly exceed our insurance coverage, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, premiums for insurance covering the financial and banking sectors are rising. We may not be able to obtain appropriate types or levels of insurance in the future, nor may we be able to obtain adequate replacement policies with acceptable terms or at historic rates, if at all.
Changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations by tax authorities and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance could materially affect our business, operating results and financial condition.
We are subject to various taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business. We assess the appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other pertinent information and maintain tax accruals consistent with our evaluation. This evaluation incorporates assumptions and estimates that involve a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. Changes in the results of these evaluations could have a material impact on our operating results.
Environmental liability associated with lending activities could result in losses.
In the course of our business, we may foreclose on and take title to properties securing our loans. If hazardous substances are discovered on any of these properties, we may be liable to governmental entities or third parties for the costs of remediation of the hazard, as well as for personal injury and property damage. Many environmental laws can impose liability regardless of whether we knew of, or were responsible for, the contamination. In addition, if we arrange for the disposal of hazardous or toxic substances at another site, we may be liable for the costs of cleaning up and removing those substances from the site, even if we neither own nor operate the disposal site. Environmental laws may require us to incur substantial expenses and may materially limit the use of properties that we acquire through foreclosure, reduce their value or limit our ability to sell them in

24

Table of Contents


the event of a default on the loans they secure. In addition, future laws or more stringent interpretations or enforcement policies with respect to existing laws may increase our exposure to environmental liability. Our loan policies require certain due diligence of high risk industries and properties with the intention of lowering our risk of a non-performing loan and/or foreclosed property.
Electronic intrusion attempts could result in expenses being incurred.
We maintain many bank records in electronic formats. The data is stored on secure networks with appropriate security measures to protect that data from unauthorized retrieval or usage. Should the data controls be bypassed, additional expenses could be incurred associated with correction of manipulated data, restoration of systems, revising security controls, notification of affected customers, and addressing reputational damage.
RISKS RELATED TO RECENT MARKET, LEGISLATIVE AND REGULATORY EVENTS
We are subject to an Order that could have a material negative effect on our business, operating flexibility, financial condition and the value of our common stock. In addition, addressing the Order will require significant time and attention from our management team, which may increase our costs, impede the efficiency of our internal business processes and adversely affect our profitability in the near-term.
On April 28, 2010, pursuant to a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order, the Bank by and through its Board of Directors consented and agreed to the issuance of a Consent Order by the OCC, the Bank’s primary regulator. The Bank and the OCC agreed as to the areas of the Bank’s operations that warranted improvement and to a plan for making those improvements. The Order required the Bank to develop and submit written strategic and capital plans covering at least a three-year period. The Bank is required to review and revise various policies and procedures, including those associated with concentration management, the allowance for loan and lease losses, liquidity management, criticized asset, loan review and credit.
While the Company has taken, and intends to continue to take, such actions as may be necessary to enable the Bank to comply with the requirements of the Order, there can be no assurance that the Bank will be able to comply fully with the provisions of the Order, or that efforts to comply with the Order, particularly the limitations on interest rates offered by the Bank, will not have adverse effects on the operations and financial condition of the Company and the Bank.
We are currently deemed not in compliance with certain provisions of the Order, including the capital requirements. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the OCC, including the OCC requiring that FSGBank develop a plan to sell, merge or liquidate. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to comply fully with the Order, that efforts to comply with the Order will not have a material adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of FSGBank, or that further enforcement actions won’t be imposed on FSGBank.
We are not currently in compliance with the capital requirements contained in our Order , which could adversely affect our financial condition and our results of operations.
The Order required the Bank to, within 120 days of the effective date of the Order, achieve and thereafter maintain total capital at least equal to 13% of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 9% of adjusted total assets. As of December 31, 2012 , the Bank’s total risk-based capital ratio was approximately 5.8% and its leverage ratio was approximately 2.5% . The Company is considering a variety of strategic alternatives intended to achieve and maintain the prescribed capital ratios as discussed in Note 2 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
We are subject to an Agreement that could have a material negative effect on our business, operating flexibility, financial condition and the value of our common stock.
On September 7, 2010, First Security entered into an Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Agreement is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to act as a source of strength to the Bank. Pursuant to the Agreement, the Company is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends without prior written consent from the Federal Reserve Bank. In addition, pursuant to the Agreement, without the prior written consent of regulators, the Company is prohibited from taking dividends, or any other form of payment representing a reduction of capital, from the Bank; incurring, increasing or guaranteeing any debt; or redeeming any shares of the Company’s common stock. The Company will also provide quarterly written progress reports to the Federal Reserve Bank. The Company was also required to submit to the Federal Reserve Bank a written plan designed to maintain sufficient capital at the Company, on a consolidated basis, and at the Bank.
The Company has submitted a five-year strategic and capital plans to the Federal Reserve and the Bank’s primary regulator, OCC. As of April 15, 2013 , the Federal Reserve has not accepted the submitted strategic or capital plans, however, the Federal Reserve is currently reviewing the latest plans.

25

Table of Contents



The Company is currently deemed not in compliance with certain provisions of the Agreement. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve. Management believes the successful execution of the strategic initiatives discussed below will ultimately result in full compliance with the Agreement and position the Company for long-term growth and a return to profitability.
On September 14, 2010 , the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Agreement. A copy of the Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to such Form 8-K. The foregoing summary is not complete and is qualified in all respects by reference to the actual language of the Agreement.
Our inability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without the prior approval of the FDIC could adversely affect our liquidity.
As of December 31, 2012 , we had approximately $165.5 million million in out of market deposits, including brokered certificates of deposit and CDARS ® , which represented approximately 16.4% of our total deposits. Because the Order establishes specific capital amounts to be maintained by the Bank, the Bank may not be considered better than “adequately capitalized” for capital adequacy purposes, even if the Bank exceeds the levels of capital set forth in the Order. As an adequately capitalized institution, the Bank may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the FDIC. As of December 31, 2012 , brokered deposits maturing in the next 24 months totaled $142.3 million. Funding sources for the maturing brokered deposits include, among other sources: our cash account at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta; growth, if any, of core deposits from current and new retail and commercial customers; scheduled repayments on existing loans; and the possible pledge or sale of investment securities. As an adequately capitalized institution, the Bank also may not pay interest on deposits that are more than 75 basis points above the rate applicable to the applicable market of the Bank as determined by the FDIC. These interest rate limitations may limit the ability of the Bank to increase or maintain core deposits from current and new deposit customers. The limitations on our ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits, or pay more than 75 basis points above the applicable rate could adversely affect our liquidity.
A continuation of the current economic downturn in the housing market and the homebuilding industry and in our markets generally could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our long-term success depends upon the growth in population, income levels, deposits and housing starts in our primary market areas. If the communities in which FSGBank operates do not grow, or if prevailing economic conditions locally or nationally are unfavorable, our business may not succeed. The unpredictable economic conditions we have faced over the last 48 months have had an adverse effect on the quality of our loan portfolio and our financial performance. Economic recession over a prolonged period or other economic problems in our market areas could have a material adverse impact on the quality of the loan portfolio and the demand for our products and services. Future adverse changes in the economies in our market areas may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Further, the banking industry in Tennessee and Georgia is affected by general economic conditions such as inflation, recession, unemployment and other factors beyond our control.
Since the third quarter of 2007, the residential construction and commercial development real estate markets have experienced a variety of difficulties and changed economic conditions. As a result, there has been substantial concern and publicity over asset quality among financial institutions due in large part to issues related to sub-prime mortgage lending, declining real estate values and general economic concerns. As of December 31, 2012 , our non-performing assets had decreased to $40.2 million , or 3.78% of our total assets, as compared to $75.2 million , or 6.74% as of December 31, 2011 . However, the housing and the residential mortgage markets continue to experience a variety of difficulties and changed economic conditions.
The homebuilding and residential mortgage industry has experienced a significant and sustained decline in demand for new homes and a decrease in the absorption of new and existing homes available for sale in various markets. Our customers who are builders and developers face greater difficulty in selling their homes in markets where these trends are more pronounced. Consequently, we are facing increased delinquencies and non-performing assets as these builders and developers are forced to default on their loans with us. We do not know when or to what extent the housing market will improve, and accordingly, additional downgrades, provisions for loan losses and charge-offs related to our loan portfolio may occur. If market conditions continue to deteriorate, our non-performing assets may continue to increase and we may need to take additional valuation adjustments on our loan portfolios and real estate owned as we continue to reassess the market value of our loan portfolio, the losses associated with the loans in default and the net realizable value of real estate owned.

26

Table of Contents



Negative developments in the financial industry, and the domestic and international credit markets may adversely affect our operations and results.
Negative developments during 2008 in the global credit and derivative markets resulted in uncertainty in the financial markets in general with the expectation of the general economic downturn continuing into 2013. As a result of this “credit crunch,” commercial as well as consumer loan portfolio performances have deteriorated at many institutions and the competition for deposits and quality loans has increased significantly. Global securities markets, and bank holding company stock prices in particular, have been negatively affected, as has the ability of banks and bank holding companies to raise capital or borrow in the debt markets. If these negative trends continue, our business operations and financial results may be negatively affected.
The FDIC Deposit Insurance assessments that we are required to pay may continue to materially increase in the future, which would have an adverse effect on our earnings.
As an insured depository institution, we are required to pay quarterly deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC. These assessments are required to ensure that FDIC deposit insurance reserve ratio meets or exceeds a specified minimum ratio. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, which was signed into law on July 21, 2010, the FDIC deposit insurance reserve ratio must be increased to at least 1.35% of insured deposits by September 30, 2020. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the FDIC, absent extraordinary circumstances, must establish and implement a plan to restore the deposit insurance reserve ratio to at least the minimum, over a five-year period, when the reserve ratio falls below the minimum ratio. In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act grants to the FDIC greater authority to build up excess reserves when the deposit insurance fund has otherwise met its targets.
The recent failures of numerous financial institutions have significantly increased the deposit insurance fund’s loss provisions, resulting in a decline in the reserve ratio. The FDIC imposed special assessments on banks during 2009 to address this decline and also required the majority of insured institutions to prepay slightly over three years of estimated insurance assessments. Additional insured institution failures in the next few years could result in a continued decline in the reserve ratio. While institutions such as ours with less than $10 billion in assets will be exempt from increased premiums required specifically to support the increase in the reserve requirement, we may nonetheless be subject to increased premiums generally over future periods.
It is possible that the FDIC may impose additional special assessments in the future as part of its restoration plan. If the FDIC does impose additional special assessments, or otherwise further increases assessment rates, our earnings could be further adversely impacted.
The Dodd-Frank Act and related regulations may adversely affect our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 was enacted on July 21, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with power to promulgate and enforce consumer protection laws. Smaller depository institutions, including those with $10 billion or less in assets, will be subject to the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau’s rule-writing authority, and existing depository institution regulatory agencies will retain examination and enforcement authority for such institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act also establishes a Financial Stability Oversight Council chaired by the Secretary of the Treasury with authority to identify institutions and practices that might pose a systemic risk and, among other things, includes provisions affecting (1) corporate governance and executive compensation of all companies whose securities are registered with the SEC, (2) FDIC insurance assessments, (3) interchange fees for debit cards, which would be set by the Federal Reserve under a restrictive “reasonable and proportional cost” per transaction standard and (4) minimum capital levels for bank holding companies, subject to a grandfather clause for financial institutions with less than $15 billion in assets.
At this time, it is difficult to predict the extent to which the Dodd-Frank Act or the resulting regulations may adversely impact us. However, compliance with these new laws and regulations may increase our costs, limit our ability to pursue attractive business opportunities, cause us to modify our strategies and business operations and increase our capital requirements and constraints, any of which may have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition, liquidity or results of operations.
Rulemaking changes implemented by the CFPB will result in higher regulatory and compliance costs related to originating and servicing mortgages and may adversely affect our results of operations.
The CFPB recently has finalized a number of significant rules which will impact nearly every aspect of the lifecycle of a residential mortgage. These rules implement the Dodd-Frank Act amendments to the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Truth in Lending Act and the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act. The final rules require banks to, among other things: (i) develop and implement procedures to ensure compliance with a new “reasonable ability to repay” test and identify whether a loan meets

27

Table of Contents


a new definition for a “qualified mortgage;” (ii) implement new or revised disclosures, policies and procedures for servicing mortgages including, but not limited to, early intervention with delinquent borrowers and specific loss mitigation procedures for loans secured by a borrower's principal residence; (iii) comply with additional restrictions on mortgage loan originator compensation; and (iv) comply with new disclosure requirements and standards for appraisals and escrow accounts maintained for “higher priced mortgage loans.”
While the rules generally affect banks our size somewhat less than larger financial institutions, our compliance with the new rule, and its accompanying enforcement by our federal and state regulators, will create operational and strategic challenges for us, as we originate a significant volume of mortgages. For example, business models for cost, pricing, delivery, compensation, and risk management will need to be reevaluated and potentially revised, perhaps substantially. Additionally, programming changes and enhancements to systems will be necessary to comply with the new rules. Some of these new rules will be effective in June 2013, while others will be effective in January 2014. Forthcoming additional rulemaking affecting the residential mortgage business is also expected. Achieving full compliance in the relatively short timeframe provided for certain of the new rules will result in increased regulatory and compliance costs.
We may be required to raise additional capital in the future, including through new increased minimum capital thresholds established by our regulators as part of their implementation of Basel III, but that capital may not be available when it is needed and could be dilutive to our existing stockholders, which could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
In addition to the capital requirements imposed by the Written Agreement and Consent Order, we are required by regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations, and, at present, our federal and state regulators are considering new regulations that could have the net effect of requiring the Company and the Bank to maintain higher levels of Tier 1 Capital. As such, in, including, but not limited to, a proposal rulemaking by the Federal Reserve to implement Basel III capital and risk-weighting standards. This proposal, if implemented, would require financial institutions to maintain higher minimum capital ratios, and place a greater emphasis on common equity as a component of Tier 1 capital. Further, the proposed rules require higher risk-weights associated with many types of loans, including residential mortgages and construction loans. In order to support the operations at the Bank, we may need to raise capital in the future. Our ability to raise capital, if needed, will depend in part on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control.
Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. If we cannot raise capital when needed, our ability to operate or further expand our operations could be materially impaired. In addition, if we decide to raise equity capital under such conditions, the interest of our stockholders could be diluted.
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK
If we fail to meet all applicable continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Capital Market and Nasdaq determines to delist our common stock, the market liquidity and market price of our common stock could decline, and our ability to access the capital markets could be negatively affected.
Our common stock began trading on the Nasdaq Capital Market on March 26, 2013. To maintain our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we must satisfy minimum financial and other continued listing requirements. In addition, the transfer of our listing to the Nasdaq Capital Market is subject to certain conditions described in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 22, 2013. While we intend to maintain our listing on Nasdaq, if we fail to meet the requirements for continued listing or we are unable to cure any events of noncompliance in a timely or effective manner, our common stock could be delisted.
Prior to March 26, 2013, our common stock was traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market. As disclosed on Current Reports on Form 8-K filed on September 28, 2012 and December 3, 2012, we received notice that our common stock was subject to delisting from the Nasdaq Global Select Market on March 25, 2013 for failure to meet the continued listing requirements of the Nasdaq Global Select Market. As a result, we voluntarily applied to transfer our listing to the Nasdaq Capital Market.
The perception or possibility that our common stock could be delisted in the future could negatively affect its liquidity and price. Delisting would have an adverse effect on the liquidity of the common shares and, as a result, the market price for the common stock might become more volatile. Delisting could also make it more difficult for us to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us or at all. Although quotes for our common stock would continue to be available on the OTC Bulletin Board or on the “Pink Sheets” in the event of a delisting from Nasdaq, such alternatives are generally considered to be less efficient markets, and the stock price, as well as the liquidity of the common stock, may be adversely affected as a result.
The trading volume of our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies.
Although our common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, the trading volume of our common stock is less than that of other larger financial services companies. For the public trading market for our common stock to have the desired characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness requires the presence in the marketplace of willing buyers and sellers of our common stock at any given time. This presence depends on the individual decisions of investors and general economic and

28

Table of Contents


market conditions over which we have no control. Given the lower trading volume of our common stock, significant sales of our common stock, or the expectation of these sales, could cause our stock price to fall more than would otherwise be expected if the trading volume of our common stock were commensurate with the trading volumes of the common stock of larger financial services companies.
Provisions in our amended and restated Articles of Incorporation, our amended and restated Bylaws, Tennessee law and our Tax Benefits Preservation Plan limit the ability of others to acquire us and may, therefore, adversely affect our the price of our common stock.
Various anti-takeover protections for Tennessee corporations are set forth in the Tennessee Business Corporation Act, the Business Combination Act, the Control Share Acquisition Act, the Greenmail Act and the Investor Protection Act. Because our common stock is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Business Combination Act automatically applies to us unless our stockholders adopt a charter or bylaw amendment which expressly excludes us from the anti-takeover provisions of the Business Combination Act two years prior to a proposed takeover. Our Board of Directors has no present intention of recommending such charter or bylaw amendment.
These statutes have the general effect of discouraging, or rendering more difficult, unfriendly takeover or acquisition attempts. Such provisions could be beneficial to current management in an unfriendly takeover attempt but could have an adverse effect on stockholders who might wish to participate in such a transaction.
On October 24, 2012, our Board of Directors adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan, which is intended to prevent certain transactions that would constitute an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code in order to protect the ability of the Company to realize the benefits of the Company's net operating losses. The Tax Benefits Preservation Plan is designed to prevent transfers of our common stock that would result in any stockholder owning 4.9% or more of our common stock or to prevent any existing 4.9% stockholder from acquiring additional shares by substantially diluting the ownership interest of any such stockholder, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, on March 20, 2013 the Company adopted an amendment to its Bylaws, applicable to shares issued after that date, that makes such attempted transfers void. Because the Tax Benefit Preservation Plan may restrict a stockholder's ability to acquire our common stock, it could discourage a tender offer or make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a controlling position in our stock without our approval, and the market value of the Company's common stock may be adversely affected while the Tax Benefit Preservation Plan is in effect.
Our future operating results may be below securities analysts’ or investors’ expectations, which could cause our stock price to decline.
We may be unable to generate significant revenues or grow at the rate expected by securities analysts or investors. In addition, our costs may be higher than we, securities analysts or investors expect. If we fail to generate sufficient revenues or our costs are higher than we expect, our results of operations will suffer, which in turn could cause our stock price to decline.
Our operating results in any particular period may not be a reliable indication of our future performance. In some future quarters, our operating results may be below the expectations of securities analysts or investors. If this occurs, the price of our common stock will likely decline.


29

Table of Contents




ITEM 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no written comments from the Commission staff regarding our periodic or current reports under the Act which remain unresolved.

30

Table of Contents




ITEM 2.
Properties

During 2012 , we conducted our business primarily through our corporate headquarters located at 531 Broad Street, Chattanooga, Hamilton County, Tennessee.
We believe that our banking offices are in good condition, are suitable to our needs and, for the most part, are relatively new. The following table summarizes pertinent details of our owned or leased branch, loan production and leasing offices.
Office Address
 
Date Opened
 
Owned/Leased
 
Square
Footage
 
Use of
Office
401 South Thornton Avenue
Dalton, Whitfield County, Georgia
 
September 17, 1999
 
Owned
 
16,438

 
Branch
1237 North Glenwood Avenue
Dalton, Whitfield County, Georgia
 
September 17, 1999
 
Owned
 
3,300

 
Branch
761 New Highway 68
Sweetwater, Monroe County, Tennessee
 
June 26, 2000
 
Owned
 
3,000

 
Branch
1740 Gunbarrel Road
Chattanooga, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
July 3, 2000
 
Leased
 
3,400

 
Branch
4227 Ringgold Road
East Ridge, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
July 28, 2000
 
Leased
 
3,400

 
Branch
835 South Congress Parkway
Athens, McMinn County, Tennessee
 
November 6, 2000
 
Owned
 
3,400

 
Branch
4535 Highway 58
Chattanooga, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
May 7, 2001
 
Owned
 
3,400

 
Branch
820 Ridgeway Avenue
Signal Mountain, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
May 29, 2001
 
Owned
 
2,500

 
Branch
1301 Cowart Street
Chattanooga, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
March 28, 2011
 
Leased
 
1,000

 
Branch
9217 Lee Highway
Ooltewah, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
July 8, 2002
 
Owned
 
3,400

 
Branch
2905 Maynardville Highway
Maynardville, Union County, Tennessee
 
July 20, 2002
 
Owned
 
12,197

 
Branch
2918 East Walnut Avenue
Dalton, Whitfield County, Georgia
 
March 31, 2003
 
Owned
 
10,337

 
Branch
715 South Thornton Avenue
Dalton, Whitfield County, Georgia
 
March 31, 2003
 
Building Owned
Land Leased
 
4,181

 
Branch
35 Poplar Springs Road
Ringgold, Catoosa County, Georgia
 
July 14, 2003
 
Owned
 
3,400

 
Branch
167 West Broadway Boulevard
Jefferson City, Jefferson County, Tennessee
 
October 14, 2003
 
Owned
 
3,743

 
Branch
705 East Broadway
Lenoir City, Loudon County, Tennessee
 
October 27, 2003
 
Owned
 
3,610

 
Branch
215 Warren Street
Madisonville, Monroe County, Tennessee
 
December 4, 2003
 
Owned
 
8,456

 
Branch
155 North Campbell Station Road
Knoxville, Knox County, Tennessee
 
March 2, 2004
 
Building Owned
Land Leased
 
3,743

 
Branch


31

Table of Contents


Office Address
 
Date Opened
 
Owned/Leased
 
Square
Footage
 
Use of
Office
1013 South Highway 92
Dandridge, Jefferson County, Tennessee
 
April 5, 2004
 
Owned
 
3,500

 
Branch
307 Lovell Road
Knoxville, Knox County, Tennessee
 
August 16, 2004
 
Building Owned
Land Leased
 
3,500

 
Branch
1111 Northshore Drive, Suite S600
Knoxville, Knox County, Tennessee
 
October 1, 2004
 
Leased
 
9,867

 
Loan &
Leasing
1111 Northshore Drive, Suite P-100
Knoxville, Knox County, Tennessee
 
July 25, 2005
 
Leased
 
1,105

 
Branch
307 Hull Avenue
Gainesboro, Jackson County, Tennessee
 
August 31, 2005
 
Owned
 
9,662

 
Branch
340 South Jefferson Avenue
Cookeville, Putnam County, Tennessee
 
August 31, 2005
 
Owned
 
3,220

 
Branch
376 West Jackson Street
Cookeville, Putnam County, Tennessee
 
August 31, 2005
 
Owned
 
14,780

 
Branch
301 Keith Street SW
Cleveland, Bradley County, Tennessee
 
October 31, 2005
 
Leased
 
3,072

 
Branch
3895 Cleveland Road
Varnell, Whitfield County, Georgia
 
November 11, 2005
 
Owned
 
1,860

 
Branch
531 Broad Street
Chattanooga, Hamilton County, Tennessee
 
December 11, 2006
 
Owned
 
39,700

 
Branch &
Headquarters
614 West Main Street
Algood, Putnam County, Tennessee
 
April 10, 2007
 
Owned
 
1,936

 
Branch
52 Mouse Creek Road
Cleveland, Bradley County, Tennessee
 
May 14, 2007
 
Owned
 
1,256

 
Branch
5188 Highway 153
Knoxville, Knox County, Tennessee
 
May 22, 2009
 
Owned
 
4,194

 
Branch
As of December 31, 2012 , we owned one additional plot of land. The vacant lot is located at 1020 South Highway 92, Dandridge, Jefferson County, Tennessee (1.0 acres). The lot is currently available for sale and is included in our other real estate owned portfolio. We originally purchased this site for bank purposes.
During the last six months of 2011, we closed two offices in Jackson County, two in Monroe County, and one in Loudon County. Since we owned these branches, three of them remain in our other real estate owned portfolio and are currently available for sale.
Additionally, we closed a leased branch location in Union County, Tennessee on October 31, 2011.
We are not aware of any environmental problems with the properties that we own or lease that would be material, either individually, or in the aggregate, to our operations or financial condition.

32

Table of Contents




ITEM 3.
Legal Proceedings
In the normal course of business, we are at times subject to pending and threatened legal actions. Although we are not able to predict the outcome of such actions, after reviewing pending and threatened actions with counsel, we believe that the outcome of any or all such actions will not have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and/or operating results.
 

ITEM 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
Not applicable.

33

Table of Contents




PART II
 
ITEM 5.
Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

From August 10, 2005 to March 26, 2013, our common stock traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol FSGI. As disclosed previously on Current Reports on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on September 28, 2012 and December 3, 2012, we were not in compliance with the continued listing requirements of the NASDAQ Global Select Market and were subject to delisting after March 25, 2013. As a result, we applied to transfer our listing to the NASDAQ Capital Market. Our application was granted effective March 26, 2013, subject to certain conditions described in the Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 22, 2013. On April 15, 2013, there were 686 registered holders of record of our common stock. The high and low prices per share were as follows:

Quarter
 
High
 
Low
 
Dividend
2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 th  Quarter
 
$
3.04

 
$
1.30

 
$

3 rd  Quarter
 
3.30

 
2.15

 

2 nd  Quarter
 
3.35

 
1.98

 

1 st  Quarter
 
3.68

 
2.35

 

2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
4 th  Quarter
 
$
3.34

 
$
1.13

 
$

3 rd  Quarter
 
5.70

 
1.81

 

2 nd  Quarter
 
9.10

 
4.61

 

1 st  Quarter
 
13.00

 
8.10

 


It is the policy of the Federal Reserve Board that bank holding companies should pay cash dividends on common stock only out of net income available over the past year and only if prospective earnings retention is consistent with the organization’s expected future needs and financial condition. The policy provides that bank holding companies should not maintain a level of cash dividends that undermines the bank holding company’s ability to serve as a source of strength to its banking subsidiaries. For a foreseeable period of time, our principal source of cash will be dividends and management fees paid by FSGBank to us. There are certain restrictions on these payments imposed by federal banking laws, regulations and authorities.
The declaration and payment of dividends on our common stock will depend upon our earnings and financial condition, liquidity and capital requirements, the general economic and regulatory climate, our ability to service any equity or debt obligations senior to our common stock and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors. On January 27, 2010, our Board of Directors elected to suspend the dividend on our common stock and elected to defer the dividend payment on our Series A Preferred Stock for the first quarter of 2010. Over the balance of 2010, 2011 and 2012, the Board of Directors elected on a quarterly basis to continue to defer the dividend payments for the Series A Preferred Stock. In light of this action, we make no assurance that we will pay any dividends in the future. We may not pay dividends on our common stock unless all dividends have been paid on the securities issued to the Treasury under the CPP; having deferred the dividend payments scheduled for payment in 2010, 2011 and 2012, we are prohibited on paying any future dividends on our common stock until all dividends payable to the Treasury under the CPP have been paid in full or until Treasury no longer holds any of our securities.
On July 23, 2008, our Board of Directors approved a loan, which was subsequently amended on January 28, 2009, in the amount of $12.7 million from First Security Group, Inc. to First Security Group, Inc. 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “401(k) and ESOP Plan”). The purpose of the loan is to purchase Company shares in open market transactions. The shares will be used for future Company matching contributions within the 401(k) and ESOP Plan. The purchase program concluded on December 31, 2009. As of December 31, 2012 , there were no unallocated shares.
As previously disclosed, on February 8, 2012, First Security awarded an aggregate of 58,000 shares of First Security’s common stock as part of the company’s inducement for new employees to join First Security. The shares are subject to restricted stock agreements limiting the vesting and transferability of the shares in accordance with the TARP executive compensation requirements. In issuing the securities, First Security relied on Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


34

Table of Contents


ITEM 6.
Selected Financial Data
Our selected financial data is presented below as of and for the years ended December 31, 2008 through 2012 . The selected financial data presented below as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2012 , are derived from our audited financial statements and related notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes, along with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” beginning on page 42 . The selected financial data as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 and for the two years ended December 31, 2009 have been derived from our audited financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All per share data and the number of shares outstanding has been retroactively adjusted for the one-for-ten reverse stock split effected on September 19, 2011. Certain of the measures set forth below are non-GAAP financial measures under the rules and regulations promulgated by the SEC. For a discussion of management’s reasons to present such data and a reconciliation to GAAP, please see “GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation for Non-GAAP Financial Measures” following the tables.
 
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts and full-time
equivalent employees)
Earnings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net interest income
 
$
23,580

 
$
27,779

 
$
34,681

 
$
42,209

 
$
45,227

Provision for loan and lease losses
 
$
20,866

 
$
10,920

 
$
33,589

 
$
25,380

 
$
15,729

Non-interest income
 
$
9,295

 
$
8,650

 
$
9,503

 
$
10,335

 
$
11,682

Non-interest expense
 
$
48,808

 
$
48,178

 
$
45,258

 
$
68,871

 
$
40,406

Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
 
$
2,078

 
$
2,053

 
$
2,029

 
$
1,954

 
$

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
 
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)
 
$
(35,409
)
 
$
1,361

Earnings—Normalized
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-interest expense, excluding goodwill impairment
 
$
48,808

 
$
48,178

 
$
45,258

 
$
41,715

 
$
40,406

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment
 
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)
 
$
(10,647
)
 
$
1,361

Per Share Data:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income, basic
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(22.77
)
 
$
0.85

Net (loss) income, diluted
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(22.77
)
 
$
0.85

Cash dividends declared on common shares
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
0.80

 
$
2.00

Book value per common share
 
$
(1.94
)
 
$
21.44

 
$
37.55

 
$
66.90

 
$
87.80

Tangible book value per common share
 
$
(2.28
)
 
$
20.86

 
$
36.70

 
$
65.70

 
$
69.80

Per Share Data—Normalized:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net (loss) income, excluding goodwill impairment, basic
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(6.80
)
 
$
0.85

Net (loss) income excluding goodwill impairment, diluted
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(6.80
)
 
$
0.85

Performance Ratios:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets 1
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(2.81
)%
 
0.11
%
Return on average common equity 1
 
(170.65
)%
 
(47.76
)%
 
(46.81
)%
 
(25.92
)%
 
0.92
%
Return on average tangible assets 1
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(2.86
)%
 
0.11
%
Return on average tangible common equity 1
 
(176.59
)%
 
(48.91
)%
 
(47.62
)%
 
(31.00
)%
 
1.15
%
Net interest margin, taxable equivalent
 
2.45
 %
 
2.77
 %
 
2.92
 %
 
3.75
 %
 
4.07
%
Efficiency ratio
 
148.47
 %
 
132.25
 %
 
102.38
 %
 
131.03
 %
 
70.96
%
Non-interest income to net interest income and non-interest income
 
28.27
 %
 
23.74
 %
 
21.51
 %
 
19.67
 %
 
20.53
%



35

Table of Contents


 
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts and full-time
equivalent employees)
Performance Ratios—Normalized:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average assets, excluding goodwill impairment 1
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(0.85
)%
 
0.11
%
Return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment 1
 
(170.65
)%
 
(47.76
)%
 
(46.81
)%
 
(7.79
)%
 
0.92
%
Return on average tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment 1
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(0.86
)%
 
0.11
%
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment 1
 
(176.59
)%
 
(48.91
)%
 
(47.62
)%
 
(9.32
)%
 
1.15
%
Capital & Liquidity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total equity to total assets
 
2.74
 %
 
6.12
 %
 
7.99
 %
 
10.43
 %
 
11.30
%
Tangible equity to tangible assets
 
2.68
 %
 
6.04
 %
 
7.88
 %
 
10.30
 %
 
9.20
%
Tangible common equity to tangible assets
 
(0.38
)%
 
3.15
 %
 
5.16
 %
 
7.98
 %
 
9.20
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
 
4.23
 %
 
9.70
 %
 
11.20
 %
 
12.68
 %
 
9.85
%
Total risk-based capital ratio
 
5.49
 %
 
10.96
 %
 
12.47
 %
 
13.94
 %
 
11.10
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
 
2.31
 %
 
5.69
 %
 
7.27
 %
 
10.59
 %
 
8.74
%
Dividend payout ratio
 
nm

 
nm

 
nm

 
nm

 
239.02
%
Total loans to total deposits
 
53.68
 %
 
57.34
 %
 
69.33
 %
 
80.50
 %
 
93.99
%
Asset Quality:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net charge-offs
 
$
26,666

 
$
15,320

 
$
36,081

 
$
16,273

 
$
9,300

Net loans charged-off to average loans
 
4.52
 %
 
2.36
 %
 
4.27
 %
 
1.66
 %
 
0.93
%
Non-accrual loans
 
$
25,071

 
$
46,907

 
$
54,082

 
$
45,454

 
$
18,453

Other real estate owned
 
$
13,441

 
$
25,141

 
$
24,399

 
$
15,312

 
$
7,145

Repossessed assets
 
$
8

 
$
302

 
$
763

 
$
3,881

 
$
1,680

Non-performing assets (NPA)
 
$
40,176

 
$
75,172

 
$
84,082

 
$
69,171

 
$
29,984

NPA to total assets
 
3.78
 %
 
6.74
 %
 
7.20
 %
 
5.11
 %
 
2.35
%
Loans 90 days past due
 
$
1,656

 
$
2,822

 
$
4,838

 
$
4,524

 
$
2,706

Non-performing loans (NPL)
 
$
26,727

 
$
49,729

 
$
58,920

 
$
49,978

 
$
21,159

NPL to total loans
 
4.94
 %
 
8.54
 %
 
8.10
 %
 
5.25
 %
 
2.09
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans
 
2.55
 %
 
3.35
 %
 
3.30
 %
 
2.78
 %
 
1.72
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses to NPL
 
51.63
 %
 
39.41
 %
 
40.73
 %
 
53.01
 %
 
82.16
%
Period End Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
 
$
541,130

 
$
582,264

 
$
727,091

 
$
952,018

 
$
1,011,584

Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
$
13,800

 
$
19,600

 
$
24,000

 
$
26,492

 
$
17,385

Intangible assets
 
$
600

 
$
982

 
$
1,461

 
$
1,918

 
$
29,560

Assets
 
$
1,063,555

 
$
1,114,901

 
$
1,168,548

 
$
1,353,399

 
$
1,276,227

Deposits
 
$
1,008,066

 
$
1,019,422

 
$
1,048,723

 
$
1,182,673

 
$
1,076,286

Common stockholders’ equity
 
$
(3,439
)
 
$
36,111

 
$
61,657

 
$
109,825

 
$
144,244

Total stockholders’ equity
 
$
29,110

 
$
68,232

 
$
93,374

 
$
141,164

 
$
144,244

Common stock market capitalization
 
$
3,952

 
$
3,958

 
$
14,776

 
$
39,075

 
$
75,860

Full-time equivalent employees
 
329

 
303

 
311

 
347

 
361

Common shares outstanding
 
1,772

 
1,684

 
1,642

 
1,642

 
1,642



36

Table of Contents


 
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts and full-time
equivalent employees)
Average Balances:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
 
$
590,109

 
$
647,920

 
$
845,945

 
$
977,758

 
$
997,371

Intangible assets
 
$
781

 
$
1,239

 
$
1,691

 
$
22,382

 
$
29,948

Earning assets
 
$
1,024,471

 
$
1,028,654

 
$
1,213,145

 
$
1,150,337

 
$
1,132,962

Assets
 
$
1,110,794

 
$
1,118,649

 
$
1,306,831

 
$
1,258,662

 
$
1,258,469

Deposits
 
$
1,027,520

 
$
1,007,930

 
$
1,147,724

 
$
1,057,090

 
$
956,994

Common stockholders’ equity
 
$
23,233

 
$
52,584

 
$
99,067

 
$
136,598

 
$
148,655

Total stockholders’ equity
 
$
55,549

 
$
84,486

 
$
130,579

 
$
166,803

 
$
148,655

Common shares outstanding, basic—wtd
 
1,613

 
1,591

 
1,574

 
1,555

 
1,603

Common shares outstanding, diluted—wtd
 
1,613

 
1,591

 
1,574

 
1,555

 
1,615


1

Performance ratios are calculated using net (loss) income available to common shareholders, excluding the goodwill impairment.

GAAP Reconciliation and Management Explanation for Non-GAAP Financial Measures
The information set forth above contains certain financial information determined by methods other than in accordance with GAAP. Management uses these “non-GAAP” measures in their analysis of First Security’s performance. Non-GAAP measures typically adjust GAAP performance measures to exclude the effects of charges, expenses and gains related to the consummation of mergers and acquisitions and costs related to the integration of merged entities. These non-GAAP measures may also exclude other significant gains, losses or expenses that are unusual in nature and not expected to recur. Since these items and their impact on our performance are difficult to predict, management believes presentations of financial measures excluding the impact of these items provide useful supplemental information that is important for a proper understanding of the operating results of our core business. Additionally, management utilizes measures involving a tangible basis which exclude the impact of intangible assets such as goodwill and core deposit intangibles. As these assets are normally created through acquisitions and not through normal recurring operations, management believes that the exclusion of these items presents a more comparable assessment of the aforementioned measures on a recurring basis.
Specifically, management uses “non-interest expense, excluding goodwill impairment,” “net (loss) income available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment, net of tax,” “net (loss) income, excluding goodwill impairment per share,” “return on average common equity,” “return on average tangible assets,” “return on average tangible common equity,” “return on average assets, excluding goodwill impairment,” “return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment,” “return on average tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment,” and “return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment.” Our management uses these non-GAAP measures in its analysis of First Security’s performance, as further described below.
“Non-interest expense, excluding goodwill impairment” is defined as non-interest expense reduced by the effect of goodwill impairment. “Net (loss) income available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment” is defined as net income, increased by the effect of impairment of goodwill, net of tax. “Net (loss) income, excluding goodwill impairment per share” is defined as net income, increased by the effect of impairment of goodwill, net of tax, divided by total common shares outstanding. Our management includes these measures because it believes that they are important when measuring First Security’s performance exclusive of the effects of impairment of goodwill. As of September 30, 2009, the annual assessment of goodwill indicated a full impairment of goodwill; accordingly, no further goodwill remains on the books of First Security. The goodwill impairment is a one-time, non-cash accounting adjustment that has no effect on First Security's cash flows, liquidity, tangible capital, or ability to conduct business and as such, management believes excluding this charge is appropriate to properly measure First Security's performance. These three non-GAAP financial measures exclude the effect of the goodwill impairment on the most comparable GAAP measures: non-interest expense (to measure the overall level of First Security's recurring non-interest related expenses); net (loss) income available to common stockholders (to reflect the recurring overall net income available to stockholders collectively); and net (loss) income per share (to reflect the recurring overall net income available to stockholders on a per share basis).

37

Table of Contents


“Return on average common equity” is defined as annualized earnings for the period divided by average equity reduced by average preferred stock. Our management includes this measure in addition to return on average equity, the most comparable GAAP measure, because it believes that it is important when measuring First Security’s performance exclusive of the effects of First Security’s outstanding preferred stock, which has a fixed return, and that this measure is important to many investors in First Security’s common stock.
“Return on average tangible assets” is defined as annualized earnings for the period divided by average assets reduced by average goodwill and other intangible assets. “Return on average tangible common equity” is defined as annualized earnings for the period divided by average equity reduced by average preferred stock and average goodwill and other intangible assets. Our management includes these measures because it believes that they are important when measuring First Security’s performance exclusive of the effects of goodwill and other intangibles recorded in First Security’s historic acquisitions, exclusive of the effects of First Security’s outstanding preferred stock, which has a fixed return, and these measures are used by many investors as part of their analysis of First Security’s performance.
“Return on average assets, excluding goodwill impairment” is defined as net income, increased by the effect of impairment of goodwill, net of tax, divided by average assets. “Return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment” is defined as net income, increased by the effect of impairment of goodwill, net of tax, divided by average equity reduced by average preferred stock. “Return on average tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment” is defined as net income, increased by the effect of impairment of goodwill, net of tax, divided by average assets reduced by average goodwill and other intangible assets. “Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment” is defined as net income, increased by the effect of impairment of goodwill, net of tax, divided by average equity reduced by average preferred stock and average goodwill and other intangible assets. The most comparable GAAP measure for each of these measures is return on average assets. Our management includes these measures because it believes that they are important when measuring First Security’s performance exclusive of the effects of impairment of goodwill. As of September 30, 2009, the annual assessment of goodwill indicated a full impairment of goodwill; accordingly, no further goodwill remains on the books of First Security. The goodwill impairment is a one-time, non-cash accounting adjustment that has no effect on First Security’s cash flows, liquidity, tangible capital, or ability to conduct business and as such, management believes excluding this charge is necessary to properly measure First Security’s performance.

38

Table of Contents



These disclosures should not be viewed as a substitute for operating results determined in accordance with GAAP, nor are they necessarily comparable to non-GAAP performance measures that may be presented by other companies. The following table provides a more detailed analysis of these non-GAAP performance measures.

 
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except per share data)
Return on average assets
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(2.81
)%
 
0.11
 %
Effect of intangible assets
 

 

 

 
(0.05
)%
 

Return on average tangible assets
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(2.86
)%
 
0.11
 %
Return on average assets
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(2.81
)%
 
0.11
 %
Effect of goodwill impairment
 

 

 

 
1.96
 %
 

Return on average assets, excluding goodwill impairment
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(0.85
)%
 
0.11
 %
Effect of average intangible assets
 

 

 

 
(0.01
)%
 

Return on average tangible assets, excluding goodwill impairment
 
(3.57
)%
 
(2.25
)%
 
(3.55
)%
 
(0.86
)%
 
0.11
 %
Return on average common equity
 
(170.65
)%
 
(47.76
)%
 
(46.81
)%
 
(25.92
)%
 
0.92
 %
Effect of goodwill impairment
 

 

 

 
18.13
 %
 

Return on average common equity, excluding goodwill impairment
 
(170.65
)%
 
(47.76
)%
 
(46.81
)%
 
(7.79
)%
 
0.92
 %
Effect on average intangible assets
 
(5.94
)%
 
(1.15
)%
 
(0.81
)%
 
(1.53
)%
 
0.23
 %
Return on average tangible common equity, excluding goodwill impairment
 
(176.59
)%
 
(48.91
)%
 
(47.62
)%
 
(9.32
)%
 
1.15
 %
Total equity to total assets
 
2.74
 %
 
6.12
 %
 
7.99
 %
 
10.43
 %
 
11.30
 %
Effect of intangible assets
 
(0.06
)%
 
(0.08
)%
 
(0.11
)%
 
(0.13
)%
 
(2.10
)%
Tangible equity to tangible assets
 
2.68
 %
 
6.04
 %
 
7.88
 %
 
10.30
 %
 
9.20
 %
Effect of preferred stock
 
(3.06
)%
 
(2.89
)%
 
(2.72
)%
 
(2.32
)%
 

Tangible common equity to tangible assets
 
(0.38
)%
 
3.15
 %
 
5.16
 %
 
7.98
 %
 
9.20
 %
Non-interest expense
 
$
48,808

 
$
48,178

 
$
45,258

 
$
68,871

 
$
40,382

Effect of goodwill impairment
 

 

 

 
(27,156
)
 

Non-interest expense, excluding goodwill impairment
 
$
48,808

 
$
48,178

 
$
45,258

 
$
41,715

 
$
40,382

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders
 
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)
 
$
(35,409
)
 
$
1,361

Effect of goodwill impairment, net of $2,394 tax effect
 

 

 

 
24,762

 

Net (loss) income available to common stockholders, excluding goodwill impairment
 
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)
 
$
(10,647
)
 
$
1,361

Total stockholders’ equity
 
$
29,110

 
$
68,232

 
$
93,374

 
$
141,164

 
$
144,244

Effect of preferred stock
 
(32,549
)
 
(32,121
)
 
(31,717
)
 
(31,339
)
 

Common stockholders’ equity
 
$
(3,439
)
 
$
36,111

 
$
61,657

 
$
109,825

 
$
144,244

Average assets
 
$
1,110,794

 
$
1,118,646

 
$
1,306,831

 
$
1,258,662

 
$
1,258,469

Effect of average intangible assets
 
(781
)
 
(1,239
)
 
(1,691
)
 
(22,382
)
 
(29,948
)
Average tangible assets
 
$
1,110,013

 
$
1,117,407

 
$
1,305,140

 
$
1,236,280

 
$
1,228,521



39

Table of Contents


 
 
As of and for the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
Average total stockholders’ equity
 
$
55,549

 
$
84,486

 
$
130,579

 
$
166,803

 
$
148,655

Effect of average preferred stock
 
(32,316
)
 
(31,902
)
 
(31,512
)
 
(30,205
)
 

Average common stockholders’ equity
 
23,233

 
52,584

 
99,067

 
136,598

 
148,655

Effect of average intangible assets
 
(781
)
 
(1,239
)
 
(1,691
)
 
(22,382
)
 
(29,948
)
Average tangible common stockholders’ equity
 
$
22,452

 
$
51,345

 
$
97,376

 
$
114,216

 
$
118,707

Per Share Data
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Book value per common share
 
$
(1.94
)
 
$
21.54

 
$
37.55

 
$
66.90

 
$
87.80

Effect of intangible assets
 
(0.34
)
 
(0.58
)
 
(0.85
)
 
(1.20
)
 
(18.00
)
Tangible book value per common share
 
$
(2.28
)
 
$
20.86

 
$
36.70

 
$
65.70

 
$
69.80

Net (loss) income, basic
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(22.77
)
 
$
0.85

Effect of goodwill impairment, net of tax
 

 

 

 
15.97

 

Net (loss) income, excluding goodwill impairment, basic
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(6.80
)
 
$
0.85

Net (loss) income, diluted
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(22.77
)
 
$
0.85

Effect of goodwill impairment, net of tax
 

 

 

 
15.97

 

Net (loss) income, excluding goodwill impairment, diluted
 
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
 
$
(6.80
)
 
$
0.85


40

Table of Contents



ITEM 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation
The following is management’s discussion and analysis (MD&A) which should be read in conjunction with “Selected Financial Data” and our consolidated financial statements and notes included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The discussion in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applying to all related forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this Annual Report. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Year Ended December 31, 2012
The following discussion and analysis sets forth the major factors that affected First Security’s financial condition as of December 31, 2012 and 2011, and results of operations for the three years ended December 31, 2012 as reflected in the audited financial statements.
Strategic Initiatives for 2012
During the last 18 months, the executive management team has been restructured and our Board has increased in size and strength. Our focus has largely been two-fold: implementing our business strategy and addressing the capital needs of the Bank. We believe our capital and business plans are positioning us appropriately for both short-term and long-term success.
Strategic Initiative—Strengthening Capital— On April 12, 2013, we announced the completion of our recapitalization. The recapitalization included a conversion of the TARP CPP Preferred Stock to common stock as well as an additional issuance of common stock to institutional and other accredited investors. On April 11, 2013, we issued approximately 9.9 million shares of our common stock to the U.S. Treasury ("Treasury") for full satisfaction of the Treasury TARP CPP investment, including all associated dividends and warrants. The Treasury immediately sold the common stock to institutional and other accredited investors previously identified by First Security for $1.50 per share. On April 12, 2013, we issued an additional approximately 50.8 million shares of common stock at 41.50 per share to institutional and other accredited investors. In aggregate, investors purchased 60,735,000 shares for $91.1 million, or $1.50 per share. On April 12, 2013, we downstreamed $65.0 million to FSGBank to improve FSGBank's regulatory capital ratios and to support future balance sheet growth. See Note 2 to our Consolidated Financial Statements for additional discussion.
Strategic Initiative—Strengthening Management— We have completed the restructuring of our executive and senior management team. Michael Kramer was appointed as CEO and President in December 2011. This was followed by the appointment of three executive vice presidents in February 2012; Chief Credit Officer, Retail Banking Officer and Director of FSGBank’s Wealth Management and Trust Department. We also promoted two tenured managers to the roles of Chief Administrative Officer in February 2012 and Chief Financial Officer in February 2011.
Strategic Initiative—Strengthening Board of Directors— During 2011, three additional directors were appointed to the Board. During the first quarter of 2012, an additional three directors were appointed. Mr. William F. Grant, III and Mr. Robert R. Lane were appointed pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, as elected by the Treasury. The third director, Larry D. Mauldin, was appointed as the new independent Chairman of the Board.
We believe our current Board possesses the level of banking, small business and leadership backgrounds which will allow it to provide a strong level of oversight to our management team. The Board is focused on establishing an overall business strategy that supports out fundamental objectives of creating long-term stockholder value.
Strategic Initiative—Improving Asset Quality— On December 10, 2012, we entered into an asset purchase agreement with a third party to sell certain loans. During the fourth quarter of 2012, we identified $36.2 million of under- and non-performing loans to sell and recorded a $13.9 million loss to reduce the loan balance to the expected net proceeds. In February 2013, we sold these under- and non-performing loans.
Historically, the credit function was decentralized with lending authority and underwriting conducted regionally. During 2009, we began the process to centralize all credit functions, including underwriting and approval, document preparation, and collections. In February 2012, we hired a new Chief Credit Officer who has provided strong oversight in reducing the amount of non-performing assets and revising our loan policy.
For 2012, management implemented an incentive plan for the Special Assets department that rewards both reductions in nonperforming assets and achieving historical realization rates. We expect a continuation of the higher volume of nonperforming asset resolutions in 2013, which, when combined with the expectation of lower inflows into nonperforming loans, should reduce the overall level of nonperforming assets.

41

Table of Contents


 
Strategic Initiative—Growing Deposit Market Share — The Retail Banking Officer is primarily responsible for managing the branch operations, including the implementation of a sales culture for growing core deposits. With significant brokered deposits maturing over the next 18 to 24 months, we have the opportunity to replace these high-cost deposits with traditional low-cost deposits. Clearly defined growth objectives were established for each of our 30 branch locations. The objectives supported the assumptions in the 2012 budget as well as certain aspects of various incentive plans. Leveraging our branches to grow market share with core deposits will reduce our cost of funds, increase our margin and assisting us in achieving overall profitability.
During 2012, we have achieved positive results in implementing our retail deposit strategy. From December 31, 2011 to December 31, 2012, $73 million of brokered deposits matured and we successfully replaced a majority of these high-cost deposits with core deposits. Pure deposits, defined as all transaction accounts, increased $39.9 million, or 10.7%, and core deposits increased $45.6 million, or 7.7%. In total, our customer deposits, defined as total deposits less brokered deposits, increased $61.6 million, which nearly offsets the brokered deposit maturities.
We expect to continue to grow pure and core deposit products per household as well as acquiring new customer relationships.
Strategic Initiative – Investing Excess Liquidity in Loans and Securities
Between December of 2009 and the first quarter of 2010, we issued over $180.0 million in brokered deposits to improve our contingent funding capacity. A majority of these funds were placed in our interest bearing account at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. We executed this liquidity strategy to provide stability and the ability to fund multiple years of obligations without relying on deposit growth or additional borrowings. Our success in growing customer deposits has allowed us to reduce our liquidity reserves during 2012.
As of December 31, 2012, our total interest-bearing cash was $159.7 million compared to $249.3 million at December 31, 2011. During 2012, we have prudently reduced our excess cash position by investing in higher yielding assets, primarily investment securities and loans. Effective January 1, 2012, we implemented a lender incentive plan that included clearly defined goals by lending position as well as strong asset quality expectations. We believe this renewed focus on loan growth will result in our loan portfolio stabilizing and growing during 2013. During 2012, our loans declined by 7.1%. The year-to-date change is below our expectations, but we believe that this is largely attributable to loan sales and resolution of problem assets and net charge-offs that improved our asset quality during 2012. The Company has hired a new Chief Credit Officer which is resulting in changes in our credit culture and changes in our underwriting process. Our lenders have adapted to the new expectations and the loan pipeline has continued to increase. Additionally, we have hired multiple new lenders from large regional institutions within our footprint and we are realizing further growth in the loan pipeline. Generally, we do not place a loan on the pipeline unless there is a greater than 50% likelihood of that loan being approved within the next 90 days. Based on the new lenders and the process changes now fully implemented, we anticipate loan growth for 2013.
Since December 31, 2011, we have had net growth of approximately $61 million in our investment securities portfolio as we have actively invested our excess liquidity. We have purchased short duration investments to minimize future interest rate risk.
We believe a disciplined approach to allocating our excess liquidity into higher yielding assets will improve our yield on earning assets, increase our margin and assist us in achieving overall profitability.
Reverse Stock Split
On September 19, 2011 (the “Effective Date”), we completed a one-for-ten reverse stock split of our common stock. In connection with the reverse stock split, every ten shares of issued and outstanding First Security common stock at the Effective Date were exchanged for one share of newly issued common stock. Fractional shares were rounded up to the next whole share. Other than the number of authorized shares of common stock disclosed in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, all prior period share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the reverse stock split. For additional information related to the reverse stock split, see Notes 2 and 16 to our consolidated financial statements.
Regulatory Matters
Effective September 7, 2010, First Security entered into the Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank. The Agreement is designed to ensure that First Security is a source of strength to FSGBank. Substantially all of the requirements of the Agreement are similar to those already in effect for FSGBank pursuant to the Consent Order that is described below. On September 14, 2010, we filed a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Agreement. The Form 8-K also provides a copy of the fully executed Agreement.

42

Table of Contents



We are currently deemed not in compliance with some provisions of the Agreement. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Bank. We can provide no assurances that we will be able to comply fully with the Agreement, that efforts to comply with the Agreement will not have a material adverse effect on the operations and financial condition of First Security, or that further enforcement actions will not be imposed on First Security.
Effective April 28, 2010, FSGBank reached an agreement with its primary regulator, the OCC, regarding the issuance of a Consent Order. The Order is a result of the OCC’s regular examination of FSGBank in the fall of 2009 and directs FSGBank to take actions intended to strengthen its overall condition. All customer deposits remain fully insured by the FDIC to the maximum extent allowed by law; the Order does not impact this coverage in any manner. On April 29, 2010, First Security filed a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Order and the related actions taken by the Bank to date. The Form 8-K also provides a copy of the fully executed Order.
We are currently deemed not in compliance with certain provisions of the Order, including the capital requirements. The Order required FSGBank to maintain certain capital ratios within 120 days of it execution. The December 31, 2012 Call Report was the tenth public financial statement related to a period subsequent to the 120 day requirement. As of December 31, 2012, the Bank’s total capital to risk-weighted assets was 5.8% and the Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets was 2.5%. The Bank has notified the OCC of the non-compliance with the requirements of the Order. As of April 15, 2013 , the OCC has not accepted the submitted strategic or capital plans, as discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, however, the OCC is currently reviewing the latest plans.
Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the OCC, including the OCC requiring that FSGBank develop a plan to sell, merge or liquidate. Management believes the successful execution of the strategic initiatives discussed below will ultimately result in full compliance with the Order and position the Bank for long-term growth and a return to profitability.
Overview
Market Conditions
Most indicators point toward the overall U.S. economy continuing to improve during 2013. As our financial results can be a reflection of our regional economy, we closely monitor and evaluate local and regional economic trends.
Amazon.com opened two distribution centers in our markets in 2011. The $139 million investments created more than 2,000 full-time jobs and an additional 2,000 seasonal jobs in Hamilton and Bradley counties. Amazon is currently in the process of expanding its Chattanooga facility and anticipates the expansion will translate to additional hiring, with a peak of 5,000 positions in 2012.
The $1 billion Volkswagen automotive production facility has produced more than 100,000 Passats since beginning production on May 24, 2011. Volkswagen has invested $1 billion in the local economy for the Chattanooga plant and created more than 2,200 direct jobs in the region. According to independent studies, the Volkswagen plant is expected to generate $12 billion in income growth and an additional 9,500 jobs related to the project.
Wacker Chemical is building a $1.8 billion polysilicon production plant for the solar power industry near Cleveland, Tennessee. The plant is expected to create an additional 600 direct jobs for our market area, with the current staffing level of approximately 280. We believe the positive economic impact on Chattanooga and the surrounding region from Amazon, Volkswagen and other recently announced large economic investments will be significant and it may stabilize and possibly increase real estate values and enhance economic activity within our market area.
While the national economy continues to struggle to recover from the recession, with higher unemployment across the country, our larger market areas benefit from more stable rates of employment. Our major market areas of Chattanooga and Knoxville have a lower unemployment rate of 7.2% and 6.0%, respectively, as of December 2012, than the Tennessee rate of 7.6%. The economy of the Dalton, Georgia MSA is primarily centered on the carpet and floor-covering industries. With the decline in housing starts and the overall economy, Dalton has been the most negatively impacted region in our footprint, with the Dalton, Georgia MSA experiencing layoffs of approximately 4,600 jobs from June 2011 to June 2012. The unemployment rate in the Dalton MSA is 11.3% (as of December 2012) compared to the Georgia rate of 8.7%. All three MSAs have experienced a decrease in the number of unemployed workers since December 2011, with declines of 23.9% in Chattanooga, 29.2% in Knoxville and 21.3% in Dalton since the peak in June 2009. We believe these positive employment trends will continue into 2013.

43

Table of Contents



Our market area has also benefited from an increasingly stable housing environment. According to the National Association of REALTORS, the median sales prices of existing single-family homes increased significantly in 2012, with the Chattanooga MSA increasing 11.5% and the Knoxville MSA increasing 4.1% year-over-year. The increase in the median sales price from 2010 to 2012 was 6.34% for the Chattanooga MSA and 0.3% for the Knoxville MSA compared to 2.2% increase for the nation and a 2.8% increase for the census region identified as the South as of December 31, 2012. The National Association of REALTORS forecasts median home prices to continue increasing in 2013 for both new and existing homes.
CPP Investment
On January 9, 2009, as part of the Capital Purchase Program (“CPP”) under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) of the United States Department of Treasury (“Treasury”), we agreed to issue and sell, and the Treasury agreed to purchase (1) 33,000 shares of our Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share and (2) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 82,363 shares of our common stock, $0.01 par value, at an exercise price of $60.10 per share (the 'Warrant"), for an aggregate purchase price of $33 million in cash. The Preferred Shares qualify as Tier 1 capital and pay cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. Dividends are payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year.
On April 11, 2013, as part of the recapitalization, Treasury will exchange the Series A Preferred Stock and the Warrant for shares of our common stock; Treasury will immediately sell such shares of common stock to investors.
As previously reported, William F. Grant, III and Robert R. Lane were elected to the First Security Board of Directors, in 2012. Both were elected to the pursuant to the terms of First Security’s outstanding Series A Preferred Stock. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Treasury has the right to appoint up to two directors to First Security’s Board of Directors at any time that dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of nine quarterly dividend periods. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock provide that Treasury will retain the right to appoint such directors at subsequent annual meetings of shareholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods have been paid or until Treasury no longer holds our securities. Members of the Board of Directors elected by Treasury have the same fiduciary duties and obligations to all of the shareholders of First Security as any other member of the Board of Directors.
While Treasury’s contractual rights do not address service on First Security’s subsidiary FSGBank’s Board of Directors, First Security has reviewed the qualifications of Mr. Lane and Mr. Grant and believes their respective appointments to the FSGBank Board of Directors is in the best interests of First Security and its stockholders.
Following the redemption of the securities held by Treasury on April 11, 2013, Treasury no longer has a contractual right to appoint directors to the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors requested that Mr. Grant and Mr. Lane continue their service on the Boards of both First Security and FSGBank, and each agreed to continue to serve.
Financial Results
As of December 31, 2012 , we had total consolidated assets of $1.1 billion , total loans of $541.1 million , total deposits of $1.0 billion and stockholders’ equity of $29.1 million . In 2012 , our net loss allocated to common stockholders was $39.6 million , resulting in a net loss of $24.58 per share (basic and diluted). During 2012 , we recognized $20.9 million in provision for loan and lease losses.
As of December 31, 2011 , we had total consolidated assets of $1.1 billion , total loans of $582.3 million , total deposits of $1.0 billion and stockholders’ equity of $68.2 million . In 2011 , our net loss allocated to common stockholders was $25.1 million , resulting in a net loss of $15.79 per share (basic and diluted). During 2011 , we recognized $10.9 million in provision for loan and lease losses.
As of December 31, 2010 , we had total consolidated assets of $1.2 billion , total loans of $727.1 million, total deposits of $1.0 billion and stockholders’ equity of $93.4 million . In 2010 , our net loss allocated to common stockholders was $46.4 million , resulting in a net loss of $29.46 per share (basic and diluted). During 2010 , we recognized $33.6 million in provision for loan and lease losses as well as a deferred tax asset valuation allowance of $24.6 million. All prior periods have been restated to give retroactive effect to the one-for-ten reverse stock split that took effect on September 19, 2011.
Net interest income for 2012 declined by $4.2 million compared to 2011 primarily as a result of the reduction in the loan portfolio as well as the negative spread caused by brokered deposits issued in 2010 . The provision for loan and lease losses increased $9.9 million, mostly as a result of the write-down on loans identified to be included as part of the loan sale described in note 29 to our consolidated financial statements. Noninterest income increased by $645 thousand primarily as a result of increased mortgage loan service fees and the gain on the sale of OREO. Noninterest expense increased by $630 thousand. The increase was largely due to increases in salary and benefit expense, partially offset by reduced write-downs and holding costs on OREO. Full-time equivalent employees were 322 at December 31, 2012 compared to 303 at December 31, 2011.

44

Table of Contents


Net interest income for 2011 declined by $6.9 million compared to 2010 primarily as a result of the reduction in the loan portfolio as well as the negative spread caused by brokered deposits issued in 2010 and the associated increase in interest bearing cash. The provision for loan and lease losses decreased $22.7 million as a result of the decreased level of charge-offs. Noninterest income declined by $853 thousand primarily a result of lower deposit fees. Noninterest expense increased by $2.9 million. The increase was largely due to increases in write-downs and holding costs on OREO and repossessions, professional fees, and data processing expenses, partially offset by reductions in salary and benefit expense and FDIC insurance expense. Full-time equivalent employees were 303 at December 31, 2011, compared to 311 at December 31, 2010.
Our efficiency ratio increased to 148.5% in 2012 versus 132.3% in 2011 and 102.4% in 2010 . The efficiency ratio for 2012 increased as a result of the combined $3.6 million decline in net interest income and noninterest income and the $630 thousand increase in noninterest expense. The stabilization and improvement of our efficiency ratio to more historical levels is dependent on our ability to stabilize the loan portfolio and reduce expenses associated with nonperforming assets.
Net interest margin in 2012 was 2.45%, or 32 basis points lower, compared to the prior period of 2.77%. The net interest margin of our peer group (as reported on the December 31, 2012 Uniform Bank Performance Report) was 3.75% and 3.81% for 2012 and 2011, respectively. During the fourth quarter of 2009 and first quarter of 2010 , we issued over $255 million in brokered deposits to build excess cash reserves to reduce liquidity risk resulting from deteriorating asset quality and the Consent Order. Average other earning assets decreased to $196.0 million in 2012 from $219.3 million in 2011 and $217.4 million in 2010. The impact of the excess liquidity is estimated to have reduced our net interest margin by approximately 100 basis points. We anticipate that our margin will improve during 2013 as brokered deposits mature and the excess liquidity declines. Our expectations are dependent on our ability to raise core deposits, our loan and deposit pricing, and any possible actions by the Federal Reserve Board to the target federal funds rate.
Critical Accounting Policies
Our accounting and reporting policies are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to general practices within the banking industry. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 under, “Accounting Policies, to the consolidated financial statements" and are integral to understanding this MD&A. Critical accounting policies include the initial adoption of an accounting policy that has a material impact on our financial presentation as well as accounting estimates reflected in our financial statements that require us to make estimates and assumptions about matters that were highly uncertain at the time. Disclosure about critical estimates is required if different estimates that we reasonably could have used in the current period would have a material impact on the presentation of our financial condition, changes in financial condition or results of operations. The following is a description of our critical accounting policies.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
The allowance for loan and lease losses is established and maintained at levels management deems adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is increased through the provision for loan and lease losses and reduced through loan and lease charge-offs, net of recoveries. The level of the allowance is based on known and inherent risks in the portfolio, past loan loss experience, underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans, current economic conditions and other factors as well as the level of specific impairments associated with impaired loans. This process involves our analysis of complex internal and external variables and it requires that we exercise judgment to estimate an appropriate allowance. Changes in the financial condition of individual borrowers, economic conditions or changes to our estimated risks could require us to significantly decrease or increase the level of the allowance. Such a change could materially impact our net income as a result of the change in the provision for loan and lease losses. Refer to the “Provision for Loan and Lease Losses” and “Allowance” sections within MD&A for a discussion of our methodology of establishing the allowance as well as Note 1 to our notes to the consolidated financial statements.
Estimates of Fair Value
Fair value is used on a recurring basis for certain assets and liabilities in which fair value is the primary basis of accounting. Our available-for-sale securities and held for sale loans are measured at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, fair value is used to measure certain assets and liabilities on a non-recurring basis. We use fair value on a non-recurring basis for other real estate owned, repossessions and collateral associated with impaired collateral-dependent loans. Fair value is also used in certain impairment valuations, including assessments of goodwill, other intangible assets and long-lived assets.
Fair value is the price that could be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Estimating fair value in accordance with applicable accounting guidance requires that we make a number of significant judgments. Accounting guidance provides three levels of fair value. Level 1 fair value refers to observable market prices for identical assets or liabilities. Level 2 fair value refers to similar assets or liabilities with observable market data. Level 3 fair value refers to assets and liabilities where market prices are unavailable or impracticable to obtain for similar assets or

45

Table of Contents


liabilities. Level 3 valuations require modeling techniques, such as discounted cash flow analysis. These modeling techniques incorporate our assessments regarding assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or the liability.
Changes in fair value could materially impact our financial results. Refer to Note 18, “Fair Value Measurements” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for a discussion of our methodology of calculating fair value.
Income Taxes
We are subject to various taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business and we estimate income tax expense based on amounts that we expect to owe to these jurisdictions. We evaluate the reasonableness of our effective tax rate based on a current estimate of annual net income, tax credits, non-taxable income, non-deductible expenses and the applicable statutory tax rates. The estimated income tax expense or benefit is reported in the consolidated statements of income.
The accrued tax liability or receivable represents the net estimated amount due or to be received from tax jurisdictions either currently or in the future and are reported in other liabilities or other assets, respectively, in our consolidated balance sheets. We assess the appropriate tax treatment of transactions and filing positions after considering statutes, regulations, judicial precedent and other pertinent information and maintain tax accruals consistent with our evaluation. Changes in the estimate of accrued taxes occur periodically due to changes in tax rates, interpretations of tax laws, the status of examinations by tax authorities and newly enacted statutory, judicial and regulatory guidance that could impact the relative merits of tax positions. These changes, if or when they occur, could impact accrued taxes and future tax expense and could materially affect our financial results.
We periodically evaluate our uncertain tax positions and estimate the appropriate level of tax reserves related to each of these positions. Additionally, we evaluate our deferred tax assets for possible valuation allowances based on the amounts expected to be realized. The evaluation of uncertain tax positions and deferred tax assets involves a high degree of judgment and subjectivity. Changes in the results of these evaluations could have a material impact on our financial results. Refer to Note 13, “Income Taxes,” in the notes to our consolidated financial statements as well as the Income Taxes section of MD&A for more information.
Results of Operations
We reported a net loss allocated to common stockholders for 2012 of $39.6 million versus $25.1 million for 2011 and $46.4 million for 2010 . In 2012 , the net loss per share was $24.58 (basic and diluted) on approximately 1.6 million weighted average shares outstanding. In 2011 , the net loss per share was $15.79 (basic and diluted) on approximately 1.6 million weighted average shares outstanding. In 2010 , the net loss per share was $29.46 (basic and diluted) on approximately 1.6 million weighted average shares outstanding. As above, these figures reflect the effect of the one-for-ten reverse stock split.
The net loss allocated to common shareholders in 2012 was above the 2011 level predominately as a result of higher provision expense and lower interest income. As of December 31, 2012 , we had 30 banking offices, including the headquarters and 322 full time equivalent employees.

46

Table of Contents



The following table summarizes the components of income and expense and the changes in those components for the past three years.
 
 
 
Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income
For the Years Ended December 31,
 
 
2012
 
Change
From
Prior
Year
 
Percent
Change
 
2011
 
Change
From
Prior
Year
 
Percent
Change
 
2010
 
Change
From
Prior
Year
 
Percent
Change
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Interest income
 
$
36,310

 
$
(6,474
)
 
(15.1
)%
 
$
42,784

 
$
(12,132
)
 
(22.1
)%
 
$
54,916

 
$
(9,091
)
 
(14.2
)%
Interest expense
 
12,730

 
(2,275
)
 
(15.2
)%
 
15,005

 
(5,230
)
 
(25.8
)%
 
20,235

 
(1,563
)
 
(7.2
)%
Net interest income
 
23,580

 
(4,199
)
 
(15.1
)%
 
27,779

 
(6,902
)
 
(19.9
)%
 
34,681

 
(7,528
)
 
(17.8
)%
Provision for loan and lease losses
 
20,866

 
9,946

 
91.1
 %
 
10,920

 
(22,669
)
 
(67.5
)%
 
33,589

 
8,209

 
32.3
 %
Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
 
2,714

 
(14,145
)
 
(83.9
)%
 
16,859

 
15,767

 
1,443.9
 %
 
1,092

 
(15,737
)
 
(93.6
)%
Noninterest income
 
9,295

 
645

 
7.5
 %
 
8,650

 
(853
)
 
(9.0
)%
 
9,503

 
(832
)
 
(8.1
)%
Noninterest expense
 
48,808

 
630

 
1.3
 %
 
48,178

 
2,920

 
6.5
 %
 
45,258

 
(23,613
)
 
(34.3
)%
Net loss before income taxes
 
(36,799
)
 
(14,130
)
 
62.3
 %
 
(22,669
)
 
11,994

 
(34.6
)%
 
(34,663
)
 
7,044

 
(16.9
)%
Income tax provision (benefit)
 
771

 
379

 
96.7
 %
 
392

 
(9,287
)
 
(95.9
)%
 
9,679

 
17,931

 
217.3
 %
Net loss
 
(37,570
)
 
(14,509
)
 
62.9
 %
 
(23,061
)
 
21,281

 
(48.0
)%
 
(44,342
)
 
(10,887
)
 
(32.5
)%
Preferred stock dividends and discount accretion
 
2,078

 
25

 
1.2
 %
 
2,053

 
24

 
1.2
 %
 
2,029

 
75

 
3.8
 %
Net loss allocated to common stockholders
 
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(14,534
)
 
57.9
 %
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
21,257

 
(45.8
)%
 
$
(46,371
)
 
$
(10,962
)
 
(31.0
)%
Further explanation, with year-to-year comparisons of the income and expense, is provided below.
Net Interest Income
Net interest income (the difference between the interest earned on assets, such as loans and investment securities, and the interest paid on liabilities, such as deposits and other borrowings) is our primary source of operating income. In 2012 , net interest income was $23.6 million , or 15.1% less than the 2011 level of $27.8 million , which was 19.9% less than the 2010 level of $34.7 million .
The level of net interest income is determined primarily by the average balances (volume) of interest earning assets and the various rate spreads between our interest earning assets and our funding sources. Changes in net interest income from period to period result from increases or decreases in the volume of interest earning assets and interest bearing liabilities, increases or decreases in the average interest rates earned and paid on such assets and liabilities, the ability to manage the interest earning asset portfolio (which includes loans), and the availability of particular sources of funds, such as noninterest bearing deposits.

47

Table of Contents



The following table summarizes net interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis and average yields and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
Average Consolidated Balance Sheets and Net Interest Analysis
Fully Tax-Equivalent Basis
 
 
For the Years Ended,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
Average
Balance
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Income/
Expense
 
Yield/
Rate
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
(fully tax-equivalent basis)
ASSETS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, net of unearned income 1,2
 
$
590,109

 
$
31,264

 
5.30
%
 
$
647,920

 
$
37,521

 
5.79
%
 
$
845,945

 
$
49,127

 
5.81
%
Debt securities—taxable
 
211,771

 
3,557

 
1.68
%
 
127,399

 
3,488

 
2.74
%
 
111,526

 
3,919

 
3.51
%
Debt securities—non-taxable 2
 
26,596

 
2,538

 
9.54
%
 
34,049

 
1,953

 
5.74
%
 
38,232

 
2,156

 
5.64
%
Federal funds sold and other earning assets
 
195,996

 
512

 
0.26
%
 
219,286

 
543

 
0.25
%
 
217,442

 
517

 
0.24
%
Total earning assets
 
1,024,472

 
$
37,871

 
3.70
%
 
1,028,654

 
$
43,505

 
4.23
%
 
1,213,145

 
$
55,719

 
4.59
%
Allowance for loan losses
 
(19,941
)
 
 
 
 
 
(23,311
)
 
 
 
 
 
(26,698
)
 
 
 
 
Intangible assets
 
781

 
 
 
 
 
1,239

 
 
 
 
 
1,691

 
 
 
 
Cash & due from banks
 
13,416

 
 
 
 
 
9,924

 
 
 
 
 
8,117

 
 
 
 
Premises & equipment
 
29,248

 
 
 
 
 
30,174

 
 
 
 
 
32,362

 
 
 
 
Other assets
 
62,818

 
 
 
 
 
71,966

 
 
 
 
 
78,214

 
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$
1,110,794

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,118,646

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,306,831

 
 
 
 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW accounts
 
$
63,269

 
$
191

 
0.30
%
 
$
60,733

 
$
158

 
0.26
%
 
$
65,809

 
$
186

 
0.28
%
Money market accounts
 
135,688

 
966

 
0.71
%
 
114,529

 
990

 
0.86
%
 
133,298

 
1,315

 
0.99
%
Savings deposits
 
40,078

 
79

 
0.20
%
 
38,807

 
92

 
0.24
%
 
38,582

 
102

 
0.26
%
Time deposits less than $100 thousand
 
231,648

 
2,681

 
1.16
%
 
207,570

 
2,940

 
1.42
%
 
228,907

 
4,673

 
2.04
%
Time deposits > $100 thousand
 
199,618

 
2,554

 
1.28
%
 
153,803

 
2,517

 
1.64
%
 
184,432

 
4,049

 
2.20
%
Brokered CDs and CDARS ®
 
198,454

 
5,862

 
2.95
%
 
275,279

 
7,864

 
2.86
%
 
335,416

 
9,372

 
2.79
%
Brokered money markets and NOWs
 

 

 

 

 

 
%
 
6,561

 
57

 
0.87
%
Repurchase agreements
 
14,083

 
396

 
2.81
%
 
15,170

 
439

 
2.89
%
 
18,435

 
475

 
2.58
%
Other borrowings
 
13

 
1

 
7.31
%
 
67

 
5

 
7.46
%
 
85

 
6

 
7.06
%
Total interest bearing liabilities
 
882,851

 
12,730

 
1.44
%
 
865,958

 
15,005

 
1.73
%
 
1,011,525

 
20,235

 
2.00
%
Net interest spread
 
 
 
$
25,141

 
2.26
%
 
 
 
$
28,500

 
2.50
%
 
 
 
$
35,484

 
2.59
%
Noninterest bearing demand deposits
 
158,765

 
 
 
 
 
157,209

 
 
 
 
 
154,719

 
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
 
13,629

 
 
 
 
 
10,993

 
 
 
 
 
10,018

 
 
 
 
Stockholders’ equity
 
52,243

 
 
 
 
 
80,478

 
 
 
 
 
124,825

 
 
 
 
Accumulated other comprehensive gain (loss)
 
3,306

 
 
 
 
 
4,008

 
 
 
 
 
5,744

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
 
$
1,110,794

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,118,646

 
 
 
 
 
$
1,306,831

 
 
 
 
Impact of noninterest bearing sources and other changes in balance sheet composition
 
 
 
 
 
0.19
%
 
 
 
 
 
0.27
%
 
 
 
 
 
0.33
%
Net interest margin
 
 
 
 
 
2.45
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.77
%
 
 
 
 
 
2.92
%
 

48

Table of Contents


1

Nonaccrual loans have been included in the average balance. Only the interest collected on such loans has been included as income.
2

Interest income from securities and loans includes the effects of taxable-equivalent adjustments using a federal income tax rate of approximately 34% for all years reported and where applicable, state income taxes, to increase tax-exempt interest income to a taxable-equivalent basis. The net taxable equivalent adjustment amounts included in the above table were $1.6 million, $721 thousand and $803 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The following table shows the relative impact on net interest income to changes in the average outstanding balances (volume) of earning assets and interest bearing liabilities and the rates earned and paid by us on such assets and liabilities. Variances resulting from a combination of changes in rate and volume are allocated in proportion to the absolute dollar amounts of the change in each category.
Change in Interest Income and Expense on a Tax Equivalent Basis
 
 
 
2012 compared to 2011 increase
(decrease) in interest income and
expense due to changes in:
 
2011 compared to 2010 increase
(decrease) in interest income and
expense due to changes in:
 
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
Volume
 
Rate
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, net of unearned income
 
$
(3,354
)
 
$
(2,903
)
 
$
(6,257
)
 
$
(11,500
)
 
$
(106
)
 
$
(11,606
)
Debt Securities—taxable
 
2,315

 
(2,246
)
 
69

 
558

 
(989
)
 
(431
)
Debt Securities—non-taxable
 
(426
)
 
1,011

 
585

 
(236
)
 
33

 
(203
)
Federal funds sold and other earning assets
 
(53
)
 
22

 
(31
)
 
4

 
22

 
26

Total earning assets
 
(1,518
)
 
(4,116
)
 
(5,634
)
 
(11,174
)
 
(1,040
)
 
(12,214
)
Interest bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NOW accounts
 
6

 
27

 
33

 
(14
)
 
(14
)
 
(28
)
Money market accounts
 
178

 
(202
)
 
(24
)
 
(185
)
 
(141
)
 
(326
)
Savings deposits
 
4

 
(17
)
 
(13
)
 
1

 
(11
)
 
(10
)
Time deposits less than $100 thousand
 
348

 
(607
)
 
(259
)
 
(436
)
 
(1,297
)
 
(1,733
)
Time deposits > $100 thousand
 
750

 
(713
)
 
37

 
(672
)
 
(860
)
 
(1,532
)
Brokered CDs and CDARS ®
 
(2,188
)
 
187

 
(2,001
)
 
(1,680
)
 
172

 
(1,508
)
Brokered money market accounts
 

 

 

 
(57
)
 

 
(57
)
Federal funds purchased
 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase agreements
 
(32
)
 
(11
)
 
(43
)
 
(84
)
 
49

 
(35
)
Other borrowings
 
(4
)
 

 
(4
)
 
(1
)
 

 
(1
)
Total interest bearing liabilities
 
(938
)
 
(1,336
)
 
(2,274
)
 
(3,128
)
 
(2,102
)
 
(5,230
)
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
 
$
(580
)
 
$
(2,780
)

$
(3,360
)
 
$
(8,046
)
 
$
1,062

 
$
(6,984
)
Net Interest Income—Volume and Rate Changes
Interest income in 2012 was $36.3 million, a 15.1% decrease from the 2011 level of $42.8 million, which was a 22.1% decrease from the 2010 level of $54.9 million. For 2012, average loans declined by $58 million, or 8.9%. The decline in average loans was largely offset by an increase of $84 million in taxable debt securities, partially offset by a $18 million increase in deposits. The net impact for changes in volumes of interest-earning assets in 2012 reduced interest income by $1.5 million. Decreased earnings from lower volumes of earning assets were partially offset by the decline in volume and yields on interest-bearing liabilities. Average loans decreased in 2012 by $58 million, or 8.9%, while average interest-bearing liabilities increased by 2.0% or $17 million, with average time deposits accounting for an increase of $18 million, a 2.1% increase and average money market accounts increasing by $21 million, an 18.5% increase, offset by average brokered deposits accounting

49

Table of Contents


for a reduction of $77 million, or 27.9%. The total impact on net interest income from changes in volume was a reduction of $600 thousand comparing 2012 to 2011. For 2011, average loans declined by $198 million, or 23.4%. The decline in average loans was largely offset by a $140 million decrease in deposits. The net impact for changes in volumes of interest-earning assets in 2011 reduced interest income by $11.2 million. Decreased earnings from lower volumes of earning assets were partially offset by the decline in volume and yields on interest-bearing liabilities. Average loans decreased in 2011 by $198 million, or 23.4%, while average interest-bearing liabilities declined by 14.4% or $146 million, with average brokered deposits accounting for $67 million, a 19.5% reduction. The total impact on net interest income from changes in volume was a reduction of $8 million comparing 2011 to 2010.
The reduction in yield on average earning assets reduced interest income by $4.1 million in 2012. The tax-equivalent yield on average earning assets declined 53 basis points in 2012 to 3.70% from 4.23% in 2011. The reduction in yield on earning assets was primarily attributable to a decline in yield on taxable investment securities to 1.68% in 2012 from 2.74% in 2011. The reduction in yield on average earning assets reduced interest income by $1.0 million in 2011. The tax-equivalent yield on average earning assets declined 36 basis points in 2011 to 4.23% from 4.59% in 2010. The reduction in yield on earning assets was primarily attributable to a decline in yield on taxable investment securities to 2.74% in 2011 from 3.51% in 2010. We continue to maintain an asset sensitive balance sheet, which means that earning assets reprice faster than interest bearing liabilities and thus interest income declines faster than interest expense in a declining rate environment and conversely, interest income will increase faster than interest expense in a rising rate environment.
Total interest expense was $12.7 million in 2012 , compared to $15.0 million in 2011 and $20.2 million in 2010 . Increases in retail and jumbo CDs of $24.1 million and $45.8 million, respectively, increased interest expense in 2012 by $1.1 million, while declining interest rates on those deposits reduced interest expense $1.3 million. During the fourth quarter of 2009 and first quarter of 2010, we issued over $255 million in brokered deposits to reduce the increasing liquidity risk associated with our declining asset quality. As we are restricted from renewing brokered deposits, our average balance of brokered deposits will decline as maturities occur. During 2012 , brokered deposits decreased by $76.8 million, reducing interest expense by $2.2 million. Average brokered deposits decreased by $66.7 million in 2011 , reducing interest expense by $1.7 million. For 2012 , the net impact on changes in volume of interest bearing liabilities resulted in a $1.0 million decrease in interest expense. In 2011 , the net impact on changes in volume of interest bearing liabilities resulted in a $3.1 million decrease to interest expense over 2010 levels.
Deposit pricing, especially for time deposits, typically lags changes in the target federal funds rate, and therefore we realized a consistent but gradual reduction in our costs of deposits throughout 2011 and 2012. The reduction of costs on interest bearing liabilities reduced interest expense $1.3 million in 2012 and $2.1 million in 2011. The average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities for 2012 decreased by 29 basis points to 1.44% after having decreased by 27 basis points from 2.00% to 1.73% in 2011. The average rate paid on in-market retail CDs declined by 26 basis points and the average rate paid on jumbo CDs declined by 36 basis points, resulting in a savings of $1.3 million.
We expect average earning assets to stabilize in 2013 as loan volume improves and investment securities increase through the reallocation of our excess cash reserves into higher yielding assets. The average yield on loans in 2013 is anticipated to decline slightly compared to 2012 as we expect to operate in a more competitive environment during 2013. We expect average brokered deposits to decline during 2013 while all other interest bearing liabilities increase, with average interest bearing liabilities comparable to 2011 levels. Rates paid on deposits are expected to decline slightly compared to 2012 rates as higher rate brokered CDs are replaced with lower rate core deposits or funded from our excess liquidity.
Net Interest Income—Net Interest Spread and Net Interest Margin
The banking industry uses two key ratios to measure relative profitability of net interest income: net interest rate spread and net interest margin. The net interest rate spread measures the difference between the average yield on earning assets and the average rate paid on interest bearing liabilities. The net interest rate spread does not consider the impact of noninterest bearing deposits and gives a direct perspective on the effect of market interest rate movements. The net interest margin is defined as net interest income as a percentage of total average earning assets and takes into account the positive effects of investing noninterest bearing deposits in earning assets.
Our net interest rate spread (on a tax equivalent basis) was 2.26% in 2012, 2.50% in 2011 and 2.59% in 2010, while the net interest margin (on a tax equivalent basis) was 2.45% in 2012, 2.77% in 2011 and 2.92% in 2010. The decrease in the net interest spread and net interest margin for 2012 and 2011 was primarily due to reductions in our loan portfolio as well as the negative spread created by the issuance of brokered deposits in late 2009 and early 2010. Noninterest bearing deposits contributed 19 basis points to the margin during 2012 compared to 27 basis points in 2011 and 33 basis points in 2010.
In prior years, we terminated two sets of interest rate swaps. The combined gains at termination were $7.8 million, which are being accreted into income over the remaining life of the originally hedged items. The swaps added $1.3 million, $1.8 million and $2.0 million in interest income for the years ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

50

Table of Contents


We anticipate our net interest spread and net interest margin to stabilize and improve during 2013. However, improvement is dependent on multiple factors including our ability to raise core deposits, our growth or contraction in loans, our deposit and loan pricing, maturities of brokered deposits, and any possible further action by the Federal Reserve Board to adjust the target federal funds rate.
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
The provision for loan and lease losses charged to operations during 2012 increased $10.0 million to $20.9 million in 2012 , compared to $10.9 million in 2011 and $33.6 million in 2010 . Net charge-offs totaled $26.7 million for 2012 , $15.3 million for 2011 , and $36.1 million for 2010 . Net charge-offs as a percentage of average loans were 4.52% in 2012 , 2.36% in 2011 and 4.27% in 2010 . We estimate the allowance for loan losses quarterly, as described in detail below. The allowance is funded through provision expense. For 2012 , various factors contributed to a higher provision expense. Primarily, net charge-offs significantly increased in 2012 as compared to 2011 . This was, in part, due to the markdowns relating to the sale of certain under-and non-performing loans, as discussed in Note 29 to the Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, the allowance to total loans ratio and the required allowance decreased during 2012 mostly as a result of the decrease in the loan portfolio. Collectively, these factors resulted in a provision expense of $20.9 million , or approximately 91% more than 2011 .
The increase in our provision for loan and lease losses in 2012 relative to 2011 was mostly due to increased net charge-offs, in particular, charge-offs related to the purchase agreement to sell certain under-and nonperforming loans. In addition, our analysis of probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio in relation to the reduction of our portfolio, the level of impaired, past due, charged-off, classified and non-performing loans, as well as general economic conditions. During 2012 , while we experienced higher charge-offs, we had lower levels of classified and non-performing loans, and thus, we decreased the ratio of the allowance to total loans to 2.55% from 3.37% . In 2011 , we increased our allowance for loan and lease losses from 3.30% of total loans as of December 31, 2010 to 3.37% of total loans as of December 31, 2011 . The provision expense associated with decreasing our reserve as a percentage of loans was approximately $4.7 million in 2012 and $0.3 million in 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , we determined our allowance of $13.8 million was adequate to provide for credit losses, which we describe more fully below in the Allowance for Loan and Lease Loss section of MD&A.
We will continue to provide provision expense to maintain an allowance level adequate to absorb known and probable incurred losses inherent in our loan portfolio. As the determination of provision expense is a function of the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses, we cannot reasonably estimate the provision expense for 2013. Furthermore, the provision expense could materially increase or decrease in 2013 depending on a number of factors, including, among others, the level of net charge-offs, the amount of classified loans and the value of collateral associated with impaired loans.
Noninterest Income
Total noninterest income for 2012 was $9.3 million compared to $8.7 million in 2011 and $9.5 million in 2010 . The following table presents the components of noninterest income for years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
Noninterest Income
 
 
 
For the Years Ended
 
 
2012
 
Percent
Change
 
2011
 
Percent
Change
 
2010
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Non-sufficient funds (NSF) fees
 
$
2,227

 
(4.7
)%
 
$
2,337

 
(21.4
)%
 
$
2,973

Service charges on deposit accounts
 
805

 
2.5
 %
 
785

 
(16.4
)%
 
939

Point-of-sale (POS) fees
 
1,367

 
1.4
 %
 
1,348

 
6.1
 %
 
1,270

Mortgage loan and related fees
 
974

 
32.2
 %
 
737

 
(18.9
)%
 
909

Bank-owned life insurance income
 
995

 
(1.2
)%
 
1,007

 
(2.4
)%
 
1,032

Net gain (loss) on sales of available-for-sale securities
 
154

 
100.0
 %
 

 
(100.0
)%
 
57

Other income
 
2,773

 
13.8
 %
 
2,436

 
4.9
 %
 
2,323

Total noninterest income
 
$
9,295

 
7.5
 %
 
$
8,650

 
(9.0
)%
 
$
9,503


51

Table of Contents



Our largest sources of noninterest income are service charges and fees on deposit accounts. Total service charges, including non-sufficient funds (NSF) fees, were $3.0 million, or 33% of total noninterest income, compared with $3.1 million, or 36% of total noninterest income for 2011 , and $3.9 million, or 41% of total noninterest income for 2010 . While service charges and fees on deposit accounts typically correspond to the level and mix of our customer deposits, the continued implementation of the Dodd-Frank financial reform legislation may directly or indirectly impact the fee structure of our deposit products; therefore, we cannot reasonably estimate deposit fees for future periods.
Point-of-sale fees increased 1.4% to $1.4 million in 2012 compared to 2011 . POS fees are primarily generated when our customers use their debit cards for retail purchases. We anticipate POS fees to continue to grow as customer trends show increased use of debit cards, although it is unclear if provisions affecting interchange fees for card issuers included in the Dodd-Frank financial reform legislation will have a future material impact on this product and its revenue.
Mortgage loan and related fees for 2012 were $974 thousand , compared to $737 thousand in 2011 and $909 thousand in 2010 .
Our process to originate and sell a conforming mortgage in the secondary market typically takes 30 to 60 days from the date of mortgage origination to the date the mortgage is sold to an investor in the secondary market. Due to the normal processing time, we will have a certain amount of held for sale loans at any time. We sell these loans with the right to service the loan being released to the purchaser for a fee. Mortgages originated for sale in the secondary markets totaled $45.3 million for 2012 , $30.0 million for 2011 and $46.2 million for 2010 . Mortgages sold in the secondary market totaled $43.9 million for 2012 , $30.4 million for 2011 and $44.9 million for 2010 . For 2013, due to an increased number of seasoned mortgage originators and improved market conditions, we plan to increase loan and fee volumes.
Bank-owned life insurance income decreased slightly to $995 thousand for 2012 compared to a consistent $1.0 million for 2011 and 2010 . The Company is the owner and beneficiary of these contracts. The income generated by the cash value of the insurance policies accumulates on a tax-deferred basis and is tax free to maturity. Additionally, the insurance death benefit will be a tax free payment to the Company. This tax-advantaged asset enables us to provide benefits to our employees. On a fully tax equivalent basis, the weighted average interest rate earned on the policies was 5.5% during 2012 .
During 2012 , we sold approximately $20.6 million of available-for-sale securities for a net gain of $154 thousand. During 2011 , we did not sell any available-for-sale securities. During 2010 , we sold approximately $14.8 million of investment securities for a net gain of $57 thousand.
Other income for 2012 was $2.8 million , compared to the 2011 level of $2.4 million and the 2010 level of $2.3 million . The components of other income primarily consist of ATM fee income, trust fee income, underwriting revenue, safe deposit box fee income and gains on sales of other real estate, repossessions, leased equipment and premises and equipment. Gains on sales increased $758 thousand and trust fees decreased $213 thousand in 2012 compared to 2011 . We anticipate our other income to be consistent or to increase in 2013.

52

Table of Contents



Noninterest Expense
Total noninterest expense for 2012 was $48.8 million , compared to $48.2 million in 2011 and $45.3 million in 2010 . For 2012 , increased salaries and benefits and furniture and equipment expenses fully offset the savings from decreased costs associated with nonperforming assets. The following table represents the components of noninterest expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
Noninterest Expense
 
 
For the Years Ended
 
 
2012
 
Percent
Change
 
2011
 
Percent
Change
 
2010
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Salaries and benefits
 
$
20,446

 
16.4
 %
 
$
17,571

 
(7.2
)%
 
$
18,926

Occupancy
 
3,403

 
3.6
 %
 
3,286

 
(5.9
)%
 
3,493

Furniture and equipment
 
2,412

 
38.5
 %
 
1,741

 
(14.3
)%
 
2,032

Professional fees
 
3,382

 
(1.4
)%
 
3,430

 
9.1
 %
 
3,144

FDIC insurance
 
3,352

 
1.9
 %
 
3,289

 
(13.5
)%
 
3,803

Data processing
 
1,983

 
18.8
 %
 
1,669

 
14.2
 %
 
1,462

Write-downs on other real estate owned and repossessions
 
5,051

 
(25.6
)%
 
6,788

 
91.8
 %
 
3,539

Losses on other real estate owned, repossessions and fixed assets
 
782

 
(43.5
)%
 
1,384

 
19.1
 %
 
1,162

OREO and repossession holding costs
 
1,591

 
(31.5
)%
 
2,322

 
41.8
 %
 
1,637

Intangible asset amortization
 
382

 
(20.3
)%
 
479

 
4.8
 %
 
457

Communications
 
523

 
(7.4
)%
 
565

 
(8.4
)%
 
617

Printing and supplies
 
391

 
26.9
 %
 
308

 
(14.0
)%
 
358

Advertising
 
297

 
(8.0
)%
 
323

 
108.4
 %
 
155

Other expense
 
4,813

 
(4.2
)%
 
5,023

 
12.3
 %
 
4,473

Total noninterest expense
 
$
48,808

 
1.3
 %
 
$
48,178

 
6.5
 %
 
$
45,258

Total salaries and benefits increased $2.9 million, or 16.4% in 2012 compared to 2011 . The increase in salaries and benefits is primarily related to 26 additional full-time equivalent employees as of December 31, 2012 compared to December 31, 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , we had 30 full service banking offices with 329 full-time equivalent employees. As of December 31, 2011 , we had 30 full service banking offices with 303 full-time equivalent employees. As of December 31, 2010 , we had 37 full service banking offices and one leasing/loan production facility with 311 full-time equivalent employees.
Total occupancy expense for 2012 increased by 3.6% compared with 2011 , which was 5.9% lower than total occupancy expense in 2010 . The increase in 2012 was mainly due to increases in lease expense for branch locations, while the decrease in 2011 was primarily due to closing seven branches in 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , we leased six facilities and the land for three branches. As a result, occupancy expense is higher than if we owned these facilities, including the real estate, but conversely, we have been able to deploy the capital into earning assets rather than capital expenditures for facilities.
Furniture and equipment increased due to to software licenses and electronic banking fees related to the core conversion during 2012 . Communication expense decreased both in 2012 and 2011 due to cost controls implemented. Printing and supplies expense decreased in 2011 due to cost controls implemented but increased in 2012 due to increased check activity and additional full-time equivalent employees. Advertising expenses decreased in 2012 but have increased from 2010 due to increased marketing.
Professional fees decreased by $48 thousand, or 1.4% from 2011 to 2012 , and increased $286 thousand, or 9.1% , from 2010 to 2011 . The decreased amount of professional fees is primarily due to legal cost savings associated with the lower levels of non-performing assets during the last six months of 2012 . Professional fees also include fees related to investor relations, outsourcing compliance and information technology audits and a portion of internal audit to Professional Bank Services, as well as external audit, tax services and legal and accounting advice related to, among other things, foreclosures, lending activities, employee benefit programs, prospective capital offerings and regulatory matters. We anticipate professional fees to be consistent or lower for 2013.

53

Table of Contents



The premium paid for FDIC deposit insurance increased $63 thousand in 2012 compared to 2011 , compared to a decrease of $514 thousand to $3.3 million in 2011 compared to 2010 . The increase for 2012 is an indirect result of the items in the Consent Order, including the deterioration of our asset quality and its impact on our financial results, among other items. The decrease in 2011 was the result of a change in the calculation of the FDIC insurance premium base as the result of the Dodd-Frank Act, more fully described above. We anticipate professional fees to be consistent or lower for 2013.
Data processing expense was higher in 2012 compared to 2011 and 2010 . The increase for 2012 was partially driven by one-time charges as a result of our core conversion. The monthly fees associated with data processing are typically based on transaction volume.
Write-downs on OREO and repossessions decreased $1.7 million , or 25.6% , from 2011 to 2012 , and increased $3.2 million , or 91.8% , from 2012 to 2011 . At foreclosure or repossession, the fair value of the property is determined and a charge-off to the allowance is recorded, if applicable. Any decreases in value subsequent to the initial determination of fair value are recorded as a write-down. As a general policy, we re-assess the fair value of OREO and repossessions on at least an annual basis or sooner if indications exist that deterioration in value has occurred. Write-downs are based on property-specific appraisals or valuations. Additionally, we evaluate on an ongoing basis our realization rate compared to our book value. As a result of this analysis, write-downs decreased during 2012 as a result of a decreased rate of foreclosure in 2012 and additional write-downs during 2011 to reduce each property to the historical realization rates. Write-downs for 2013 are dependent on real estate market conditions and our ability to liquidate properties.
Losses on OREO, repossessions and fixed assets decreased $602 thousand , or 43.5% from 2011 to 2012 , and increased $222 thousand , or 19.1% from 2010 to 2011 . The majority of losses were related to sales of foreclosed properties. For 2013, we anticipate consistent or lower levels in losses as we liquidate existing properties with the continued market recovery.
OREO and repossession holding costs include, among other items, maintenance, repairs, utilities, taxes and storage costs. Holding costs decreased $731 thousand , or 31.5% from 2011 to 2012 , and increased $685 thousand , or 41.8% from 2010 to 2011 . Historically, our holding costs have been commensurate with the level of nonperforming assets. For 2013, we anticipate comparable or lower holding costs depending on our ability to maintain our OREO portfolio at decreased levels.
Intangible asset amortization decreased by $97 thousand , or 20.3% , in 2012 compared to 2011 and increased by $22 thousand , or 4.8% , in 2011 as compared to 2010 . The core deposit intangible assets amortize on an accelerated basis over an estimated useful life of ten years. The following table represents our anticipated intangible asset amortization over the next five years, excluding new acquisitions, if any.
 
 
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
 
(in thousands)
Core deposit intangible amortization expense
 
$
270

 
$
196

 
$
134

 
$

 
$

Other expense decreased by $210 thousand , or 4.2% , for 2012 compared to 2011 , and increased by $550 thousand , or 12.3% , for 2011 compared to 2010 . The decrease in 2012 is primarily the result of decreased franchise tax expense and 2011 shareholder expenses being inflated due to the 10-for-1 reverse stock split. The increase in 2011 is primarily the result of increased costs of insurance as well as higher shareholder expenses associated with the 10-for-1 reverse stock split.
Income Taxes
We recorded income tax expense of $771 thousand in 2012 , compared to income tax expense of $392 thousand in 2011 and income tax expense of $9.7 million in 2010 . We recorded a deferred tax valuation allowance of $16.0 million, $9.5 million and $24.6 million for the years 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The deferred tax valuation allowance reduces our net deferred tax assets to an amount that we consider realizable, which is zero. A valuation allowance is required when it is “more likely than not” that the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The evaluation requires significant judgment and extensive analysis of all available positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions. We identified as positive evidence the forecasts of future income based on our recapitalization of the Company. Negative evidence included cumulative losses in recent years. As conditions change, we will evaluate the need to increase or decrease the valuation allowance. Currently, we anticipate increasing the valuation allowance to offset any future recorded tax benefit to result in minimal, if any, income tax expense or benefit.
At December 31, 2012 , we evaluated our significant uncertain tax positions. Under the “more-likely-than-not” threshold guidelines, we believe we have identified all significant uncertain tax benefits. We evaluate, on a quarterly basis or sooner if necessary, to determine if new or pre-existing uncertain tax positions are significant. In the event a significant uncertain tax position is determined to exist, penalties and interest will be accrued in accordance with Internal Revenue Service guidelines,

54

Table of Contents


and recorded as a component of income tax expense in our consolidated financial statements. At January 1, 2010, we had accrued $1.1 million for an uncertain tax position and approximately $155 thousand in associated interest and penalties. During 2010 and 2011 , certain tax refunds were withheld and applied to the disputed uncertain tax position.On April 30, 2012, the Company entered into a compromise and settlement of its uncertain tax position for tax years through December 31, 2011 . The settlement provided for payment by the Company of approximately $273 thousand on its $1.0 million uncertain tax position. The settlement resulted in a recovery of approximately $727 thousand, recorded as a tax benefit during the second quarter of 2012 .
On October 30, 2012, the Company adopted a Tax Benefits Preservation Plan (the "NOL Rights Plan") and declared a dividend of one preferred stock purchase right (each a “Right” and collectively, the “Rights”) for each outstanding share of the Company's common stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Common Stock”), payable to holders of record as of the close of business on November 12, 2012 (the “Record Date”). Each Right entitles the registered holder to purchase from the Company one one-thousandth of one share of Series B Participating Preferred Stock, no par value, of the Company (the “Series B Preferred Stock”), at a purchase price equal to $20.00 per one one-thousandth of a share, subject to adjustment (the “Rights or Series B Purchase Price”). The description and terms of the Rights are set forth in the Plan, dated October 30, 2012, as the same may be amended from time to time, between the Company and Registrar and Transfer Company, as Rights Agent.
Purpose of the NOL Rights Plan
The Company has previously experienced substantial net operating losses, which it may carryforward in certain circumstances to offset current and future taxable income and thus reduce its federal income tax liability, subject to certain requirements and restrictions. The purpose of the NOL Rights Plan is to help preserve the value of the Company's deferred tax assets, such as its net operating losses (“Tax Benefits”), for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
These Tax Benefits can be valuable to the Company. However, if the Company experiences an “ownership change,” as defined in Section 382 (“Section 382”) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, its ability to use the Tax Benefits could be substantially limited and/or delayed, which would significantly impair the value of the Tax Benefits. Generally, the Company would experience an “ownership change” under Section 382 if one or more “5 percent shareholders” increase their aggregate percentage ownership by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of stock owned by such shareholders over the preceding three-year period. As a result, the Company has utilized a 5% “trigger” threshold in the Plan that is intended to act as a deterrent to any person or entity seeking to acquire 5% or more of the outstanding Common Stock without the prior approval of the Board.
On October 30, 2012, in connection with the adoption of the NOL Rights Plan, the Company filed Articles of Amendment to the Charter of Incorporation (the “Articles Amendment”) with the Secretary of State of the State of Tennessee. Further details about the Plan and the Articles Amendment can be found in Exhibits 3.1 and 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on October 30, 2012.
Statement of Financial Condition
Our total assets were $1.1 billion at December 31, 2012 , a decrease of $51.3 million, or 4.6%, over 2011 . The decline in assets was concentrated in our interest bearing deposits in banks, the loan portfolio and other real estate owned, which declined $89.6 million, $41.1 million and $11.7 million during 2012 , respectively. The decline in interest bearing deposits in banks, loans and other real estate owned was partially offset by increases in investment securities and loans held for sale by $61.0 million and $23.7 million, respectively. During 2013, we anticipate that our total assets will increase as loans grow in response to increased marketing and lender accountability measures. Additionally, we anticipate funding prudent investment opportunities through growth in core deposits and with our existing cash reserves.
Loans
The effects of the economic recession, as well as our active efforts to reduce certain credit exposures and their related balance sheet risk, resulted in declining loan balances during 2012.
During 2012, total loans declined $41.1 million, or 7.1%, compared to year-end 2011. The decrease in loan balances is primarily associated with declines in our exposure to construction and land development loans of $20.4 million, or 38%, and residential 1-4 family real estate loans of 27.2 million, or 13%. Multi-family and farmland real estate loans, consumer installment loans and leases all declined as well. A large portion of the decline in total loans was due to the transfer of loans originally held-for-investment to loans held-for-sale. Commercial real estate loans increased by $26.6 million, or 14%, primarily due to purchases of U.S. government-guaranteed loans during the year. The purchases of the guaranteed portion of the U.S. government-guaranteed loans provide a higher rate of return for our excess liquidity and reduces the overall credit risk of our loan portfolio. Commercial and industrial loans also saw a small increase.
As we develop and implement lending initiatives, we will focus on extending prudent loans to creditworthy consumers and businesses. We anticipate our loans to grow during 2013. Funding of future loans may be restricted by our ability to raise

55

Table of Contents


core deposits, although we may use current cash reserves, as necessary and appropriate. Loan growth may also be restricted by the necessity to maintain appropriate capital levels.
During the fourth quarter of 2011, we launched an advertising campaign aimed at generating loan demand and attracting new credit-worthy customers. We anticipate our loans to stabilize during 2012. However, funding of future loans may be restricted by our ability to raise core deposits, although we may use our current cash reserves, as necessary and appropriate. Loan growth may also be restricted by the necessity for us to maintain appropriate capital levels, as well as adequate liquidity.
The following table presents a summary of the loan portfolio by category for the last five years.
Loans Outstanding
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2012
 
Percent
Change
 
2011
 
Percent
Change
 
2010
 
Percent
Change
 
2009
 
Percent
Change
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Loans secured by real estate-
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family
 
$
188,191

 
(12.6
)%
 
$
215,364

 
(13.7
)%
 
$
252,026

 
(10.4
)%
 
$
281,354

 
(5.1
)%
 
$
296,454

Commercial
 
221,655

 
13.6
 %
 
195,062

 
(13.8
)%
 
226,357

 
(12.9
)%
 
259,819

 
10.7
 %
 
234,630

Construction
 
33,407

 
(37.9
)%
 
53,807

 
(36.1
)%
 
84,232

 
(45.0
)%
 
153,144

 
(21.3
)%
 
194,603

Multi-family and farmland
 
17,051

 
(46.2
)%
 
31,668

 
(13.0
)%
 
36,393

 
(4.1
)%
 
37,960

 
10.8
 %
 
34,273

 
 
460,304

 
(7.2
)%
 
495,901

 
(16.8
)%
 
599,008

 
(18.2
)%
 
732,277

 
(3.6
)%
 
759,960

Commercial loans
 
61,398

 
3.0
 %
 
59,623

 
(28.0
)%
 
82,807

 
(43.3
)%
 
146,016

 
(7.5
)%
 
157,906

Consumer loans
 
13,387

 
(33.1
)%
 
20,011

 
(40.9
)%
 
33,860

 
(30.8
)%
 
48,927

 
(16.1
)%
 
58,296

Leases, net of unearned income
 
568

 
(80.5
)%
 
2,920

 
(63.1
)%
 
7,916

 
(59.9
)%
 
19,730

 
(36.1
)%
 
30,873

Other
 
5,473

 
43.7
 %
 
3,809

 
(8.8
)%
 
3,500

 
(30.9
)%
 
5,068

 
11.4
 %
 
4,549

Total loans
 
541,130

 
(7.1
)%
 
582,264

 
(19.6
)%
 
727,091

 
(23.6
)%
 
952,018

 
(5.9
)%
 
1,011,584

Allowance for loan and lease losses
 
(13,800
)
 
(29.6
)%
 
(19,600
)
 
(18.3
)%
 
(24,000
)
 
(9.4
)%
 
(26,492
)
 
52.4
 %
 
(17,385
)
Net loans
 
$
527,330

 
(6.3
)%
 
$
562,664

 
(19.7
)%
 
$
703,091

 
(24.0
)%
 
$
925,526

 
(6.9
)%
 
$
994,199

Substantially all of our loans are to customers located in Georgia and Tennessee, in our immediate markets. We believe that we are not dependent on any single customer or group of customers whose insolvency would have a material adverse effect on operations. We also believe that the loan portfolio is diversified among loan collateral types, as noted by the following table.

56

Table of Contents



Loans by Collateral Type
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2012
 
% of
Loans
 
2011
 
% of
Loans
 
2010
 
% of
Loans
 
2009
 
% of
Loans
 
2008
 
% of
Loans
 
 
(in thousands, expect percentages)
Secured by real estate:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction and land development
 
$
33,407

 
6.2
%
 
$
53,807

 
9.2
%
 
$
84,232

 
11.6
%
 
$
153,144

 
16.1
%
 
$
194,603

 
19.2
%
Farmland
 
8,373

 
1.5
%
 
9,729

 
1.7
%
 
11,793

 
1.6
%
 
12,077

 
1.3
%
 
11,470

 
1.1
%
Home equity lines of credit
 
63,370

 
11.7
%
 
71,783

 
12.3
%
 
81,742

 
11.2
%
 
88,770

 
9.3
%
 
88,708

 
8.8
%
Residential first liens
 
119,094

 
22.0
%
 
136,306

 
23.7
%
 
161,622

 
22.2
%
 
181,740

 
19.1
%
 
196,734

 
19.4
%
Residential junior liens
 
5,727

 
1.1
%
 
7,275

 
1.2
%
 
8,662

 
1.2
%
 
10,844

 
1.1
%
 
11,012

 
1.1
%
Multi-family residential
 
8,678

 
1.6
%
 
21,939

 
3.7
%
 
24,600

 
3.4
%
 
25,883

 
2.7
%
 
22,803

 
2.3
%
Non-farm and non-residential
 
221,655

 
41.0
%
 
195,062

 
33.4
%
 
226,357

 
31.1
%
 
259,819

 
27.3
%
 
234,630

 
23.2
%
Total Real Estate
 
460,304

 
85.1
%
 
495,901

 
85.2
%
 
599,008

 
82.3
%
 
732,277

 
76.9
%
 
759,960

 
75.1
%
Other loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial—leases, net of unearned
 
568

 
0.1
%
 
2,920

 
0.5
%
 
7,916

 
1.1
%
 
19,730

 
2.1
%
 
30,873

 
3.1
%
Commercial and industrial
 
61,398

 
11.3
%
 
59,623

 
10.2
%
 
82,807

 
11.4
%
 
146,016

 
15.4
%
 
157,906

 
15.6
%
Agricultural production
 
458

 
0.1
%
 
564

 
0.1
%
 
1,165

 
0.2
%
 
2,151

 
0.2
%
 
1,945

 
0.1
%
Consumer installment loans
 
13,387

 
2.5
%
 
20,011

 
3.4
%
 
33,860

 
4.7
%
 
48,927

 
5.1
%
 
58,296

 
5.8
%
Other
 
5,015

 
0.9
%
 
3,245

 
0.6
%
 
2,335

 
0.3
%
 
2,917

 
0.3
%
 
2,604

 
0.3
%
Total other loans
 
80,826

 
14.9
%
 
86,363

 
14.8
%
 
128,083

 
17.7
%
 
219,741

 
23.1
%
 
251,624

 
24.9
%
Total loans
 
$
541,130

 
100.0
%
 
$
582,264

 
100.0
%
 
$
727,091

 
100.0
%
 
$
952,018

 
100.0
%
 
$
1,011,584

 
100.0
%

The following schedule illustrates the contractual maturity of portions of First Security's loan portfolio at December 31, 2012 .  Loans that have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the contract is due.  Demand loans, or loans with no stated maturity date, are shown as maturing in less than one year. The schedule does not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses. Our loan policy does not permit automatic roll-over of matured loans.
 
Maturity
 
Construction and land development loans
 
Commercial and industrial loans
 
All loans
(in thousands)
 
Fixed Rate
 
Variable Rate
 
Total
 
Fixed Rate
 
Variable Rate
 
Total
 
Fixed Rate
 
Variable Rate
 
Total
Less than three months
 
$
3,790

 
$
2,020

 
$
5,810

 
$
5,816

 
$
5,414

 
$
11,230

 
$
30,438

 
$
22,508

 
$
52,946

Over three to twelve months
 
4,409

 
7,476

 
11,885

 
6,595

 
18,270

 
24,865

 
75,726

 
36,379

 
112,105

One year to five years
 
11,900

 
228

 
12,128

 
17,685

 
4,039

 
21,724

 
249,746

 
5,756

 
255,502

Over five years
 
$
3,012

 
$
572

 
$
3,584

 
$
3,579

 
$

 
$
3,579

 
$
71,455

 
$
49,122

 
$
120,577

Total
 
$
23,111

 
$
10,296

 
$
33,407

 
$
33,675

 
$
27,723

 
$
61,398

 
$
427,365

 
$
113,765

 
$
541,130


57

Table of Contents



Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
Allowance—Overview
The allowance for loan and lease losses reflects our assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and our evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. We regularly analyze our loan portfolio in an effort to establish an allowance that we believe will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, we review the size, quality and risk of loans in the portfolio. We also consider such factors as:
our loan loss experience;
specific known risks;
the status and amount of past due and non-performing assets;
underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
current and anticipated economic conditions; and
other factors which we believe affect the allowance for potential credit losses.
The allowance is composed of two primary components: (1) specific impairments for substandard/nonaccrual loans and leases and (2) general allocations for classified loan pools, including special mention and substandard/accrual loans, as well as general allocations for the remaining pools of loans. We accumulate pools based on the underlying classification of the collateral. Each pool is assigned a loss severity rate based on historical loss experience and various qualitative and environmental factors, including, but not limited to, credit quality and economic conditions.
The following loan portfolio segments have been identified: (1) Real estate: Residential 1-4 family, (2) Real estate: Commercial, (3) Real estate: Construction, (4) Real estate: Multi-family and farmland, (5) Commercial, (6) Consumer, (7) Leases and (8) Other. We evaluate the risks associated with these segments based upon specific characteristics associated with the loan segments. The risk associated with the Real estate: Construction portfolio is most directly tied to the probability of declines in value of the residential and commercial real estate in our market area and secondarily to the financial capacity of the borrower. The risk associated with the Real estate: Commercial portfolio is most directly tied to the lease rates and occupancy rates for commercial real estate in our market area and secondarily to the financial capacity of the borrower. The other portfolio segments have various risk characteristics, including, but not limited to: the borrower’s cash flow, the value of the underlying collateral, and the capacity of guarantors.
An analysis of the credit quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance for loan and lease losses is prepared jointly by our accounting and credit administration departments and presented to our Board of Directors or the Directors’ Loan Committee on at least a quarterly basis. Based on our analysis, we may determine that our future provision expense needs to increase or decrease in order for us to remain adequately reserved for probable, incurred loan losses. As stated earlier, we make this determination after considering both quantitative and qualitative factors under appropriate regulatory and accounting guidelines.
Our allowance for loan and lease losses is also subject to regulatory examinations and determinations as to adequacy, which may take into account such factors as the methodology used to calculate the allowance and the size of the allowance compared to a group of peer banks. During their routine examinations of banks, the regulators may require a bank to make additional provisions to its allowance for loan losses when, in the opinion of the regulators, their credit evaluations and allowance methodology differ materially from the bank’s methodology. We believe our allowance methodology is in compliance with regulatory inter-agency guidance as well as applicable GAAP guidance.
While it is our policy to charge-off all or a portion of certain loans in the current period when a loss is considered probable, there are additional risks of future losses that cannot be quantified precisely or attributed to particular loans or classes of loans. Because the assessment of these risks includes assumptions regarding local and national economic conditions, our judgment as to the adequacy of the allowance may change from our original estimates as more information becomes available and events change.
Allowance—Loan Pools
As indicated in the Allowance—Overview above, we analyze our allowance by segregating our portfolio into two primary categories: impaired loans and non-impaired loans. Impaired loans are individually evaluated, as further discussed below. Non-impaired loans are segregated first by loan risk rating and then into homogeneous pools based on loan type, collateral or purpose of proceeds. We believe our loan pools conform to regulatory and accounting guidelines.

58

Table of Contents



Impaired loans generally include those loan relationships in excess of $500 thousand with a risk rating of substandard/nonaccrual or doubtful. For these loans, we determine the impairment based upon one of the following methods: (1) discounted cash flows, (2) observable market pricing or (3) the fair value of the collateral. The amount of the estimated loss, if any, is then specifically reserved in a separate component of the allowance unless the relationship is considered collateral dependent, in which the estimated loss is charged-off in the current period.
For non-impaired loans, we first segregate special mention and non-impaired substandard loans into two distinct pools. All remaining loans are further segregated into homogeneous pools based on loan type, collateral or purpose of proceeds. Each of these pools is evaluated individually and is assigned a loss factor based on our best estimate of the loss that potentially could be realized in that pool of loans. The loss factor is the sum of an objectively calculated historical loss percentage and a subjectively calculated risk percentage. The actual annual historical loss factor is typically a weighted average of each period’s loss. For the historical loss factor, we utilize a migration loss analysis. Each period may be assigned a different weight depending on certain trends and circumstances. The subjectively calculated risk percentage is the sum of eight qualitative and environmental risk categories. These categories are evaluated separately for each pool. The eight risk categories are: (1) underlying collateral value, (2) lending practices and policies, (3) local and national economies, (4) portfolio volume and nature, (5) staff experience, (6) credit quality, (7) loan review and (8) competition, regulatory and legal issues.
Allowance—Loan Risk Ratings
A consistent and appropriate loan risk rating methodology is a critical component of the allowance. We classify loans as: pass, special mention, substandard/impaired, substandard/non-impaired, doubtful or loss. The following describes our loan classifications and the various risk indicators associated with each risk rating.
A pass rating is assigned to those loans that are performing as contractually agreed and do not exhibit the characteristics of the criticized and classified risk ratings as defined below. Pass loan pools do not include the unfunded portions of binding commitments to lend, standby letters of credit, deposit secured loans or mortgage loans originated with commitments to sell in the secondary market. Loans secured by segregated deposits held by FSGBank are not required to have an allowance reserve, nor are originated held-for-sale mortgage loans pending sale in the secondary market.
A special mention loan risk rating is considered criticized but is not considered as severe as a classified loan risk rating. Special mention loans contain one or more potential weakness(es), which if not corrected, could result in an unacceptable increase in credit risk at some future date. These loans may be characterized by the following risks and/or trends:
Loans to Businesses:
Downward trend in sales, profit levels and margins
Impaired working capital position compared to industry
Cash flow strained in order to meet debt repayment schedule
Technical defaults due to noncompliance with financial covenants
Recurring trade payable slowness
High leverage compared to industry average with shrinking equity cushion
Questionable abilities of management
Weak industry conditions
Inadequate or outdated financial statements
Loans to Businesses or Individuals:
Loan delinquencies and overdrafts may occur
Original source of repayment questionable
Documentation deficiencies may not be easily correctable
Loan may need to be restructured
Collateral or guarantor offers adequate protection
Unsecured debt to tangible net worth is excessive
A substandard loan risk rating is characterized as having specifically identified weaknesses and deficiencies typically resulting from severe adverse trends of a financial, economic, or managerial nature, and may warrant non-accrual status. Substandard loans have a greater likelihood of loss and may require a protracted work-out plan. Substandard/impaired loans are relationships in excess of $500 thousand and are individually reviewed. In addition to the factors listed for special mention loans, substandard loans may be characterized by the following risks and/or trends:
Loans to Businesses:
Sustained losses that have severely eroded equity and cash flows
Concentration in illiquid assets
Serious management problems or internal fraud

59

Table of Contents


Chronic trade payable slowness; may be placed on COD or collection by trade creditor
Inability to access other funding sources
Financial statements with adverse opinion or disclaimer; may be received late
Insufficient documented cash flows to meet contractual debt service requirements
Loans to Businesses or Individuals:
Chronic or severe delinquency or has met the retail classification standards which is generally past dues greater than 90 days
Frequent overdrafts
Likelihood of bankruptcy exists
Serious documentation deficiencies
Reliance on secondary sources of repayment which are presently considered adequate
Demand letter sent
Litigation may have been filed against the borrower
Loans with a risk rating of doubtful are individually analyzed to determine our best estimate of the loss based on the most recent assessment of all available sources of repayment. Doubtful loans are considered impaired and placed on nonaccrual. For doubtful loans, the collection or liquidation in full of principal and/or interest is highly questionable or improbable. We estimate the specific potential loss based upon an individual analysis of the relationship risks, the borrower’s cash flow, the borrower’s management and any underlying secondary sources of repayment. The amount of the estimated loss, if any, is then either specifically reserved in a separate component of the allowance or charged-off. In addition to the characteristics listed for substandard loans, the following characteristics apply to doubtful loans:
Loans to Businesses:
Normal operations are severely diminished or have ceased
Seriously impaired cash flow
Numerous exceptions to loan agreement
Outside accountant questions entity’s survivability as a “going concern”
Financial statements may be received late, if at all
Material legal judgments filed
Collection of principal and interest is impaired
Collateral/Guarantor may offer inadequate protection
Loans to Businesses or Individuals:
Original repayment terms materially altered
Secondary source of repayment is inadequate
Asset liquidation may be in process with all efforts directed at debt retirement
Documentation deficiencies not correctable
The consistent application of the above loan risk rating methodology ensures we have the ability to track historical losses and appropriately estimate potential future losses in our allowance. Additionally, appropriate loan risk ratings assist us in allocating credit and special asset personnel in the most effective manner. Significant changes in loan risk ratings can have a material impact on the allowance and thus a material impact on our financial results by requiring significant increases or decreases in provision expense.
Allowance—Analysis and Discussion
The following table presents an analysis of the changes in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the past five years. The provision for loan and lease losses in the table below does not include our provision accrual for unfunded commitments of $24 thousand for each of 2012 , 2011 , 2010 , 2009 and 2008 . The reserve for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets and totaled $258 thousand and $253 thousand as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.

60

Table of Contents



Analysis of Changes in Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
 
 
For the Years Ending December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Allowance for loan and lease losses—
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning of period
 
$
19,600

 
$
24,000

 
$
26,492

 
$
17,385

 
$
10,956

Provision for loan and lease losses
 
20,866

 
10,920

 
33,589

 
25,380

 
15,729

Sub-total
 
40,466

 
34,920

 
60,081

 
42,765

 
26,685

Charged-off loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate—residential 1-4 family
 
8,153

 
2,180

 
2,572

 
1,778

 
1,492

Real estate—commercial
 
8,316

 
6,928

 
2,955

 
1,505

 

Real estate—construction
 
6,897

 
5,581

 
10,514

 
1,801

 
982

Real estate—multi-family and farmland
 
2,511

 
207

 
1,150

 
58

 

Commercial loans
 
3,095

 
3,235

 
16,420

 
8,109

 
3,468

Consumer installment loans and other
 
476

 
334

 
1,110

 
1,217

 
2,350

Leases, net of unearned income
 
894

 
929

 
2,050

 
2,214

 
1,227

Total charged-off
 
30,342

 
19,394

 
36,771

 
16,682

 
9,519

Recoveries of charged-off loans:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate—residential 1-4 family
 
229

 
404

 
56

 
35

 
25

Real estate—commercial
 
366

 
222

 
160

 
9

 

Real estate—construction
 
1,013

 
744

 
7

 
23

 
1

Real estate—multi-family and farmland
 
12

 
384

 

 
3

 
6

Commercial loans
 
406

 
894

 
326

 
166

 
15

Consumer installment loans and other
 
662

 
954

 
141

 
167

 
172

Leases, net of unearned income
 
988

 
472

 

 
6

 

Total recoveries
 
3,676

 
4,074

 
690

 
409

 
219

Net charged-off loans
 
26,666

 
15,320

 
36,081

 
16,273

 
9,300

Allowance for loan and lease losses—end of period
 
$
13,800

 
$
19,600

 
$
24,000

 
$
26,492

 
$
17,385

Total loans—end of period
 
$
541,130

 
$
582,264

 
$
727,091

 
$
952,018

 
$
1,011,584

Average loans
 
$
590,109

 
$
647,920

 
$
845,945

 
$
977,758

 
$
997,371

Net loans charged-off to average loans
 
4.52
%
 
2.36
%
 
4.27
%
 
1.66
%
 
0.93
%
Provision for loan and lease losses to average loans
 
3.54
%
 
1.69
%
 
3.97
%
 
2.60
%
 
1.58
%
Allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Period end loans
 
2.55
%
 
3.37
%
 
3.30
%
 
2.78
%
 
1.72
%
Non-performing loans
 
51.63
%
 
39.41
%
 
40.73
%
 
53.01
%
 
82.16
%
The following table presents the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses for each respective loan category with the corresponding percent of loans in each category to total loans. The comprehensive allowance analysis jointly developed by our credit administration and accounting groups enable us to allocate the allowance based on risk elements within the portfolio. The unallocated reserve is available as a general reserve against the entire loan portfolio and is related to factors such as current economic conditions which are not directly associated with a specific loan category.

61

Table of Contents


Allocation of the Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
Amount
 
Percent
of
Portfolio 1
 
Amount
 
Percent
of
Portfolio 1
 
Amount
 
Percent
of
Portfolio 1
 
Amount
 
Percent
of
Portfolio 1
 
Amount
 
Percent
of
Portfolio 1
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Real estate—residential 1-4 family
 
$
6,207

 
34.8
%
 
$
6,368

 
37.0
%
 
$
7,346

 
34.7
%
 
$
5,037

 
29.6
%
 
$
3,760

 
29.3
%
Real estate—commercial
 
3,736

 
41.0
%
 
6,227

 
33.5
%
 
5,550

 
31.1
%
 
4,525

 
27.3
%
 
2,599

 
23.2
%
Real estate—construction
 
667

 
6.2
%
 
1,485

 
9.2
%
 
2,905

 
11.6
%
 
6,706

 
16.0
%
 
3,919

 
19.2
%
Real estate—multi-family and farmland
 
741

 
3.1
%
 
728

 
5.4
%
 
761

 
5.0
%
 
766

 
4.0
%
 
366

 
3.4
%
Commercial loans
 
2,103

 
11.3
%
 
3,649

 
10.2
%
 
5,692

 
11.4
%
 
6,953

 
15.4
%
 
3,149

 
15.6
%
Consumer loans
 
272

 
2.5
%
 
405

 
3.4
%
 
813

 
4.7
%
 
1,107

 
5.1
%
 
872

 
5.8
%
Leases, net of unearned income
 
47

 
0.1
%
 
718

 
0.5
%
 
917

 
1.1
%
 
1,386

 
2.1
%
 
2,588

 
3.1
%
Other and unallocated
 
27

 
1.0
%
 
20

 
0.8
%
 
16

 
0.4
%
 
12

 
0.5
%
 
132

 
0.4
%
Total
 
$
13,800

 
100.0
%
 
$
19,600

 
100.0
%
 
$
24,000

 
100.0
%
 
$
26,492

 
100.0
%
 
$
17,385

 
100.0
%
 
1

Represents the percentage of loans in each category to total loans.
Over the last year, our allowance as a percentage of total loans has significantly decreased mostly due to a decrease in the loan portfolio caused by charge-offs of non-performing loans. The allowance to total loans decreased to 2.55% as of December 31, 2012 , compared to 3.37% as of December 31, 2011 and 3.30% as of December 31, 2010 . As of December 31, 2012 , $13.7 million of the allowance was associated with general reserves and $50 thousand was associated with specific reserves.
The following table provides the Company’s internal risk rating by loan classification as utilized in the allowance analysis as of December 31, 2012 :
 
 
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard –
Non-impaired
 
Substandard –
Impaired
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
 
$
164,555

 
$
7,668

 
$
15,511

 
$
457

 
$
188,191

Real estate: Commercial
 
207,188

 
4,930

 
8,810

 
727

 
221,655

Real estate: Construction
 
30,471

 
97

 
1,056

 
1,783

 
33,407

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
 
14,025

 
1,794

 
1,232

 

 
17,051

Commercial
 
51,972

 
756

 
6,593

 
2,077

 
61,398

Consumer
 
12,793

 
126

 
468

 

 
13,387

Leases, net of unearned income
 
1

 
74

 
101

 
392

 
568

Other
 
5,365

 

 
108

 

 
5,473

Total Loans
 
$
486,370

 
$
15,445

 
$
33,879

 
$
5,436

 
$
541,130


62

Table of Contents



As of December 31, 2012 , the largest components of the allowance were associated with 1-4 family residential real estate loans, commercial loans and commercial real estate loans. These classifications have higher levels of substandard, non-impaired loans. These loans are subject to general allowance allocations based on historical loss and qualitative and environmental factors. The allowance allocation associated with commercial real estate loans declined by $2.6 million during 2012. The allowance allocated to commercial and industrial loans declined by $1.6 million during 2012. Each is a result of significant charge-offs during 2012 as well as a declining level of substandard, impaired loans at year-end. In addition, we have approximately $50.0 million in government guaranteed loans that drive the required allowance for loan and lease losses down. The elevated level of charge-offs in 2012 will continue to impact the loss factors within the allowance during future periods.
We believe that the allowance for loan and lease losses at December 31, 2012 is sufficient to absorb probable, incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio based on our assessment of the information available, including the results of extensive internal and independent reviews of our loan portfolio, as discussed in the Asset Quality and Non-Performing Asset section below. Our assessment involves uncertainty and judgment; therefore, the level of the allowance as compared to total loans may be subject to change in future periods. In addition, bank regulatory authorities, as part of their periodic examinations, may require additional charges to the provision for loan losses in future periods if the results of their reviews warrant.
Asset Quality and Non-Performing Assets
Asset Quality Strategic Initiatives for 2012 and Beyond
Our ability to return to profitability is largely dependent on properly addressing and improving asset quality. As of December 31, 2012 , our loan portfolio was 50.9% of total assets. Over the past three and half years, we’ve implemented a number of significant strategies to further address our asset quality. The implementation of these strategies has assisted our ability to reduce our total nonperforming loans in 2012 by $23.0 million, or approximately 46.3%, and to reduce our total nonperforming assets by $35.0 million, or approximately 46.6%. We believe our continued implementation of these, and related, strategies, will enable us to show further improvement in our asset quality in 2013.
During the fourth quarter of 2009, we began the process of restructuring our credit administration department to add additional depth and expertise and to fully centralize our credit underwriting process. With the additional depth and expertise of the restructured credit department, in 2010 we centralized our loan underwriting, document preparation and collections processes. This centralization has improved consistency, increased quality and provided higher levels of operational efficiencies. Collectively, we believe these changes will assist in reducing current and future non-performing assets
Our internal loan review department performs risk-based reviews and historically targets 60% to 70% of our portfolio over an 18-month cycle. To achieve such coverage, we have continued to use third parties to supplement the coverage of our internal loan review department. During 2012 , we achieved the 60% to 70% review of our portfolio over a 12-month cycle, focusing on a risk-based approach. We anticipate similar coverage for 2013.
During the second half of 2010, we began outsourcing the marketing and sales process of our OREO properties to market leading real estate companies. We experienced higher volumes of OREO sales in 2011 and 2012, and we expect to continue seeing high levels of sales into 2013.
Throughout 2010 and 2011, we hired multiple experienced special assets officers and centralized the handling of all classified loans by our special assets team.
On February 9, 2012, we hired Christopher G. Tietz as Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer. Mr. Tietz has over 25 years of banking knowledge with extensive experience in credit administration. Mr. Tietz joined First Security from First Place Bank in Warren, Ohio, a $3 billion bank, where he served as EVP and Chief Credit Officer since May 2011. From 2005 to April 2011, Mr. Tietz worked for Monroe Bank in Bloomington, Indiana as Chief Credit Officer. Mr. Tietz began his career in Nashville, Tennessee with First American National Bank where he spent fifteen years, with the final five years serving as EVP and Regional Senior Credit Officer.
Asset Quality and Non-Performing Assets Analysis and Discussion
Our asset quality ratios were mixed in 2012 compared to 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , our allowance for loan and lease losses as a percentage of total loans was 2.55% compared to 3.37% as of December 31, 2011 . Net charge-offs were 4.52% of average loans for 2012 compared to 2.36% for 2011 . Non-performing loans to total loans decreased to 4.94% as of year-end 2012 from 8.54% as of year-end 2011 , while non-performing assets as a percentage of total assets improved from 6.74% at year-end 2011 to 3.78% at year-end 2012 . The allowance as a percentage of total non-performing loans was 51.63% as of year-end 2012 compared to 39.41% for 2011 .

63

Table of Contents



Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, loans past due over ninety days and still accruing, restructured loans, OREO and repossessed assets. We place loans on non-accrual status when we have concerns related to our ability to collect the loan principal and interest, and generally when such loans are 90 days or more past due. The following table, which includes both loans held-for-sale and loans held-for-investment, presents our non-performing assets and related ratios.
Nonperforming Assets
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
2009
 
2008
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Nonaccrual loans
 
$
25,071

 
$
46,907

 
$
54,082

 
$
45,454

 
$
18,453

Loans past due 90 days and still accruing
 
1,656

 
2,822

 
4,838

 
4,524

 
2,706

Total nonperforming loans
 
$
26,727

 
$
49,729

 
$
58,920

 
$
49,978

 
$
21,159

Other real estate owned
 
$
13,441

 
$
25,141

 
$
24,399

 
$
15,312

 
$
7,145

Repossessed assets
 
8

 
302

 
763

 
3,881

 
1,680

Total nonperforming assets
 
$
40,176

 
$
75,172

 
$
84,082

 
$
69,171

 
$
29,984

Nonperforming loans as a percentage of total loans
 
4.94
%
 
8.54
%
 
8.10
%
 
5.25
%
 
2.09
%
Nonperforming assets as a percentage of total assets
 
3.78
%
 
6.74
%
 
7.20
%
 
5.11
%
 
2.35
%
The following table provides further information, including classification, for nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned for the past three years.
Non-Performing Assets—Classification and Number of Units
 
 
 
December 31, 2012
 
December 31, 2011
 
December 31, 2010
 
 
Amount
 
Units
 
Amount
 
Units
 
Amount
 
Units
 
 
(in thousands, except units)
Nonaccrual loans
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction/development loans
 
$
4,516

 
41

 
$
14,683

 
30

 
$
25,586

 
56

Residential real estate loans
 
9,217

 
217

 
10,877

 
107

 
8,906

 
84

Commercial real estate loans
 
6,150

 
69

 
13,288

 
38

 
10,007

 
30

Commercial and industrial loans
 
3,104

 
56

 
3,087

 
32

 
4,228

 
26

Commercial leases
 
436

 
42

 
2,244

 
96

 
3,459

 
59

Consumer and other loans
 
1,648

 
34

 
2,728

 
24

 
1,896

 
18

Total
 
$
25,071

 
459

 
$
46,907

 
327

 
$
54,082

 
273

Other real estate owned
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction/development loans
 
$
6,163

 
351

 
$
12,225

 
89

 
$
10,821

 
67

Residential real estate loans
 
1,921

 
86

 
6,579

 
63

 
8,266

 
63

Commercial real estate loans
 
4,211

 
39

 
5,380

 
22

 
5,312

 
20

Multi-family and farmland loans
 
873

 
3

 
541

 
2

 

 

Commercial and industrial loans
 
273

 
2

 
416

 
2

 

 

Total
 
$
13,441

 
481


$
25,141


178


$
24,399


150

Nonaccrual loans, including loans held-for-sale and loans held-for-investment, totaled $25.1 million , $46.9 million and $54.1 million as of December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. Of the nonaccrual loans as of December 31, 2012, $11.7 million relate to loans held for investment and $13.4 million relate to loans transferred into the held-for-sale category. Loans past due ninety days and still accruing include $718 thousand from loans held for investment and $938 thousand of loans transferred into loans held-for-sale. See Notes 5 and 6 of our consolidated financial statements for further discussion. We place loans on nonaccrual when we have concerns relating to our ability to collect the loan principal and interest, and generally when loans are 90 or more days past due. As previously described, we have individually reviewed each nonaccrual relationship in excess of $500 thousand for possible impairment. We measure impairment by adjusting the loans to either the present value of

64

Table of Contents


expected cash flows, the fair value of the collateral or observable market prices. As of December 31, 2012 , the book value of impaired loans totaled $5.4 million, or 84% less than impaired loans as of December 31, 2011 . The associated unpaid principal balances of the impaired loans totaled $11.0 million as of December 31, 2012 . This represents an approximately 51% discount through previously recorded partial charge-offs and specific reserves currently in the allowance. As of December 31, 2011 , the book value of impaired loans totaled $33.5 million with the unpaid principal balances totaling $42.8 million.
From year-end 2011 to year-end 2012 , nonaccrual loans decreased by $21.8 million, or 46.6%. As shown above, construction and land development nonaccrual loans decreased by $10.2 million to $4.5 million and commercial real estate nonaccrual loans decreased by $7.1 million to $6.1 million comparing year-end 2011 to year-end 2012. These decreases were primarily due to migration to OREO and repossessions, as well as charge-offs and principal payments. We are actively pursuing the appropriate strategies to reduce the current level of nonaccrual loans.
Other real estate owned decreased to $13.4 million as of December 31, 2012 compared to $25.1 million as of December 31, 2011 . We have outsourced the marketing and sales process of our OREO properties to market-leading real estate firms. During 2012 , we sold 205 properties for $15.1 million, compared to 78 sold properties for $10.5 million in 2011 . During April 2012, we conducted a bulk auction on approximately 90 properties consisting of smaller balance 1-4 family residential and lot properties. The results of this auction allowed our special assets department to focus on the larger value properties remaining in our portfolio. We expect continued OREO resolutions during 2013 due to our new approach to marketing these properties and general stabilization in the real estate markets in our footprint.
Loans 90 days past due and still accruing were $1.7 million as of December 31, 2012 compared to $2.8 million as of December 31, 2011 . Of these past due loans as of December 31, 2012 , residential 1-4 family real estate loans totaled $1,009 thousand, or 61% of the total past dues while commercial and industrial loans totaled $484 thousand, or 29% of the total.
As of December 31, 2012 , we owned repossessed assets, which are carried at fair value less anticipated selling costs, in the amount of $8 thousand compared to $302 thousand as of December 31, 2011 . The majority of our repossessions are related to our leasing portfolio that primarily includes trucking and construction equipment leases.
Our asset quality ratios are less favorable compared to our peer group. Our peer group, as defined by the Uniform Bank Performance Report (UBPR), consists of all commercial banks between $1 billion and $3 billion in total assets. The following table provides our asset quality ratios as of December 31, 2012 compared to our UBPR peer group ratios.
Asset Quality Ratios
 
 
 
First
Security
 
UBPR
Peer
Group
Allowance for loan and lease losses to total loans
 
2.55
%
 
1.80
%
Non-performing loans 1  as a percentage of gross loans
 
4.94
%
 
2.02
%
Non-performing loans 1  as a percentage of the allowance
 
193.67
%
 
114.63
%
Non-performing loans 1  as a percentage of equity capital
 
91.81
%
 
11.96
%
Non-performing loans 1  plus OREO as a percentage of gross loans plus OREO
 
7.24
%
 
3.06
%
1

Non-performing loans consist of nonaccrual loans and loans 90 days past due that are still accruing.
Investment Securities and Other Earning Assets
The composition of our securities portfolio reflects our investment strategy of maintaining an appropriate level of liquidity while providing a relatively stable source of income. Our securities portfolio also provides a balance to interest rate risk and credit risk in other categories of our consolidated balance sheet while providing a vehicle for investing available funds, furnishing liquidity and supplying securities to pledge as required collateral for certain deposits and borrowed funds. Currently, all of our investments are classified as available-for-sale. As of December 31, 2012 , we had no plans to liquidate a significant amount of any securities. However, the securities classified as available-for-sale may be used for liquidity purposes should management deem it to be in our best interest.
Securities in our portfolio totaled $254.1 million at December 31, 2012 , compared to $193.0 million at December 31, 2011 . We believe our current level of investment securities provides an appropriate level of liquidity and provides a proper balance to our interest rate and credit risk in our loan portfolio. The increase in securities of $61.1 million represented a decision that liquidity was sufficient to warrant the shifting of additional cash into investment securities. As of December 31, 2012 , the available-for-sale securities portfolio had gross unrealized gains of approximately $4.7 million as compared to unrealized gains of $4.5 million at December 31, 2011 . Our securities portfolio at December 31, 2012 consisted of tax-exempt municipal securities, federal agency bonds, federal agency issued Real Estate Mortgage Investment Conduits (REMICs) and federal agency issued pools.

65

Table of Contents



The following table provides the amortized cost of our securities, as of December 31, 2012 , by their stated maturities (this maturity schedule excludes security prepayment and call features), as well as the tax equivalent yields for each maturity range.
Maturity of AFS Investment Securities—Amortized Cost
 
 
 
Less than
One Year
 
One Year to
Five Years
 
Five Years to
Ten Years
 
More than
Ten Years
 
Totals
 
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Municipal—tax exempt
 
$
880

 
$
12,234

 
$
5,701

 
$
2,210

 
$
21,025

Municipal—taxable
 

 

 
14,063

 

 
14,063

Agency bonds
 

 
3,000

 
45,030

 
9,363

 
57,393

Agency issued REMICs
 
4,488

 
77,988

 

 

 
82,476

Agency issued mortgage pools
 
138

 
51,769

 
20,207

 
2,601

 
74,715

Other
 

 

 

 
61

 
61

Total
 
$
5,506

 
$
144,991

 
$
85,001


$
14,235


$
249,733

Tax equivalent yield
 
3.71
%
 
2.56
%
 
2.16
%
 
2.84
%
 
2.48
%
The following table details our investment portfolio by type of investment. We do not currently hold any trading or held-to-maturity securities.
Investment Securities by Type—Amortized Cost
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
(in thousands)
Securities available-for-sale
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities—
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
 
$
57,393

 
$
23,984

 
$
31,967

Mortgage-backed
 
157,191

 
134,210

 
84,515

Municipals
 
35,088

 
30,453

 
34,700

Other
 
61

 
127

 
127

Total
 
$
249,733

 
$
188,774

 
$
151,309


We currently have the ability and intent to hold our available-for-sale investment securities to maturity. However, should conditions change, we may sell unpledged securities. We consider the overall quality of the securities portfolio to be high. All securities held are historically traded in liquid markets, except for one bond, which is valued utilizing Level 3 inputs. The Level 3 security was a pooled trust preferred security with a book value of $41 thousand.
As of December 31, 2012 , we performed an impairment assessment of the securities in our portfolio that had an unrealized loss to determine whether the decline in the fair value of these securities below their cost was other-than-temporary. Under authoritative accounting guidance, impairment is considered other-than-temporary if any of the following conditions exists: (1) we intend to sell the security, (2) it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized cost basis or (3) we do not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis, even if we do not intend to sell. Additionally, accounting guidance requires that for impaired securities that we do not intend to sell and/or that it is not more-likely-than-not that we will have to sell prior to recovery but for which credit losses exist, the other-than-temporary impairment should be separated between the total impairment related to credit losses, which should be recognized in current earnings, and the amount of impairment related to all other factors, which should be recognized in other comprehensive income. If a decline is determined to be other-than-temporary due to credit losses, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value, which then becomes the new cost basis. The new cost basis would not be adjusted in future periods for subsequent recoveries in fair value, if any.

66

Table of Contents



In evaluating the recovery of the entire amortized cost basis, we consider factors such as (1) the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including events specific to the issuer or industry, (3) defaults or deferrals of scheduled interest, principal or dividend payments and (4) external credit ratings and recent downgrades.
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of our investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
 
 
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or greater
 
Totals
 
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
 
$
20,199

 
$
104

 
$

 
$

 
$
20,199

 
$
104

Mortgage-backed
 
15,509

 
138

 

 

 
15,509

 
138

Municipals
 
8,012

 
122

 

 

 
8,012

 
122

Other
 

 

 
41

 
20

 
41

 
20

Totals
 
$
43,720

 
$
364

 
$
41

 
$
20

 
$
43,761

 
$
384

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Mortgage-backed
 
26,780

 
129

 

 

 
26,780

 
129

Municipals
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other
 

 

 
36

 
91

 
36

 
91

Totals
 
$
26,780

 
$
129

 
$
36

 
$
91

 
$
26,816

 
$
220

As of December 31, 2012 , gross unrealized losses in the Company’s portfolio totaled $384,000 thousand, compared to $220 thousand as of December 31, 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , the unrealized losses in mortgage-backed securities (consisting of six securities), municipals (consisting of twenty securities) and federal agencies (consisting of ten securities) are primarily due to widening credit spreads and changes in interest rates subsequent to purchase. The unrealized loss in other securities relates to one pooled trust preferred security. The unrealized loss in the pooled trust preferred security is primarily due to widening credit spreads subsequent to purchase and a lack of demand for trust preferred securities. We do not intend to sell the investments with unrealized losses and it is not more likely-than-not that we will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. Based on results of the our impairment assessment, the unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 are considered temporary.
As of December 31, 2012 , we owned securities from issuers in which the aggregate book value from such issuers exceeded 5% of our stockholders’ equity. The following table presents the amortized cost and market value of the securities from each such issuer as of December 31, 2012 .
 
 
 
Book Value
 
Market Value
 
 
(in thousands)
Fannie Mae
 
$
44,767

 
$
46,211

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
 
$
14,895

 
$
15,542

Ginnie Mae
 
$
15,052

 
$
15,381

We held no federal funds sold as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , we held $159.7 million in interest bearing deposits, primarily at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, compared to $249.3 million at December 31, 2011 . The yield on our account at the Federal Reserve Bank is approximately 25 basis points.
At December 31, 2012 , we held $2.8 million in certificates of deposit at other FDIC insured financial institutions, compared to $100 thousand at December 31, 2011 . At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , we held $27.6 million and $26.7 million, respectively, in bank-owned life insurance.

67

Table of Contents



Deposits and Other Borrowings
Deposits decreased by $11.4 million, or 1.1%, from year-end 2011 to year-end 2012, driven primarily by significant declines in brokered deposits and declines in noninterest bearing demand deposits, partially offset by increases in other categories. Retail and jumbo certificates of deposit increased by $21.7 million, or 5.3%, during that same period. Excluding brokered deposits, our deposits increased $61.6 million, or 7.9%, from year-end 2011 to year-end 2012. We define core deposits to include interest bearing and noninterest bearing demand deposits, savings and money market accounts, as well as retail certificates of deposit with denominations less than $100 thousand. Core deposits increased $45.6 million, or 7.7%, from year-end 2011 to year-end 2012. We consider our retail certificates of deposit to be a stable source of funding because they are in-market, relationship-oriented deposits. Core deposit growth is an important tenet of our business strategy.
As discussed in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, the presence of a capital requirement restricts the rates that we can offer on deposit products. We received a determination letter from the FDIC designating our market areas as “high rate” markets for 2011 and 2012. As such, we may offer rates up to 75 basis points above the prevailing local market rates.
Brokered deposits decreased $73.0 million, or 30.6%, from year-end 2011 to year-end 2012. The decrease is primarily due to scheduled and called maturities. In addition to brokered certificates of deposits, we are a member bank of the Certificate of Deposit Account Registry Service ® (CDARS ® ) network. CDARS ® is a network of banks that allows customers’ CDs to receive full FDIC insurance of up to $50 million. Additionally, as a member bank, we have the opportunity to purchase or sell one-way time deposits. At year-end 2012, our CDARS ® balance consisted of $371 thousand in purchased time deposits and no reciprocal customer accounts. Brokered deposits at December 31, 2012 and 2011, were as follows:
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(in thousands)
Brokered certificates of deposits
 
$
165,106

 
$
237,032

CDARS ®
 
371

 
1,405

 
 
$
165,477

 
$
238,437

As discussed in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, the presence of a capital requirement in our Consent Order restricts our ability to accept, renew, or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the FDIC. The liquidity enhancement over the last two years was in part to ensure we have adequate funding to meet our short-term contractual obligations. We believe that our current liquidity, along with maintaining or increasing core deposits, will provide for our short-term contractual obligations, including maturing brokered deposits. The table below is a maturity schedule for our certificates of deposit, including brokered CDs, in amounts of $100 thousand or more as of December 31, 2012.
 
 
 
Less than
3 months
 
Three months
to six months
 
Six months to
twelve months
 
Greater than
twelve months
 
 
(in thousands)
Certificates of deposit of $100 thousand or more
 
$
35,409

 
$
27,903

 
$
57,921

 
$
80,640

Brokered certificates of deposit
 
25,763

 
29,833

 
34,822

 
74,688

CDARS ®
 

 

 

 
371

 
 
$
61,172

 
$
57,736


$
92,743


$
155,699

At December 31, 2012 and 2011 we had securities sold under repurchase agreements with commercial checking customers of $12.5 million and $4.5 million , respectively. We also had a structured repurchase agreement with another financial institution of $10.0 million at December 31, 2011 . This agreement had a five-year term with a variable rate of three-month LIBOR minus 75 basis points for the first year and a fixed rate of 3.93% for the remaining term. The agreement was callable on November 6, 2008, the first anniversary, and quarterly thereafter. The agreement matured in November 2012.
As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati ("FHLB"), we have the ability to acquire short and long-term advances through a blanket agreement secured by our unencumbered qualifying 1-4 family first mortgage loans and by pledging investment securities or individual, qualified loans, subject to approval of the FHLB. Due to the Consent Order, we are currently not allowed to receive advances through the FHLB.

68

Table of Contents



The following note was paid off during 2012. The terms of the other borrowing as of December 31, 2011 were as follows:
 
Maturity
Year
 
Origination
Date
 
Type
 
Principal
 
Original
Term
 
Rate
 
Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
1/5/1995
 
Fixed rate mortgage
 
$
58

 
240 months
 
7.50
%
 
1/5/2015
Interest Rate Sensitivity
Financial institutions are subject to interest rate risk to the degree that their interest bearing liabilities (consisting principally of customer deposits) mature or reprice more or less frequently, or on a different basis, than their interest earning assets (generally consisting of intermediate or long-term loans, investment securities and federal funds sold). The match between the scheduled repricing and maturities of our earning assets and liabilities within defined time periods is referred to as “gap” analysis. At December 31, 2012, our cumulative one-year gap was a positive (or asset sensitive) $146 million, or 25% of total earning assets. At December 31, 2011, our cumulative one-year gap was a positive (or asset sensitive) $342.5 million, or 47% of total earning assets.
During the fourth quarter of 2009 and first quarter of 2010, we issued $255.6 million in brokered certificates of deposits with an average maturity of approximately 2.7 years at a weighted average all-in cost of 2.80%. The issuances established a strong liquidity position used to fund prudent loans and to pay for future contractual obligations. At December 31, 2012, we held $159.7 million in interest-bearing cash, which was primarily held at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. The issuance combined with the retention of the cash positions us to be asset-sensitive in preparation for future increases in interest rates. We anticipate rates to begin to increase in 2013, depending on economic conditions.
The following “gap” analysis provides information based the next repricing date or the maturity date. The “Interest Rate Risk Income Sensitivity Summary” table located in Item 7A incorporates additional assumptions, including prepayments on loans and securities and reinvestments of paydowns and maturities of loans, investments, and deposits. We believe the Income Sensitivity Summary table located in Item 7A provides a more accurate analysis related to interest rate risk.
The following table reflects our rate sensitive assets and liabilities by maturity or the next repricing date as of December 31, 2012 . Variable rate loans are shown in the category of due “Within Three Months” because they reprice with changes in the prime lending rate. Fixed rate loans are presented assuming all payments are made according to the loan’s contractual terms. Additionally, demand deposits and savings accounts have no stated maturity; however, it has been our experience that these accounts are not entirely rate sensitive, and accordingly the following analysis assumes 11% of interest bearing demand deposit accounts, 33% of money market deposit accounts, and 20% of savings accounts reprice within one year and the remaining accounts reprice within one to five years.

69

Table of Contents



Interest Rate Gap Sensitivity
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
Within
Three Months
 
After
Three Months
but Within
One Year
 
After
One Year
but Within
Five Years
 
After
Five Years
and Non-Rate
Sensitive
 
Total
 
 
(in thousands)
Interest earning assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest bearing deposits
 
$
156,870

 
$
2,795

 
$

 
$

 
$
159,665

Federal funds sold
 

 

 

 

 

Securities
 
104

 
5,468

 
148,424

 
100,061

 
254,057

Loans originated for held for sale
 
3,624

 

 

 

 
3,624

Loans transferred to held for sale
 
22,296

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans
 
225,146

 
167,943

 
77,467

 
70,574

 
541,130

Total interest earning assets
 
408,040

 
176,206



225,891


170,635

 
958,476

Interest bearing liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Demand deposits
 
4,762

 
4,762

 
77,051

 

 
86,575

MMDA deposits
 
23,976

 
23,976

 
97,358

 

 
145,310

Savings deposits
 
3,929

 
3,929

 
31,429

 

 
39,287

Time deposits
 
76,111

 
193,910

 
159,996

 

 
430,017

Brokered certificates of deposits
 
25,763

 
64,655

 
74,688

 

 
165,106

CDARS ®
 

 

 
371

 

 
371

Fed funds purchased/repos
 
12,481

 

 

 

 
12,481

Other borrowings
 

 



 

 

Total interest bearing liabilities
 
147,022

 
291,232



440,893




879,147

Noninterest bearing sources of funds
 

 

 

 
101,625

 
101,625

Interest sensitivity gap
 
$
261,018

 
$
(115,026
)
 
$
(215,002
)
 
$
69,010

 
$
(22,296
)
Cumulative sensitivity gap
 
$
261,018

 
$
145,992

 
$
(69,010
)
 
$

 
$


Liquidity
Liquidity refers to our ability to adjust our future cash flows to meet the needs of our daily operations. We rely primarily on the operations and cash balance of FSGBank to fund the liquidity needs of our daily operations.
Our cash balance on deposit with FSGBank, which totaled approximately $841 thousand as of December 31, 2012, is available for funding activities for which FSGBank will not receive direct benefit, such as shareholder relations and holding company operations. These funds should adequately meet our cash flow needs. As discussed in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, the Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve requires prior written authorization for any payment to First Security that reduces the equity of FSGBank, including management fees. If necessary, we will seek quarterly management fee authorizations for 2012. If we determine that our cash flow needs will be satisfactorily met, we may deploy a portion of the funds into FSGBank.
Since January 2010, to further preserve our capital resources, our Board of Directors elected to suspend the dividend on our common stock and elected to defer the dividend payment on our Series A Preferred Stock starting with the first quarter of 2010. As the payment of future dividends requires prior written consent by the Federal Reserve, we anticipate continuing to defer the dividend payments on the Preferred Stock until conditions improve.

70

Table of Contents



The liquidity of FSGBank refers to the ability or financial flexibility to adjust its future cash flows to meet the needs of depositors and borrowers and to fund operations on a timely and cost effective basis. The primary sources of funds for FSGBank are cash generated by repayments of outstanding loans, interest payments on loans and new deposits. Additional liquidity is available from the maturity and earnings on securities and liquid assets, as well as the ability to liquidate securities available-for-sale.
As of December 31, 2012 , our interest bearing account at the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta totaled approximately $156.8 million. This liquidity is available to fund our contractual obligations and prudent investment opportunities.
Another source of funding is loan participations sold to other commercial banks (in which we retain the service rights). As of year-end, we had $329 thousand in loan participations sold. FSGBank may elect to sell loan participations as a source of liquidity. An additional source of short-term funding would be to pledge investment securities against a line of credit at a commercial bank. As of December 31, 2012 , FSGBank had $58.6 million in borrowings against investment securities pledge for repurchase agreements, treasury tax and loan deposits, and public-fund deposits attained in the ordinary course of business. As of December 31, 2012 , our unpledged securities totaled 195.4 million .
Historically, we have utilized brokered deposits to provide an additional source of funding. As of December 31, 2012, we had $165.1 million in brokered CDs outstanding with a weighted average remaining life of approximately 12 months, a weighted average coupon rate of 2.71% and a weighted average all-in cost (which includes fees paid to deposit brokers) of 2.95%. Our CDARS ® product had $371 thousand at December 31, 2012, with a weighted average coupon rate of 2.70% and a weighted average remaining life of approximately 22 months. Our certificates of deposit greater than $100 thousand were generated in our communities and are considered relatively stable. During 2009, we were approved to use the Federal Reserve discount window. We applied to utilize the Federal Reserve window as an abundance of caution due to the economic climate. As discussed in Note 2 of our consolidated financial statements, the presence of a capital requirement in our Consent Order restricts our ability to accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the FDIC.
We believe that our liquidity sources are adequate to meet our current operating needs. We continue to study our contingency funding plans and update them as needed paying particular attention to the sensitivity of our liquidity and deposit base to positive and negative changes in our asset quality.
We also have contractual cash obligations and commitments, which include certificates of deposit, other borrowings, operating leases and loan commitments. Unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit totaled $111.1 million and $5.0 million at year-end, respectively. The following table illustrates our significant contractual obligations at December 31, 2012 by future payment period.
Contractual Obligations
 
 
 
Total
 
Less than
One Year
 
One to Three
Years
 
Three to Five
Years
 
More than
Five Years
 
 
(in thousands)
Certificates of deposit 1
 
$
430,017

 
$
270,021

 
$
158,946

 
$
1,050

 
$

Brokered certificates of deposit 1
 
165,106

 
90,418

 
72,712

 
1,976

 

CDARS ®1  
 
371

 

 
371

 

 

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase 2
 
12,481

 
12,481

 

 

 

Operating lease obligations 3
 
6,910

 
824

 
1,441

 
1,221

 
3,424

Total
 
$
614,885

 
$
373,744


$
233,470


$
4,247


$
3,424

 
1

Time deposits give customers rights to early withdrawal. Early withdrawals may be subject to penalties. The penalty amount depends on the remaining time to maturity at the time of early withdrawal. For more information regarding certificates of deposits, see “Deposits and Other Borrowings.”
2

We expect securities repurchase agreements to be re-issued and, as such, they do not necessarily represent an immediate need for cash.
3

Operating lease obligations include existing and future property and equipment non-cancelable lease commitments.


71

Table of Contents


Net cash used in operations in 2012 totaled $4.9 million, compared to net cash used in operations of $740 thousand in 2011 and net cash provided by operations of $1.7 million in 2010. Cash flows from operations in 2012 were reduced primarily due to changes in our loans held-for-sale and a decline in net interest income. Net cash used by investing activities totaled $67.3 million in 2012 compared to net cash provided by investing activities of $80.7 million in 2011 and net cash provided by investing activities of $167.3 million in 2010. For 2012, loan principal collections, net of loan originations, totaled ($17.7) million, compared to $108.3 million in 2011 and $172.9 million in 2010. Also for 2012, purchases of available-for-sale securities were $161.1 million, compared to $98.6 million in 2011 and $89.5 million in 2010. The increase in the securities portfolio, which was partially offset by the reduction in the loan portfolio, was the primary reason for the year-over-year change in investing activities. Net cash used in financing activities totaled $13.5 million in 2012, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $30.7 million in 2011 and net cash used by financing activities of $135.9 million in 2010. The year-over-year change in financing activities is primarily related to the decline in brokered CDs, which declined by $73.0 million at December 31, 2012 from December 31, 2011 levels and declined by $76.4 million at December 31, 2011 from December 31, 2010 levels.
Capital Resources
Banks and bank holding companies, as regulated institutions, must meet required levels of capital. The OCC and the Federal Reserve, the primary federal regulators for FSGBank and First Security, respectively, have adopted minimum capital regulations or guidelines that categorize components and the level of risk associated with various types of assets. Financial institutions are expected to maintain a level of capital commensurate with the risk profile assigned to their assets in accordance with the guidelines. The Consent Order (the "Order"), as described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, requires FSGBank to achieve and maintain total capital to risk adjusted assets of at least 13% and a leverage ratio of at least 9%. The Order provided 120 days from April 28, 2010, the effective date of the Order, to achieve these ratios. As shown below, FSGBank is not currently in compliance with the capital requirements. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the OCC, including the OCC requiring that FSGBank develop a plan to sell, merge or liquidate. As brokered deposits mature and are funded by available cash, we anticipate our total assets to decline. A decline in assets may cause both capital ratios to increase; however, continued losses may outpace the benefit to our capital, resulting in a reduction in assets.
As discussed in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements, we have executed our capital plan resulting in an approximately $90 million recapitalization. We believe the successful execution of the strategic initiatives discussed in Note 2 of our Consolidated Financial Statements will ultimately result in full compliance with the Agreement and position us for long-term growth and a return to profitability.
The following table compares the required capital ratios maintained by First Security and FSGBank.
Regulatory Capital Ratios
 
 
FSGBank
Consent
Order (1)
 
Minimum to be
Well Capitalized
under Prompt
Corrective Action
Provisions
 
 
 
Minimum
Capital
Requirements
 
First
Security
 
FSGBank
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
 
n/a

 
6.0
%
 
 
4.0
%
 
4.2
%
 
4.5

 
% (3)  
Total capital to risk weighted assets
 
13.0
%
 
10.0
%
 
 
8.0
%
 
5.5
%
 
5.8

 
% (3)  
Leverage ratio
 
9.0
%
 
5.0

 
% (2)  
 
4.0
%
 
2.3
%
 
2.5

 
% (3)  
As of December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital to risk weighted assets
 
n/a

 
6.0
%
 
 
4.0
%
 
9.7
%
 
9.7

 
% (3)  
Total capital to risk weighted assets
 
13.0
%
 
10.0
%
 
 
8.0
%
 
11.0
%
 
10.9

 
% (3)  
Leverage ratio
 
9.0
%
 
5.0

 
% (2)  
 
4.0
%
 
5.7
%
 
5.6

 
% (3)  
 
(1)
The Consent order required FSGBank to achieve and maintain the above capital ratios within 120 days from April 28, 2010.
(2)
The Federal Reserve Board definition of well capitalized for bank holding companies does not include a leverage ratio component; accordingly, the leverage ratio requirement for well capitalized status only applies to FSGBank.
(3)
Due to the capital requirement within FSGBank’s Consent Order, FSGBank may not be considered well capitalized.

72

Table of Contents



To further preserve our capital resources, during the first quarter of 2010, our Board of Directors elected to suspend our common stock dividend and defer the dividend on the Series A Preferred Stock. As described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements, the Written Agreement between First Security and the Federal Reserve prohibits us from declaring or paying dividends without prior written consent. Any future determination relating to dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including our future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition, future prospects, regulatory restrictions, and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. Our ability to distribute cash dividends in the future may be limited by regulatory restrictions and the need to maintain sufficient consolidated capital.
Effect of Governmental Policies
We are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board and the OCC. An important function of the Federal Reserve Board is to regulate the national money supply.
Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board are: purchases and sales of U.S. Government securities in the marketplace; changes in the discount rate, which is the rate any depository institution must pay to borrow from the Federal Reserve Board; and changes in the reserve requirements of depository institutions. These instruments are effective in influencing economic and monetary growth, interest rate levels and inflation.
The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board and other governmental policies have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. Because of changing conditions in the national and international economy and in the money market, as well as the result of actions by monetary and fiscal authorities, it is not possible to predict with certainty future changes in interest rates, deposit levels or loan demand or whether the changing economic conditions will have a positive or negative effect on operations and earnings.
Legislation from time to time is introduced in the United States Congress and the Tennessee General Assembly and other state legislatures, and regulations are proposed by the regulatory agencies that could affect our business. It cannot be predicted whether or in what form any of these proposals will be adopted or the extent to which our business may be affected thereby.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act . Since its passage in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) has had a broad impact on the financial services industry, including significant regulatory and compliance changes previously discussed and including, among other things, (i) enhanced resolution authority of troubled and failing banks and their holding companies; (ii) increased regulatory examination fees; and (iii) numerous other provisions designed to improve supervision and oversight of, and strengthening safety and soundness for, the financial services sector. Additionally, the Act establishes a new framework for systemic risk oversight within the financial system to be distributed among new and existing federal regulatory agencies, including the Financial Stability Oversight Council, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and the FDIC.
Many of the requirements called for in the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented over time and most will be subject to implementing regulations over the course of several years. Given the uncertainty associated with the manner in which the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act will be implemented by the various regulatory agencies and through regulations, the full extent of the impact such requirements will have on financial institutions’ operations, including ours, is unclear. The changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may impact the profitability of our business activities, require changes to certain of our business practices, impose upon us more stringent capital, liquidity and leverage ratio requirements or otherwise adversely affect our business. These changes may also require us to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make necessary changes in order to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We are party to credit-related financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
Our exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. We follow the same credit policies in making commitments as we do for on-balance sheet instruments.

73

Table of Contents



Our maximum exposure to credit risk for unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , was as follows:
Unfunded Loan Commitments
 
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
 
(in thousands)
Commitments to Extend Credit
 
$
111,134

 
$
108,335

Standby Letters of Credit
 
$
5,023

 
$
7,983

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of fees. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. We evaluate each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral, if any, we obtain on an extension of credit is based on our credit evaluation of the customer. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment and income-producing commercial properties. All commitments and standby letters of credit were fixed rate as of December 31, 2012 and 2011.
Recent Accounting Developments
The following items represent accounting changes that have been issued but are not currently effective. Refer to the Notes to our consolidated financial statements for accounting changes that became effective during the current periods.
In January 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update 2013-01, “Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” This update requires entities to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. This scope would include derivatives, sale and repurchase agreements and reverse sale and repurchase agreements, and securities borrowing and securities lending arrangements. The objective of this disclosure is to facilitate comparison between those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of U.S. GAAP and those entities that prepare their financial statements on the basis of International Financial Reporting Standards ("IFRS"). The update is effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013. We do not believe this update will have a significant impact to our consolidated financial statements.

74

Table of Contents




ITEM 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Market risk, with respect to us, is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and prices. The risk of loss can result in either lower fair market values or reduced net interest income. We manage several types of risk, such as credit, liquidity and interest rate. We consider interest rate risk to be a significant risk that could potentially have a large material effect on our financial condition. Further, we process hypothetical scenarios whereby we shock our balance sheet up and down for possible interest rate changes, we analyze the potential change (positive or negative) to net interest income, as well as the effect of changes in fair market values of assets and liabilities. We do not deal in international instruments, and therefore are not exposed to risks inherent to foreign currency. Additionally, as of December 31, 2012 , we had no trading assets that exposed us to the risks in market changes.
Oversight of our interest rate risk management is the responsibility of the Asset/Liability Committee ("ALCO"). ALCO has established policies and limits to monitor, measure and coordinate our sources, uses and pricing of funds. In addition, as a result of the changes in executive management, an executive risk committee consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Credit Officer and Chief Administrative Officer has been established to monitor the various risks of First Security, including interest rate risk, and will report directly to the Audit and Enterprise Risk Management Committee of the Board of Directors.
Interest rate risk represents the sensitivity of earnings to changes in interest rates. As interest rates change, the interest income and expense associated with our interest sensitive assets and liabilities also change, thereby impacting net interest income, the primary component of our earnings. ALCO utilizes the results of both static gap and income simulation reports to quantify the estimated exposure of net interest income to a sustained change in interest rates.
Our income simulation analysis projected net interest income based on a decline in interest rates of 100 basis points (i.e. 1.00%) and an increase of 100 basis points and 200 basis points (1.00% and 2.00%, respectively) over a twelve-month period. Given this scenario, as of December 31, 2012 , we had an exposure to falling rates and a benefit from rising rates. More specifically, our model forecasts a decline in net interest income of $2.0 million , or 8.51% , as a result of a 100 basis point decline in rates at December 31, 2012 . The model predicts a $3.3 million increase in net interest income resulting from a 100 basis point increase in rates. Finally, the model also forecasts a $6.3 million increase in net interest income, or 26.8% , as a result of a 200 basis point increase in rates.
The following chart reflects our sensitivity to changes in interest rates as indicated as of December 31, 2012 . The numbers are based on a static balance sheet, and the chart assumes that pay downs and maturities of both assets and liabilities are reinvested in like instruments at current interest rates,.
I NTEREST R ATE R ISK
I NCOME S ENSITIVITY S UMMARY
 
 
Down
100 BP
 
Current
 
Up 100
BP
 
Up 200
BP
 
(in thousands, except percentages)
Net interest income
21,573

 
$
23,580

 
$
26,921

 
$
29,892

Dollar change net interest income
(2,007
)
 

 
3,341

 
6,312

Percentage change net interest income
(8.51
)%
 
%
 
14.17
%
 
26.77
%
The preceding sensitivity analysis is a modeling analysis, which changes periodically and consists of hypothetical estimates based upon numerous assumptions including interest rate levels, shape of the yield curve, prepayments on loans and securities, rates on loans and deposits, reinvestments of paydowns and maturities of loans, investments and deposits, and other assumptions. In addition, there is no input for growth or a change in asset mix. While assumptions are developed based on the current economic and market conditions, we cannot make any assurances as to the predictive nature of these assumptions, including how customer preferences or competitor influences might change.
As market conditions vary from those assumed in the sensitivity analysis, actual results will differ. Also, the sensitivity analysis does not reflect actions that we might take in responding to or anticipating changes in interest rates.
We use the Sendero Vision Asset/Liability system, which is a comprehensive interest rate risk measurement tool that is widely used in the banking industry. Generally, it provides the user with the ability to more accurately model both static and dynamic gap, economic value of equity, duration and income simulations using a wide range of scenarios including interest rate shocks and rate ramps. The system also models derivative instruments.

75

Table of Contents




ITEM 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

76

Table of Contents




Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Audit Committee
First Security Group, Inc.
Chattanooga, Tennessee
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of First Security Group, Inc. (“Company”) as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive loss, changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012. We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of the consolidated financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of First Security Group, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).
As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company raised substantial capital subsequent to December 31, 2012. However, the Company has incurred significant recurring net losses, primarily from higher provisions for loan losses and expenses associated with the administration and disposition of nonperforming assets.  In addition, both the Company and its bank subsidiary, (FSG Bank), are under regulatory enforcement orders issued by their primary regulators.   FSG Bank is not in compliance with its regulatory enforcement order which requires, among other things, increased minimum regulatory capital ratios. FSG Bank's continued non-compliance with its regulatory enforcement order may result in additional adverse regulatory action.  Management's plans with regard to these matters are also discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.
 
Crowe Horwath LLP
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Brentwood, Tennessee
April 15, 2013

77






Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
On the Consolidated Financial Statements
Board of Directors and Stockholders
First Security Group, Inc.
Chattanooga, Tennessee
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, stockholders' equity and cash flows First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2010. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows of First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has recently incurred substantial losses. The Company is also operating under formal supervisory agreements (the Agreements) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and is not in compliance with all provisions of the Agreements. Failure to achieve all of the Agreements’ requirements may lead to additional regulatory actions. These matters raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.
/s/ Joseph Decosimo and Company, PLLC
Chattanooga, Tennessee
April 15, 2011


78




First Security Group, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Balance Sheets
December 31, 2012 and 2011
 
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
2012
 
2011
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and Due from Banks
$
12,806

 
$
8,884

Interest Bearing Deposits in Banks
159,665

 
249,297

Cash and Cash Equivalents
172,471

 
258,181

Securities Available-for-Sale
254,057

 
193,041

Loans Held for Sale
25,920

 
2,233

Loans
541,130

 
582,264

Less: Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
13,800

 
19,600

Net Loans
527,330

 
562,664

Premises and Equipment, net
29,304

 
28,671

Bank Owned Life Insurance
27,576

 
26,722

Intangible Assets
600

 
982

Other Real Estate Owned
13,441

 
25,141

Other Assets
12,856

 
17,266

TOTAL ASSETS
$
1,063,555

 
$
1,114,901


(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
79

Table of Contents


 
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
 
 
 
Deposits
 
 
 
Noninterest Bearing Demand
$
141,400

 
$
159,735

Interest Bearing Demand
86,575

 
56,573

Savings and Money Market Accounts
184,597

 
156,402

Certificates of Deposit less than $100 thousand
228,144

 
222,371

Certificates of Deposit of $100 thousand or more
201,873

 
185,904

Brokered Deposits
165,477

 
238,437

Total Deposits
1,008,066

 
1,019,422

Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase
12,481

 
14,520

Security Deposits
58

 
204

Other Borrowings

 
58

Other Liabilities
13,840

 
12,465

Total Liabilities
1,034,445

 
1,046,669

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
Preferred Stock – no par value – 10,000,000 shares authorized; 33,000 issued as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011; Liquidation value of $38,156 as of December 31, 2012 and $36,506 as of December 31, 2011
32,549

 
32,121

Common Stock – $.01 par value – 150,000,000 shares authorized; 1,772,342 shares issued as of December 31, 2012, 1,684,342 issued as of December 31, 2011
115

 
114

Paid-In Surplus
106,531

 
109,525

Common Stock Warrants
2,006

 
2,006

Unallocated ESOP Shares

 
(3,290
)
Accumulated Deficit
(115,391
)
 
(75,743
)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
3,300

 
3,499

Total Shareholders’ Equity
29,110

 
68,232

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$
1,063,555

 
$
1,114,901


(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
80

Table of Contents



First Security Group, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Loss
Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
(in thousands, except per share data)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
INTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
Loans, including fees
$
31,264

 
$
37,519

 
$
49,118

Investment Securities – taxable
3,528

 
3,444

 
3,870

Investment Securities – non-taxable
1,006

 
1,278

 
1,411

Other
512

 
543

 
517

Total Interest Income
36,310

 
42,784

 
54,916

INTEREST EXPENSE
 
 
 
 
 
Interest Bearing Demand Deposits
191

 
158

 
186

Savings Deposits and Money Market Accounts
1,045

 
1,082

 
1,417

Certificates of Deposit of less than $100 thousand
2,681

 
2,940

 
4,673

Certificates of Deposit of $100 thousand or more
2,554

 
2,517

 
4,049

Brokered Deposits
5,863

 
7,864

 
9,429

Other
396

 
444

 
481

Total Interest Expense
12,730

 
15,005

 
20,235

NET INTEREST INCOME
23,580

 
27,779

 
34,681

Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
20,866

 
10,920

 
33,589

NET INTEREST INCOME AFTER PROVISION FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
2,714

 
16,859

 
1,092

NONINTEREST INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
Service Charges on Deposit Accounts
3,032

 
3,122

 
3,912

Mortgage Banking Income
974

 
737

 
909

Gain on Sales of Securities Available-for-Sale
154

 

 
57

Other
5,135

 
4,791

 
4,625

Total Noninterest Income
9,295

 
8,650

 
9,503

NONINTEREST EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and Employee Benefits
20,446

 
17,571

 
18,926

Expense on Premises and Fixed Assets, net of rental income
5,815

 
5,027

 
5,525

Other
22,547

 
25,580

 
20,807

Total Noninterest Expenses
48,808

 
48,178

 
45,258

LOSS BEFORE INCOME TAX PROVISION
(36,799
)
 
(22,669
)
 
(34,663
)
Income Tax Provision
771

 
392

 
9,679

NET LOSS
(37,570
)
 
(23,061
)
 
(44,342
)
Preferred Stock Dividends
1,650

 
1,650

 
1,650

Accretion on Preferred Stock Discount
428

 
403

 
379

NET LOSS ALLOCATED TO COMMON SHAREHOLDERS
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)
OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
(37,570
)
 
(23,061
)
 
(44,342
)
Unrealized net gain (loss) on securities
212

 
1,412

 
(809
)
Reclassification adjustment for realized gain on securities included in net loss
(154
)
 

 
(57
)
Tax expense related to realized gain from securities realized in net loss

 

 
19

Unrealized net gain (loss) on cash flow swaps
(1,255
)
 
(105
)
 
29

Reclassification for realized gain on cash flow swaps included in net loss
(67
)
 
(1,847
)
 
(2,022
)
Tax expense related to realized gain on cash flow swaps included in net loss
1,065

 

 
687

COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
(37,769
)
 
(23,601
)
 
(46,495
)
NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loss Per Share – Basic
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
Net Loss Per Share – Diluted
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)

(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
81

Table of Contents


First Security Group, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity
Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
 
 
 
 
Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Preferred
Stock
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Paid-In
Surplus
 
Common
Stock
Warrants
 
Accumulated
Deficit
 
Unallocated ESOP Shares
 
Total
BALANCE - December 31, 2009
$
31,339

 
$
1,642

 
$
114

 
$
111,964

 
$
2,006

 
$
(4,258
)
 
$
6,192

 
$
(6,193
)
 
$
141,164

Issuance of Common Stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

 

 

 
(44,342
)
 

 

 
(44,342
)
Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(2,153
)
 

 
(2,153
)
Accretion of Discount associated with Preferred Stock
379

 

 

 

 

 
(379
)
 

 

 

Preferred Stock Dividends

 

 

 

 

 
(1,650
)
 

 

 
(1,650
)
Common Stock Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

 

 
24

 

 

 

 

 
24

ESOP Allocation

 

 

 
(644
)
 

 

 

 
975

 
331

BALANCE - December 31, 2010
$
31,718

 
$
1,642

 
$
114

 
$
111,344

 
$
2,006

 
$
(50,629
)
 
$
4,039

 
$
(5,218
)
 
$
93,374

Issuance of Common Stock

 
42

 

 
3

 

 

 

 

 
3

Net Loss

 

 

 

 

 
(23,061
)
 

 

 
(23,061
)
Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(540
)
 

 
(540
)
Accretion of Discount associated with Preferred Stock
403

 

 

 

 

 
(403
)
 

 

 

Preferred Stock Dividends

 

 

 

 

 
(1,650
)
 

 

 
(1,650
)
Common Stock Dividends

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stock-based Compensation

 

 

 
12

 

 

 

 

 
12

ESOP Allocation

 

 

 
(1,834
)
 

 

 

 
1,928

 
94

Balance - December 31, 2011
$
32,121

 
$
1,684

 
$
114

 
$
109,525

 
$
2,006

 
$
(75,743
)
 
$
3,499

 
$
(3,290
)
 
$
68,232

Restricted Stock Grants

 
88

 
1

 
(1
)
 

 

 

 

 

Net Loss

 

 

 

 

 
(37,570
)
 

 

 
(37,570
)
Other Comprehensive Loss

 

 

 

 

 

 
(199
)
 

 
(199
)
Accretion of Discount Associated with Preferred Stock
428

 

 

 

 

 
(428
)
 

 

 

Preferred Stock Dividend

 

 

 

 

 
(1,650
)
 

 

 
(1,650
)
Share-based Compensation, net of forfeitures

 

 

 
215

 

 

 

 

 
215

ESOP Allocation

 

 

 
(3,208
)
 

 

 

 
3,290

 
82

Balance - December 31, 2012
$
32,549

 
$
1,772

 
$
115

 
$
106,531

 
$
2,006

 
$
(115,391
)
 
$
3,300

 
$

 
$
29,110



(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
82

Table of Contents


First Security Group, Inc. and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flow
Years Ended December 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010
(in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net Loss
$
(37,570
)
 
$
(23,061
)
 
$
(44,342
)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Loss to Net Cash From Operating Activities
 
 
 
 
 
Provision for Loan and Lease Losses
20,866

 
10,920

 
33,589

Amortization, net
3,807

 
1,576

 
1,095

Share-Based Compensation
215

 
12

 
24

ESOP Compensation
82

 
94

 
331

Depreciation
1,496

 
1,491

 
1,795

Gain on Sales of Available-for-Sale Securities
(154
)
 

 
(57
)
Loss on Sales of Premises and Equipment, net
16

 
60

 
199

(Gain) Loss on Sales of Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions, net
(148
)
 
1,122

 
710

Write-down of Other Real Estate Owned and Repossessions
5,288

 
6,788

 
3,539

Accretion of Fair Value Adjustment, net

(40
)
 
(9
)
 
(89
)
Accretion of Terminated Cash Flow Swaps
(881
)
 
(1,219
)
 
(2,022
)
Deferred Income Tax

 

 
12,457

Changes in Operating Assets and Liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
Loans Held for Sale
(1,395
)
 
323

 
(1,303
)
Interest Receivable
(175
)
 
571

 
1,084

Other Assets
4,067

 
495

 
(3,753
)
Interest Payable
(341
)
 
(816
)
 
(1,462
)
Other Liabilities
(80
)
 
913

 
(115
)
Net Cash From Operating Activities
(4,947
)
 
(740
)
 
1,680

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Activity in Securities Available-for-Sale
 
 
 
 
 
Maturities, Prepayments, and Calls
75,449

 
60,066

 
61,794

Sales
21,395

 

 
14,762

Purchases
(161,074
)
 
(98,627
)
 
(89,540
)
Loan Originations and Principal Collections, net
(17,692
)
 
108,310

 
172,893

Proceeds from sale of loans
3,954

 

 

Proceeds from Sales of Premises and Equipment

 
45

 
25

Proceeds from Sales of Other Real Estate and Repossessions
12,968

 
11,480

 
9,045

Additions to Premises and Equipment
(2,145
)
 
(537
)
 
(200
)
Capital Improvements to Other Real Estate and Repossessions
(165
)
 
(5
)
 
(1,431
)
Net Cash From Investing Activities
(67,310
)
 
80,732

 
167,348

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Deposits
(11,356
)
 
(29,301
)
 
(133,950
)
Net Increase (Decrease) in Federal Funds Purchased and Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase
(2,039
)
 
(1,413
)
 
(1,978
)
Net Decrease of Other Borrowings
(58
)
 
(19
)
 
(17
)
Proceeds from Issuance of Common Stock

 
3

 

Net Cash From Financing Activities
(13,453
)
 
(30,730
)
 
(135,945
)
NET CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(85,710
)
 
49,262

 
33,083

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – beginning of period
258,181

 
208,919

 
175,836

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS – end of period
$
172,471

 
$
258,181

 
$
208,919

 


(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
83

Table of Contents


(in thousands)
2012
 
2011
 
2010
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURE OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Loans and leases transfered to OREO and repossessions
$
8,008

 
$
20,569

 
$
22,309

Transfers of loans to loans held for sale at fair value
$
22,296

 
$

 
$

Financed sales of OREO and repossessions
$
2,058

 
$

 
$

Accrued and deferred cash dividends on preferred stock
$
1,650

 
$
1,650

 
$
1,650

SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF CASH FLOWS
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
13,071

 
$
15,822

 
$
21,697

Income taxes paid
$
70

 
$
273

 
$
128


(See Accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements)
84

Table of Contents


FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1—SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
First Security Group, Inc. is a bank holding company organized for the principal purpose of acquiring, developing and managing banks. The accounting and reporting policies of the Company are in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and conform to general practices within the banking industry.
The significant accounting policies and practices followed by the Company are as follows:
BASIS OF CONSOLIDATION—The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of First Security Group, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary, FSGBank, National Association (the Bank) (collectively referred to as the Company in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
NATURE OF OPERATIONS—The Company is headquartered in Chattanooga, Tennessee, and provides banking services through the Bank to the various communities in eastern and middle Tennessee and northern Georgia. The Bank’s commercial banking operations are primarily retail-oriented and aimed at individuals and small to medium-sized local businesses. The Bank provides traditional banking services, which include obtaining demand and time deposits and the making of secured and unsecured consumer and commercial loans, as well as trust and investment management, mortgage banking, financial planning and Internet banking (www.FSGBank.com) services.
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—For the purpose of presentation in the statements of cash flows, the Company considers all cash and amounts due from depository institutions as well as interest bearing deposits in banks that mature within one year and are carried at cost to be cash equivalents. The Bank is required to maintain average reserve balances with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta.
INTEREST BEARING DEPOSITS IN BANKS—Interest bearing deposits in banks mature within one year and are carried at cost.
SECURITIES—Securities that management does not have the intent or ability to hold to maturity are classified as available-for-sale and recorded at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are excluded from earnings and reported in other comprehensive income, net of tax. Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using methods approximating the interest method over the terms of the securities. Gains and losses on sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.
The Company reviews available-for-sale securities for impairment on a quarterly basis or more frequently when economic conditions warrant such an evaluation. A security is reviewed for impairment if the fair value is less than its amortized cost basis at the measurement date. The Company determines whether a decline in fair value below the amortized cost is other-than-temporary. The Company determines whether it has the intent to sell the security or whether it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell the security before the recovery of its amortized cost. If either condition is met, the Company will recognize a full impairment and write the available-for-sale security down to fair value though the Consolidated Income Statement. For securities that the Company does not expect to recover the entire amortized cost and do not meet either of the above conditions, the Company records an other-than-temporary loss for the credit loss portion of the impairment through earnings and the temporary impairment related to all other factors through other comprehensive income.
NONMARKETABLE EQUITY SECURITIES—Nonmarketable equity securities include the Company's investment in the stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of $2.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , and Federal Reserve Bank of $1.4 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. This stock is carried at cost because they have no quoted market value and no ready market exists. The Company also had low income housing taxes credits of approximately $2.0 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. These tax credits are amortized using the effective yield method. Also included as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 is approximately an $81 thousand investment in a private financial institution. Dividends received are included in income. The Company also has two joint ventures totaling approximately $101 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011 . All of the nonmarketable equity securities are included in other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
LOANS—Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their outstanding principal adjusted for any charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and any deferred fees or costs on originated loans. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level yield method without anticipating prepayments.
The Company also engages in direct lease financing through two wholly owned subsidiaries of the Bank. The net investment in direct financing leases is the sum of all minimum lease payments and estimated residual values, less unearned income. Unearned income is added to interest income over the term of the leases to produce a level yield.

85



All loans, including impaired loans, are generally classified as nonaccrual if they are past due as to maturity or payment of principal or interest for a period of more than 90 days, unless such loans are well collateralized and in the process of renewal or collection. If a loan or a portion of a loan is classified as doubtful or is partially charged off, the loan is generally classified as nonaccrual. At management’s discretion, loans that are on a current payment status or past due less than 90 days may also be classified as nonaccrual if repayment in full of principal and/or interest is in doubt.
When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest and fees are reversed against interest income. Interest income on nonaccrual loans, if recognized, is either recorded using the cash basis method of accounting or recognized after the loan is returned to accrual status.
LOANS HELD FOR SALE—Loans held for sale include residential mortgage loans originated for sale into the secondary market. Loans held for sale are carried at fair value. Fair value is determined from observable current market prices. Held for investment loans that have been transferred to held for sale are carried at lower of cost or fair value. The credit component of any write down upon transfer to held for sale is reflected in charge-offs to the allowance for loan losses.
LOAN ORIGINATION FEES—Loan origination fees and certain direct origination costs are capitalized and recognized as an adjustment of the yield over the lives of the related loans.
INTEREST INCOME ON LOANS—Interest on loans is accrued and credited to income based on the principal amount outstanding. The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued when, in the opinion of management, there is an indication that the borrower may be unable to meet payments as they become due. Upon such discontinuance, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed.
ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES—The allowance for loan and lease losses is the amount the Company considers adequate to absorb probable, incurred losses within the portfolio based on management’s evaluation of the size and risk characteristics of the loan portfolio. The Company’s methodology is based on authoritative accounting guidance and applicable guidance from regulatory agencies.
The allowance is increased by charges to income (provision for loan and lease losses) and decreased by charge-offs (net of recoveries). Management’s periodic evaluation of the allowance is based on the Company’s historical 5 -year loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, strength of credit risk management systems, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. Although management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, because of uncertainties associated with local economic conditions, collateral values, and future cash flows on impaired loans, it is reasonably possible that a material change could occur in the allowance in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.
The allowance for loan and lease losses reflects management’s assessment and estimate of the risks associated with extending credit and its evaluation of the quality of the loan portfolio. The Company periodically analyzes the commercial loan and lease portfolios in an effort to establish an allowance that it believes will be adequate in light of anticipated risks and loan losses. In assessing the adequacy of the allowance, the Company reviews the size, quality and risk of loans and leases in the portfolio. The Company also, on at least a quarterly basis, considers such factors as:
the Company’s loan loss experience;
the amount of past due and nonperforming loans;
specific known risks;
the status of nonperforming assets;
underlying estimated values of collateral securing loans;
current economic conditions; and
other factors which management believes affect the allowance for potential credit losses.
An analysis of the credit quality of the loan portfolio and the adequacy of the allowance is prepared by the Company and is presented to the board of directors on a regular basis.
In addition to the allowance, the Company also estimates probable losses related to unfunded commitments, such as letters of credit and binding unfunded loan commitments. The reserve for unfunded commitments is reported on the Consolidated Balance Sheet in other liabilities and the provision associated with changes in the unfunded commitment reserve is reported as a component of the provision for loan and lease losses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The following loan portfolio segments have been identified: (1) Real estate: Residential 1-4 family, (2) Real estate: Commercial, (3) Real estate: Construction, (4) Real estate: Multi-family and farmland, (5) Commercial, (6) Consumer, (7) Leases and (8) Other. We evaluate the risks associated with these segments based upon specific characteristics associated with the loan segments. The risk associated with the Real estate: Construction portfolio is most directly tied to the probability of

86



declines in value of the residential and commercial real estate in our market area and secondarily to the financial capacity of the borrower. The risk associated with the Real estate: Commercial portfolio is most directly tied to the lease rates and occupancy rates for commercial real estate in our market area and secondarily to the financial capacity of the borrower. The other portfolio segments have various risk characteristics, including, but not limited to: the borrower’s cash flow, the value of the underlying collateral, and the capacity of guarantors.
A loan or lease is impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured based on one of three methods: (1) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, (2) the loan’s observable market price or (3) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral-dependent. When the fair value of the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan, the impairment is recorded through a specific reserve allocation which is a component of the allowance for loan losses unless the loan is collateral-dependent, in which case the impairment is recorded through a charge-off.
Troubled-debt restructurings (TDRs) are loans in which the borrower is experiencing financial difficulty at the time of restructure, and the Company has granted an economic concession to the borrower. Prior to modifying a borrower’s loan terms, the Company performs an evaluation of the borrower’s financial condition and ability to service under the potential modified loan terms. The types of concessions generally granted are extensions of the loan maturity date and/or reductions in the original contractual interest rate. If a loan is accruing at the time of modification, the loan remains on accrual status and is subject to the Company’s charge-off and nonaccrual policies. If a loan is on nonaccrual before it is determined to be a TDR then the loan remains on nonaccrual. TDRs may be returned to accrual status if there has been at least a six month sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower. Interest income recognition on impaired loans is dependent upon nonaccrual status, TDR designation, and loan type as discussed above.
The Company monitors concentrations of credit risk as defined by applicable accounting and regulatory guidelines.
PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT—Land is carried at cost. Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Expenditures for repairs, maintenance and minor improvements are charged to expense as incurred and additions and improvements that significantly extend the lives of assets are capitalized. Upon sale or other retirement of depreciable property, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the related accounts and any gain or loss is reflected in operations.
Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated lives of the depreciable assets. Buildings are depreciated over a period of forty years . Land and building improvements are depreciated over a ten years period. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the lesser of the term of the related lease or the estimated useful life of the improvement. Furniture, fixtures and equipment and autos are depreciated over an estimated life of three to seven years . Deferred income taxes are provided for differences in the computation of depreciation for book and tax purposes.
GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS—Goodwill represents the cost in excess of the fair value of the net assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent identified intangible assets including premiums paid for acquisitions of core deposits (core deposit intangibles), which are amortized over a 10 year period.
Management evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining useful life or carrying value of amortizing intangibles should be revised. The Company tests intangible assets for impairment at year-end or earlier if events and circumstances warrant. For additional information, refer to Note 8, “Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets,” to the consolidated financial statements.
OTHER REAL ESTATE OWNED AND REPOSSESSIONS—Foreclosed properties are comprised principally of residential and commercial real estate properties obtained in partial or total satisfaction of nonperforming loans. Repossessions are primarily comprised of heavy equipment and other machinery, obtained in partial or total satisfaction of loans or leases. Foreclosed properties and repossessions are recorded at their estimated fair value less anticipated selling costs based upon the property’s or item’s appraised value at the date of transfer, with any difference between the fair value of the property and the carrying value of the loan charged to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Subsequent changes in values are reported as adjustments to the carrying amount, not to exceed the initial carrying value of the assets at the time of transfer. Gains or losses not previously recognized resulting from the sale of foreclosed properties or other repossessed items are recognized on the date of sale. Ongoing operational expenses after acquisition are expensed as incurred and included in other expenses. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company had $13,441 thousand and $25,141 thousand of other real estate owned, respectively, and $8 thousand and $302 thousand of other repossessed items, respectively. Repossessed items are included in other assets in the consolidated balance sheet. Loans transferred to other real estate owned at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $8.0 million and $20.1 million , respectively. At December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company had $165 thousand , $5 thousand and $1.4 million of capitalized expenditures, respectively, and direct write-downs of $5.3 million , $6.8 million and $3.5 million , respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 the Company had sales of $15.0 million , $11.5 million and $9.0 million , respectively.

87



INCOME TAXES—The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the accrual basis. When income and expenses are recognized in different periods for financial reporting purposes and for purposes of computing income taxes currently payable, deferred taxes are provided on such temporary differences. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are reflected at currently enacted income tax rates applicable to the period in which the deferred tax assets or liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. As changes in tax laws or rates are enacted, deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes in the period in which the change was enacted. Additionally, the Company does not recognize an income tax expense or benefit on permanent differences, such as tax-exempt income and tax credits. Tax years 2009 through 2011 remain open and subject to examination by taxing authorities for the Company’s federal tax returns. Tax years 2006 through 2011 remain open and subject to examinination by taxing authorities for the Company’s Tennessee tax returns.
A valuation allowance is recognized for a deferred tax asset if, based on the weight of available evidence, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. In determining whether a valuation allowance is necessary, the Company considers the level of taxable income in prior years to the extent that carrybacks are permitted under current tax laws, as well as estimates of future pre-tax and taxable income and tax planning strategies that may be utilized.
In computing the income tax provision (benefit), the Company evaluates the technical merits of its income tax positions based on current legislative, judicial and regulatory guidance. The Company classifies interest and penalties related to its tax positions as a component of income tax expense (benefit). For additional information, refer to Note 13 “Income Taxes.”
FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS—In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance-sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the financial statements when they are funded or related fees are incurred or received.
ADVERTISING COSTS—Advertising costs are charged to expense when incurred. The Company expensed $297 thousand , $323 thousand and $155 thousand in 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION—The Company accounts for stock-based compensation under the fair value recognition provision whereby fair value of the award at the date of grant is expensed over the vesting period of the award. The required disclosures related to the Company’s stock-based employee compensation plans are included in Note 15 “Long-Term Incentive Plan,” to the consolidated financial statements.
RETIREMENT PLANS—Benefit expense associated with retirement plans includes the net periodic costs associated with supplemental retirement plans as well as contributions under the 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (“ESOP”).
ESTIMATES AND UNCERTAINTIES—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. The allowance for loan losses, deferred tax assets and the fair value of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.
PER SHARE DATA—Basic earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period. Diluted earnings per common share is computed by dividing net income (loss) allocated to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, plus common share equivalents calculated for stock options and restricted stock outstanding using the treasury stock method. In periods of a net loss, diluted EPS is calculated in the same manner as basic EPS.
The Company has issued certain restricted stock awards, which are unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends. These restricted shares are considered participating securities. Accordingly, the Company calculates net income available to common shareholders pursuant to the two-class method, whereby net income is allocated between common shareholders and participating securities. In periods of a net loss, no allocation is made to participating securities as they are not contractually required to fund net losses.
Net income allocated to common shareholders represents net income (loss) after preferred stock dividends, accretion of the discount on preferred stock issuances, and dividends and allocation of undistributed earnings to the participating securities.
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME—Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities and cash flow derivatives, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income. For additional information, refer to Note 3 “Comprehensive Income (Loss)”.

88




SEGMENT REPORTING—The Company identifies reportable segments based on the authoritative accounting guidance. Reportable segments are determined on the basis of discrete business units and their financial information to the extent such units are reviewed by an entity’s chief decision maker (which can be an individual or group of management persons). The statement permits aggregation or combination of segments that have similar characteristics. The operations of First Security Group, Inc. and the Bank have similar economic characteristics and are similar in each of the following areas: the nature of products and services, the nature of production processes, the type of customers, the methods of distribution, and the nature of their regulatory environment. Accordingly, the Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect the presentation of segment information on an aggregated basis in one reportable segment.
DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES—The Company records all derivative financial instruments at fair value in the financial statements. It is the policy of the Company to enter into various derivatives both as a risk management tool and in a dealer capacity to facilitate client transactions. Derivatives are used as a risk management tool to hedge the exposure to changes in interest rates or other identified market risks. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company has not entered into transactions in a dealer capacity.
When any derivative is intended to be a qualifying hedged instrument, the Company prepares written hedge documentation that designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge) or (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction, such as, the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge).
The written documentation includes identification of, among other items, the risk management objective, hedging instrument, hedged item, and methodologies for assessing and measuring hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness, along with support for management’s assertion that the hedge will be highly effective. Methodologies related to hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness include (1) statistical regression analysis of changes in the cash flows of the actual derivative and a perfectly effective hypothetical derivative, (2) statistical regression analysis of changes in fair values of the actual derivative and the hedged item and (3) comparison of the critical terms of the hedged item and the hedging derivative. Changes in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge are recorded in current period earnings, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designed and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are initially recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in conjunction with the recognition of the earnings impacts of the hedged item; any ineffective portion is recorded in current period earnings. Designated hedge transactions are reviewed at least quarterly for ongoing effectiveness. Transactions that are no longer deemed to be effective are removed from hedge accounting classification and the recorded impacts of the hedge are recognized in current period income or expense in conjunction with the recognition of the income or expense on the originally hedged item.
The Company’s derivatives are based on underlying risks, primarily interest rates. The Company has previously utilized cash flow swaps to reduce the risks associated with interest rates. Swaps are contracts in which a series of net cash flows, based on a specific notional amount that is related to an underlying risk, are exchanged over a prescribed period.
When a cash flow swap is discontinued but the hedged cash flows or forecasted transactions are still expected to occur, gains or losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.
Derivatives expose the Company to credit risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, the credit risk is equal to the fair value gain of the derivative. The credit exposure for swaps is the replacement cost of contracts that have become favorable. Credit risk is minimized by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties that are initially approved by the Board of Directors and reviewed periodically by the Asset Liability Committee. It is the Company’s policy to require that all derivatives be governed by an International Swap and Derivatives Associations Master Agreement (ISDA). Bilateral collateral agreements may also be required.
FAIR VALUE—The Company determines fair value based on applicable accounting guidance. The guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy, which requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. The guidance describes three levels of inputs that may be used to measure the fair value, which are provided in Note 18.
RECLASSIFICATIONS—Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior years’ financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

89




ACCOUNTING POLICIES RECENTLY ADOPTED—In February 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-02, "Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) - Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income." The amendments in this Update supersede the presentation requirements for reclassification out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASU No. 2011-05 and ASU No. 2011-12. The amendments require the Company to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, the Company is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. The ASU is effective during the interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2012. The Company has adopted the standard as of January 1, 2013. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company's financial position, results of operations or earnings per share.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-12, “Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.” This update amended Update No. 2011-05 to remove requirements that the effects of reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income on the components of net income and other comprehensive income be included on the face of the financial statements for all periods presented. The guidance, with the exception of the reclassification adjustments, is effective January 1, 2012 and must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented. The Company has adopted the standard as of January 1, 2012. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or earnings per share.
In May, 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-04, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820)—Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRSs.” This ASU represents the converged guidance of the FASB and the IASB (the Boards) on fair value measurement. The collective efforts of the Boards and their staffs, reflected in ASU No. 2011-04, have resulted in common requirements for measuring fair value and for disclosing information about fair value measurements, including a consistent meaning of the term “fair value.” The Boards have concluded the common requirements will result in greater comparability of fair value measurements presented and disclosed in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP and IFRSs. Included in the ASU are requirements to disclose additional quantitative disclosures about unobservable inputs for all Level 3 fair value measurements, as well as qualitative disclosures about the sensitivity inherent in recurring Level 3 fair value measurements. The ASU is effective during the interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The Company has adopted the standard as of January 1, 2012. The adoption did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or earnings per share.
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-02, “The Creditor’s Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring.” This update provides additional guidance in determining what is considered a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). The update clarifies the two criteria that are required in determining a TDR. The update is effective for interim or annual periods beginning after June 15, 2011. The disclosure requirements are shown in Note 6 to the consolidated financial statements.


NOTE 2 – MANAGEMENT'S PLANS AND REGULATORY MATTERS
Management's Plans
During 2012 , the Company has focused on operating under its strategic plan and executing on its capital plan. The execution of the capital plan, as described below, combined with the ongoing performance of the strategic plan should restore profitability and achieve compliance with all aspects of the regulatory agreements over the next twelve months.
On April 11, 2013 , the Company completed a restructuring of the Company's Preferred Stock with the U.S. Treasury ("Treasury") by issuing $14.4 million of new common stock for $1.50 per share for the full satisfaction of the Treasury's 2009 investment in the Company. Pursuant to the exchange agreement ("Exchange Agreement"), as previously included in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013 , the Company restructured the Company's Preferred Stock issued under the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") by issuing new shares of common stock equal to 26.75% of the $33 million par value of the Preferred Stock, 100% of the accrued but unpaid dividends and the cancellation of stock warrants granted in connection with the CPP investment ("CPP Restructuring"). Immediately after the issuance of the common stock to the Treasury, the Treasury sold all of the Company's common stock to investors previously identified by the Company at the same $1.50 per share price.

90




On April 12, 2013 , the Company completed the issuance of an additional $76.7 million of new common stock in a private placement to accredited investors. The private placement was previously announced on a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013 , in which the Company announced the execution of definitive stock purchase agreements with institutional investors as part of an approximately $90 million recapitalization ("Recapitalization"). In total, the Company issued 60,735,000 shares of common stock at $1.50 per share for gross proceeds of $91.1 million . The following chart presents pro-forma stockholders' equity based on the Recapitalization.
Pro-Forma Stockholders' Equity
 
December 31, 2012
 
Estimated Impact of CPP Restructuring 1
 
Estimated Impact of Recapitalization
 
Pro-Forma
 
(amount in thousands)
Preferred Stock - no par value - 10,000,000 shares authorized; 33,000 issued as of December 31, 2012; Liquidation value of $38,156
$
32,549

 
$
(32,549
)
 
$

 
$

Common Stock - $0.01 par value - 150,000,000 shared authorized; 1,772,342 shares issued as of December 31, 2012
115

 
99

 
508

 
722

Paid-In Surplus
106,531

 
14,813

 
70,592

 
191,936

Common Stock Warrants
2,006

 
(2,006
)
 

 

Accumulated Deficit
(115,391
)
 
25,728

 

 
(89,663
)
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income
3,300

 

 

 
3,300

Total Shareholders' Equity
$
29,110

 
6,085

 
71,100

 
106,295

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1  
CPP Restructuring – The Company issued common stock equal to 26.75% of the $33 million par value of the Preferred Stock plus 100% of the accrued but unpaid dividends on April 11, 2013. The net increase of $6,085 thousand represents the conversion of the accrued dividends from a liability into capital. The above is based on the accrued but unpaid dividends as of the transaction date.
2  
Recapitalization – The Company issued $91.1 million of aggregate new shares of common stock, inclusive of the shares issued to the U.S. Treasury as part of the CPP restructuring. The Company has deducted $5.1 million as the estimated transaction expenses that will reduce the net proceeds to the Company. The transaction expenses are an estimate and subject to change.

91




The following chart presents pro-forma regulatory capital ratios based upon the Recapitalization:

Pro-Forma Regulatory Capital Ratios
 
December 31, 2012
 
Estimated Impact of Transaction
 
Pro-Forma
 
Minimum to be Well Capitalized under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions 1
 
(amounts in thousands)
Company Capital Levels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
$
25,210

 
$
77,185

 
$
102,395

 
 
Total risk-based capital
$
32,743

 
$
77,185

 
$
109,928

 
 
Tier leverage ratio
2.3
%
 
 
 
9.4
%
 
n/a

Total risk-based capital
5.5
%
 
 
 
18.4
%
 
n/a

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FSGBank Capital Levels
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
$
27,058

 
$
65,000

 
$
92,058

 
 
Total risk-based capital
$
34,588

 
$
65,000

 
$
99,588

 
 
Tier leverage ratio
2.5
%
 
 
 
8.5
%
 
5.0
%
Total risk-based capital
5.8
%
 
 
 
16.7
%
 
10.0
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1  FSGBank continues to operate under a Consent Order with capital adequacy requirements. Accordingly, FSGBank would be considered “adequately capitalized” based on the estimated pro-forma capital levels.
In addition to the Recapitalization described above, the Company has strengthened its management team and board of directors as well as maintained evaluated levels of liquidity.
During 2011 and through the first quarter of 2012 , the Company underwent significant change within the Board of Directors and executive management. The changes were predicated on strengthening and deepening the Company’s leadership in order to successfully execute a strategic and capital plan to return the Company to profitable operations, satisfy the requirements of the regulatory actions detailed above, and lower the level of problem assets to an acceptable level.
In December 2011 , the Company appointed Michael Kramer as President and Chief Executive Officer. Subsequently, the Company appointed a Chief Credit Officer, Retail Banking Officer and Director of FSGBank’s Wealth Management and Trust Department. The Company added three additional directors to the Board in 2011 and has added three additional directors in 2012 , including a new independent Chairman of the Board, Larry D. Mauldin.
The Bank has successfully maintained elevated liquidity and has chosen to do so primarily by maintaining excess cash at the Federal Reserve. The Company’s cash position as of December 31, 2012 was $172.5 million compared to $258.2 million and $208.9 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 , respectively. With the completion of the Recapitalization, the Company will begin deploying the excess liquidity into higher-earning assets.
Regulatory Matters
First Security Group, Inc.
On September 7, 2010 , the Company entered into a Written Agreement (the Agreement) with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta (the Federal Reserve), the Company’s primary regulator. The Agreement is designed to enhance the Company’s ability to act as a source of strength to the Company's wholly owned subsidiary, FSGBank, National Association (FSGBank or the Bank).
The Agreement prohibits the Company from declaring or paying dividends without prior written consent of the Federal Reserve. The Company is also prohibited from taking dividends, or any other form of payment representing a reduction of capital, from the Bank without prior written consent.

92




Within 60 days of the Agreement, the Company was required to submit to the Federal Reserve a written plan designed to maintain sufficient capital at the Company and the Bank. The Company submitted a copy of the Bank’s capital plan that had previously been submitted to the Bank’s primary regulator, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC). Neither the Federal Reserve nor the OCC accepted the initially submitted capital plan. A revised five -year strategic and capital plan is currently being reviewed by the Federal Reserve.
The Company is currently deemed not in compliance with certain provisions of the Agreement. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve. Management believes the successful execution of the strategic initiatives discussed below will ultimately result in full compliance with the Agreement and position the Company for long-term growth and a return to profitability.
On September 14, 2010 , the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Agreement. A copy of the Agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to such Form 8-K. The foregoing summary is not complete and is qualified in all respects by reference to the actual language of the Agreement.
FSGBank, N.A.
On April 28, 2010 , pursuant to a Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order, FSGBank consented and agreed to the issuance of a Consent Order by the OCC (the Order).
The Bank and the OCC agreed to the areas of the Bank’s operations that warrant improvement and on a plan for making those improvements. The Order required the Bank to develop and submit written strategic and capital plans covering at least a three years period. The Board of Directors is required to ensure that competent management is in place in all executive officer positions to manage the Bank in a safe and sound manner. The Bank is also required to review and revise various policies and procedures, including those associated with credit concentration management, the allowance for loan and lease losses, liquidity management, criticized assets, loan review and credit. The Bank is continuing to work with the OCC to ensure the policies and procedures are both appropriate and fully implemented.
Within 120 days of the effective date of the Order, the Bank was required to achieve and thereafter maintain total capital at least equal to 13 percent of risk-weighted assets and Tier 1 capital at least equal to 9 percent of adjusted total assets. As of December 31, 2012 , the tenth financial reporting period subsequent to the 120 day requirement, the Bank’s total capital to risk-weighted assets was 5.8 percent and the Tier 1 capital to adjusted total assets was 2.5 percent . The Bank has notified the OCC of its non-compliance with the requirements of the Order.
During the third quarter of 2010 , the OCC requested additional information and clarifications to the Bank's submitted strategic and capital plans as well as the management assessments. Subsequent to the resignation of the CEO in April 2011 , the Bank requested an extension on the submission date for the strategic and capital plans until a new CEO was appointed and had sufficient time to modify the strategic plan. A revised five -year strategic plan has been submitted and is currently being reviewed by the OCC.
Effective with the Order, the Bank has been restricted from paying interest on deposits that is more than 0.75% above the rate applicable to the applicable market of the Bank as determined by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). Additionally, the Bank may not accept, renew or roll over brokered deposits without prior approval of the FDIC.
The Bank is currently deemed not in compliance with some provisions of the Order, including the capital requirements. Any material noncompliance may result in further enforcement actions by the OCC, including the OCC requiring that FSGBank develop a plan to sell, merge or liquidate. Management believes the successful execution of the strategic initiatives discussed below will ultimately result in full compliance with the Order and position the Bank for long-term growth and a return to profitability.
On April 29, 2010 , the Company filed a Current Report on Form 8-K describing the Order. A copy of the Order is filed as Exhibit 10.1 to such Form 8-K. The foregoing summary is not complete and is qualified in all respects by reference to the actual language of the Order.
As of September 30, 2012 , the Bank's Tier I leverage ratio fell below the minimum level for an "adequately capitalized" bank of 4% . As described below, there are three classifications for banks that are below "adequately capitalized," as follows: "undercapitalized," "significantly undercapitalized," and "critically undercapitalized." As of September 30, 2012 , the Bank was considered "undercapitalized."
As of December 31, 2012 , the Bank's Tier I leverage ratio fell below 3% . Accordingly, the Bank was reclassified from "undercapitalized" to "significantly undercapitalized" upon the filing of the Call Report on January 30, 2013 . The Bank is currently operating under additional Prompt Corrective Actions, as described below.

93




Prompt Corrective Action
The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 establishes a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized financial institutions. Under this system, the federal banking regulators have established five capital categories in which all institutions are placed: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized. The federal banking agencies have also specified by regulation the relevant capital levels for each category.
The Bank had been deemed "adequately capitalized" for regulatory purposes since issuance of the Order in April 2010 . As of January 30, 2013 , based on the Bank's December 31, 2012 Report of Condition and Income ("Call Report"), the Bank was deemed "significantly undercapitalized" for regulatory purposes.
As a bank's capital position deteriorates, federal banking regulators are required to take various mandatory supervisory actions and are authorized to take other discretionary actions with respect to institutions in the three undercapitalized categories. The severity of the action depends upon the capital category in which the institution is placed. Generally, subject to a narrow exception, the banking regulator must appoint a receiver or conservator for an institution that is "critically undercapitalized".
A “well capitalized” bank is one that is not required to meet and maintain a specific capital level for any capital measure, pursuant to any written agreement, order, capital directive, or other remediation, and significantly exceeds all of its capital requirements, which include maintaining a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10% , a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 6% , and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 5% . Generally, a classification as well capitalized will place a bank outside of the regulatory zone for purposes of prompt corrective action. However, a well capitalized bank may be reclassified as “adequately capitalized” based on criteria other than capital if the federal regulator determines that a bank is in an unsafe or unsound condition, or is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, which requires certain remedial action.
An “adequately capitalized” bank meets the required minimum level for each relevant capital measure, including a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 8% , a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 4% and a Tier 1 leverage ratio of at least 4% . A bank that is adequately capitalized is prohibited from directly or indirectly accepting, renewing or rolling over any brokered deposits, absent applying for and receiving a waiver from the applicable regulatory authorities. Institutions that are not well capitalized are also prohibited, except in very limited circumstances where the FDIC permits use of a higher local market rate, from paying yields for deposits in excess of 75 basis points above a national average rate for deposits of comparable maturity, as calculated by the FDIC. In addition, all institutions are generally prohibited from making capital distributions and paying management fees to controlling persons if, subsequent to such distribution or payment, the institution would be undercapitalized. Finally, an adequately capitalized bank may be forced to comply with operating restrictions similar to those placed on undercapitalized banks.
Banks that fail to meet the required minimum levels for either “undercapitalized” and "significantly undercapitalized" are subject to various additional operating and managerial restrictions. These restrictions are fully described in the Supervision and Regulation section of Part 1 of this Form 10-K. As of April 15, 2013 , the OCC has not imposed any of these additional restrictions on the Bank.

94





NOTE 3 – LOSS PER COMMON SHARE
The difference in basic and diluted weighted average shares is due to the assumed conversion of outstanding stock options, restricted stock awards and common stock warrants using the treasury stock method. The Company has issued certain restricted stock awards, which are unvested share-based payment awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends or dividend equivalents. These restricted shares are considered participating securities. Accordingly, the Company calculated net income available to common shareholders pursuant to the two-class method, whereby net income is allocated between common shareholders and participating securities. In periods of a net loss, no allocation is made to participating securities as they are not contractually required to fund net losses. The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows:

 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Numerator:
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(37,570
)
 
$
(23,061
)
 
$
(44,342
)
Preferred stock dividends
1,650

 
1,650

 
1,650

Accretion of preferred stock discount
428

 
403

 
379

Net loss allocated to common shareholders
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)
Denominator:
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average common shares outstanding including participating securities
1,730

 
1,593

 
1,575

Less: Participating securities
117

 
2

 
1

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
1,613

 
1,591

 
1,574

Effect of diluted securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Equivalent shares issuable upon exercise of stock options, stock warrants and restricted stock awards

 

 

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding
1,613

 
1,591

 
1,574

Net loss per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
Diluted
$
(24.58
)
 
$
(15.79
)
 
$
(29.46
)
Due to the net loss allocated to common shareholders for all periods shown, all stock options, stock warrants, and restricted stock grants are considered anti-dilutive and are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per common share. As of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 a total of 343 thousand and 90 thousand stock options, stock warrants and restricted stock grants were considered anti-dilutive, respectively.

95





NOTE 4 – SECURITIES AVAILABLE-FOR-SALE
Investment Securities by Type
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of securities, with gross unrealized gains and losses.
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair Value
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities—
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
$
57,393

 
256

 
104

 
$
57,545

Mortgage-backed—residential
157,191

 
3,424

 
138

 
160,477

Municipals
35,088

 
1,028

 
122

 
35,994

Other
61

 

 
20

 
41

Total
$
249,733

 
4,708

 
$
384

 
$
254,057

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Debt securities—
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
$
23,984

 
$
251

 
$

 
$
24,235

Mortgage-backed—residential
134,210

 
2,817

 
129

 
136,898

Municipals
30,453

 
1,419

 

 
31,872

Other
127

 

 
91

 
36

Total
$
188,774

 
$
4,487

 
$
220

 
$
193,041


During the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company sold eight mortgage-backed securities and 22 municipal securities resulting in proceeds of $21.4 million , generating gross gains of $256 thousand and gross losses of $102 thousand . There were no sales of securities for the year ended December 31, 2011 . During the year ended December 31, 2010 , the Company sold securities available-for-sale resulting in proceeds of $14.8 million , generating a gross gain of $368 thousand and a gross loss of $311 thousand .
At December 31, 2012 and  December 31, 2011 , securities with a carrying value of $28.1 million and $22.4 million , respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits. At December 31, 2012 and  December 31, 2011 , the carrying amount of securities pledged to secure repurchase agreements was $18.5 million and $26.6 million , respectively. At December 31, 2012 and  December 31, 2011 , securities of $6.5 million and $5.7 million , respectively, were pledged to the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta to secure the Company’s daytime correspondent transactions. At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the carrying amount of securities pledged to secure lines of credit with the FHLB totaled $5.5 million and $10.1 million , respectively. At December 31, 2012 , pledged and unpledged securities totaled $58.6 million and $195.4 million , respectively.
Maturity of Securities
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2012 .
 
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair
Value
 
(in thousands)
Within 1 year
$
880

 
$
889

Over 1 year through 5 years
15,234

 
15,745

5 years to 10 years
59,999

 
60,281

Over 10 years
16,429

 
16,665

 
92,542

 
93,580

Mortgage-backed residential securities
157,191

 
160,477

Total
$
249,733

 
$
254,057


96




Impairment Analysis
The following table shows the gross unrealized losses and fair value of the Company’s investments with unrealized losses that are not deemed to be other-than-temporarily impaired, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, at December 31, 2012 and  December 31, 2011 .
 
 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or greater
 
Totals
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Unrealized
Losses
 
(in thousands)
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
$
20,199

 
$
104

 
$

 
$

 
$
20,199

 
$
104

Mortgage-backed—residential
15,509

 
138

 

 

 
15,509

 
138

Municipals
8,012

 
122

 

 

 
8,012

 
122

Other

 

 
41

 
20

 
41

 
20

Totals
$
43,720

 
$
364

 
$
41

 
$
20

 
$
43,761

 
$
384

December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Mortgage-backed—residential
26,780

 
129

 

 

 
26,780

 
129

Municipals

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 
36

 
91

 
36

 
91

Totals
$
26,780


$
129

 
$
36

 
$
91

 
$
26,816

 
$
220


As of December 31, 2012 , the Company performed an impairment assessment of the securities in its portfolio that had unrealized losses to determine whether the decline in the fair value of these securities below their cost was other-than-temporary. Under authoritative accounting guidance, impairment is considered other-than-temporary if any of the following conditions exists: (1) the Company intends to sell the security, (2) it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovery of its amortized costs basis or (3) the Company does not expect to recover the security’s entire amortized cost basis, even if the Company does not intend to sell. Additionally, accounting guidance requires that for impaired securities that the Company does not intend to sell and/or that it is not more-likely-than-not that the Company will have to sell prior to recovery but for which credit losses exist, the other-than-temporary impairment should be separated between the total impairment related to credit losses, which should be recognized in current earnings, and the amount of impairment related to all other factors, which should be recognized in other comprehensive income. If a decline is determined to be other-than-temporary due to credit losses, the cost basis of the individual security is written down to fair value, which then becomes the new cost basis. The new cost basis would not be adjusted in future periods for subsequent recoveries in fair value, if any.
In evaluating the recovery of the entire amortized cost basis, the Company considers factors such as (1) the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, including events specific to the issuer or industry, (3) defaults or deferrals of scheduled interest, principal or dividend payments and (4) external credit ratings and recent downgrades.
As of December 31, 2012 , gross unrealized losses in the Company’s portfolio totaled $384 thousand , compared to $220 thousand as of December 31, 2011 . As of December 31, 2012 , the unrealized losses in mortgage-backed securities (consisting of six securities), municipals (consisting of twenty securities) and federal agencies (consisting of ten securities) are primarily due to widening credit spreads and changes in interest rates subsequent to purchase. The unrealized loss in other securities relates to one pooled trust preferred security. The unrealized loss in the pooled trust preferred security is primarily due to widening credit spreads subsequent to purchase and a lack of demand for trust preferred securities. The Company does not intend to sell the investments with unrealized losses and it is not more likely-than-not that the Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost basis, which may be maturity. Based on results of the Company’s impairment assessment, the unrealized losses at December 31, 2012 are considered temporary.

97





NOTE 5 – LOANS HELD FOR SALE
On December 10, 2012 , the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with a third party to sell certain loans. During the fourth quarter of 2012 , the Company identified $36.2 million of under- and non-performing loans to sell and recorded a $13.9 million loss to reduce the loan balance to the expected net proceeds. Loans held-for-sale due to the asset purchase agreement totaled approximately $22.3 million at December 31, 2012 .
Other loans held-for-sale consisted of residential 1-4 family loans and totaled $3.6 million and $2.2 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. In the tables below, the residential 1-4 family real estate loans have been split out between loan originated to be held-for-sale and those loans that were transferred into the loans held-for-sale category. Amounts listed in all other loan categories are from loans transferred to loans held-for-sale.

Loans held for sale by type are summarized as follows:

 
2012
 
2011
Loans secured by real estate—
(in thousands)
Residential 1-4 family originated to be held-for-sale
$
3,624

 
$
2,233

Residential 1-4 family transferred to held-for-sale
7,964

 
$

Commercial
6,906

 

Construction
2,537

 

Multi-family and farmland
3,962

 

               Total Real Estate
24,993

 
2,233

Commercial loans
895

 

Consumer installment loans
32

 

Total loans held for sale
$
25,920

 
$
2,233


The following table presents the Company’s internal risk rating by loan classification for loans held for sale as of December 31, 2012 :

 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard –
Non-impaired
 
Substandard –
Impaired
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family originated to be held-for-sale
$
3,624

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,624

Real estate: Residential 1-4 family transferred to held-for-sale
264

 
511

 
4,229

 
2,960

 
7,964

Real estate: Commercial

 
438

 
2,922

 
3,546

 
6,906

Real estate: Construction
23

 
16

 
754

 
1,744

 
2,537

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
281

 

 
2,788

 
893

 
3,962

Commercial
21

 

 
372

 
502

 
895

Consumer
22

 

 
2

 
8

 
32

Total Loans
$
4,235

 
$
965

 
$
11,067

 
$
9,653

 
$
25,920


Loans held-for-sale at December 31, 2011 of $2.2 million were all rated as pass.

98




Nonaccrual loans were $13.4 million at December 31, 2012 . There were no non-accrual loans at December 31, 2011 . The following table provides nonaccrual loans by type:
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Nonaccrual Loans by Classification
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
5,311

Real estate: Commercial
4,336

Real estate: Construction
1,967

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
1,152

Commercial
580

Consumer and other
27

Total Loans
$
13,373

All nonaccrual loans in the held-for-sale category are from loans transferred to loans held-for-sale and not from loans that were originated to be sold.
The following table provides the past due status for all loans. Nonaccrual loans are included in the applicable classification.
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
30-89
Days
Past Due
 
Greater
than
90 Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
Greater
than
90 Days
Past Due
and
Accruing
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential 1-4 family originated to be held-for-sale
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
3,624

 
$
3,624

 
$

Residential 1-4 family transferred to held-for-sale
436

 
697

 
1,133

 
6,831

 
7,964

 
697

Real estate: Commercial
63

 

 
63

 
6,843

 
6,906

 

Real estate: Construction
16

 

 
16

 
2,521

 
2,537

 

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
1,428

 

 
1,428

 
2,534

 
3,962

 

Subtotal of real estate secured loans
1,943

 
697


2,640

 
22,353

 
24,993

 
697

Commercial
292

 
21

 
313

 
582

 
895

 
21

Consumer

 

 

 
32

 
32

 

Leases

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

Total Loans
$
2,235

 
$
718


$
2,953

 
$
22,967

 
$
25,920

 
$
718


99






NOTE 6 – LOANS AND ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
Loans by type are summarized in the following table.
 
 
2012
 
2011
Loans secured by real estate—
(in thousands)
Residential 1-4 family
$
188,191

 
$
215,364

Commercial
221,655

 
195,062

Construction
33,407

 
53,807

Multi-family and farmland
17,051

 
31,668

 
460,304

 
495,901

Commercial loans
61,398

 
59,623

Consumer installment loans
13,387

 
20,011

Leases, net of unearned income
568

 
2,920

Other
5,473

 
3,809

Total loans
541,130

 
582,264

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(13,800
)
 
(19,600
)
Net loans
$
527,330

 
$
562,664


The allowance for loan and lease losses is composed of two primary components: (1) specific impairments for substandard/nonaccrual loans and leases and (2) general allocations for classified loan pools, including special mention and substandard/accrual loans, as well as all remaining pools of loans. The Company accumulates pools based on the underlying classification of the collateral. Each pool is assigned a loss severity rate based on historical loss experience and various qualitative and environmental factors, including, but not limited to, credit quality and economic conditions. The Company determines the allowance on a quarterly basis. Because of uncertainties inherent in the estimation process, management’s estimate of credit losses in the loan portfolio and the related allowance may materially change in the near term. However, the amount of the change that is reasonably possible cannot be estimated.
The following table presents an analysis of the activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the years ended December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 . The provisions for loan and lease losses in the table below do not include the Company’s provision accrual for unfunded commitments of $24 thousand as of December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . The reserve for unfunded commitments is included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets and totaled $258 thousand and $253 thousand at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , respectively.
Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
For the Year Ended December 31, 2012
 
 
Real estate:
Residential
1-4 family
 
Real estate:
Commercial
 
Real estate:
Construction
 
Real estate:
Multi-family
and
farmland
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Leases
 
Other
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance, December 31, 2011
$
6,368

 
$
6,227

 
$
1,485

 
$
728

 
$
3,649

 
$
405

 
$
718

 
$
20

 
$
19,600

Charge-offs
(8,153
)
 
(8,316
)
 
(6,897
)
 
(2,511
)
 
(3,095
)
 
(473
)
 
(894
)
 
(3
)
 
(30,342
)
Recoveries
229

 
366

 
1,013

 
12

 
406

 
654

 
988

 
8

 
3,676

Provision
7,763

 
5,459

 
5,066

 
2,512

 
1,143

 
(314
)
 
(765
)
 
2

 
20,866

Ending balance, December 31, 2012
$
6,207

 
$
3,736

 
$
667

 
$
741

 
$
2,103

 
$
272

 
$
47

 
$
27

 
$
13,800


100




Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
 
Real estate:
Residential
1-4 family
 
Real estate:
Commercial
 
Real estate:
Construction
 
Real estate:
Multi-family
and
farmland
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Leases
 
Other
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance, December 31, 2010
$
7,346

 
$
5,550

 
$
2,905

 
$
761

 
$
5,692

 
$
813

 
$
917

 
$
16

 
$
24,000

Charge-offs
(2,180
)
 
(6,928
)
 
(5,581
)
 
(207
)
 
(3,235
)
 
(330
)
 
(929
)
 
(4
)
 
(19,394
)
Recoveries
404

 
222

 
744

 
384

 
894

 
949

 
472

 
5

 
4,074

Provision
798

 
7,383

 
3,417

 
(210
)
 
298

 
(1,027
)
 
258

 
3

 
10,920

Ending balance, December 31, 2011
$
6,368

 
$
6,227

 
$
1,485

 
$
728

 
$
3,649

 
$
405

 
$
718

 
$
20

 
$
19,600


Allowance for Loan and Lease Losses
For the Year Ended December 31, 2010
 
Real estate:
Residential
1-4 family
 
Real estate:
Commercial
 
Real estate:
Construction
 
Real estate:
Multi-family
and
farmland
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Leases
 
Other
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance, December 31, 2009
$
5,037

 
$
4,525

 
$
6,706

 
$
766

 
$
6,953

 
$
1,107

 
$
1,386

 
$
12

 
$
26,492

Charge-offs
(2,572
)
 
(2,955
)
 
(10,514
)
 
(1,150
)
 
(16,420
)
 
(1,061
)
 
(2,050
)
 
(49
)
 
(36,771
)
Recoveries
56

 
160

 
7

 

 
326

 
138

 

 
3

 
690

Provision
4,825

 
3,820

 
6,706

 
1,145

 
14,833

 
629

 
1,581

 
50

 
33,589

Ending balance, December 31, 2010
$
7,346

 
$
5,550

 
$
2,905

 
$
761

 
$
5,692

 
$
813

 
$
917

 
$
16

 
$
24,000


The following table presents an analysis of the end of period balance of the allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2012 .
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
Real estate:
Residential
1-4 family
 
Real estate:
Commercial
 
Real estate:
Construction
 
Real estate:
Multi-family and
farmland
 
Total Real Estate
Loans
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
(in thousands)
Individually evaluated
$
457

 
$

 
$
727

 
$

 
$
1,783

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
2,967

 
$

Collectively evaluated
187,734

 
6,207

 
220,928

 
3,736

 
31,624

 
667

 
17,051

 
741

 
457,337

 
11,351

Total evaluated
$
188,191

 
$
6,207

 
$
221,655

 
$
3,736

 
$
33,407

 
$
667

 
$
17,051

 
$
741

 
$
460,304

 
$
11,351

 

101



 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Leases
 
Other
 
Grand Total
(continued from above)
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
(in thousands)
Individually evaluated
$
2,077

 
$
50

 
$

 
$

 
$
392

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,436

 
$
50

Collectively evaluated
59,321

 
2,053

 
13,387

 
272

 
176

 
47

 
5,473

 
27

 
535,694

 
13,750

Total evaluated
$
61,398

 
$
2,103

 
$
13,387

 
$
272

 
$
568

 
$
47

 
$
5,473

 
$
27

 
$
541,130

 
$
13,800


The following table presents an analysis of the end of period balance of the allowance for loan and lease losses as of December 31, 2011 .
As of December 31, 2011
 
 
Real estate:
Residential
1-4 family
 
Real estate:
Commercial
 
Real estate:
Construction
 
Real estate:
Multi-family and
farmland
 
Total Real Estate
Loans
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
(in thousands)
Individually evaluated
$
4,109

 
$
33

 
$
10,904

 
$
474

 
$
13,377

 
$
324

 
$
1,471

 
$

 
$
29,861

 
$
831

Collectively evaluated
211,255

 
6,335

 
184,158

 
5,753

 
40,430

 
1,161

 
30,197

 
728

 
466,040

 
13,977

Total evaluated
$
215,364

 
$
6,368

 
$
195,062

 
$
6,227

 
$
53,807

 
$
1,485

 
$
31,668

 
$
728

 
$
495,901

 
$
14,808

 
 
Commercial
 
Consumer
 
Leases
 
Other
 
Grand Total
(continued from above)
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
Carrying
Value
 
Associated
Allowance
 
(in thousands)
Individually evaluated
$
2,064

 
$
150

 
$

 
$

 
$
1,564

 
$
495

 
$

 
$

 
$
33,489

 
$
1,476

Collectively evaluated
57,559

 
3,499

 
20,011

 
405

 
1,356

 
223

 
3,809

 
20

 
548,775

 
18,124

Total evaluated
$
59,623

 
$
3,649

 
$
20,011

 
$
405

 
$
2,920

 
$
718

 
$
3,809

 
$
20

 
$
582,264

 
$
19,600

The Company utilizes a risk rating system to evaluate the credit risk of its loan portfolio. The Company classifies loans as: pass, special mention, substandard/non-impaired, substandard/impaired, doubtful or loss. The following describes the Company's classifications and the various risk indicators associated with each rating.
A pass rating is assigned to those loans that are performing as contractually agreed and do not exhibit the characteristics of the criticized and classified risk ratings as defined below. Pass loan pools do not include the unfunded portions of binding commitments to lend, standby letters of credit, deposit secured loans or mortgage loans originated with commitments to sell in the secondary market. Loans secured by segregated deposits held by FSGBank are not required to have an allowance reserve, nor are originated held-for-sale mortgage loans pending sale in the secondary market.
A special mention loan risk rating is considered criticized but is not considered as severe as a classified loan risk rating. Special mention loans contain one or more potential weakness(es), which if not corrected, could result in an unacceptable increase in credit risk at some future date. These loans may be characterized by the following risks and/or trends:
Loans to Businesses:
Downward trend in sales, profit levels and margins
Impaired working capital position compared to industry
Cash flow strained in order to meet debt repayment schedule
Technical defaults due to noncompliance with financial covenants
Recurring trade payable slowness
High leverage compared to industry average with shrinking equity cushion
Questionable abilities of management

102



Weak industry conditions
Inadequate or outdated financial statements
Loans to Businesses or Individuals:
Loan delinquencies and overdrafts may occur
Original source of repayment questionable
Documentation deficiencies may not be easily correctable
Loan may need to be restructured
Collateral or guarantor offers adequate protection
Unsecured debt to tangible net worth is excessive
A substandard loan risk rating is characterized as having specifically identified weaknesses and deficiencies typically resulting from severe adverse trends of a financial, economic, or managerial nature, and may warrant non-accrual status.
The Company segregates substandard loans into two classifications based on the Company’s allowance methodology for impaired loans. The Company defines a substandard/impaired loan as a substandard loan relationship in excess of $500 thousand that is individually reviewed. Substandard loans have a greater likelihood of loss and may require a protracted work-out plan. In addition to the factors listed for special mention loans, substandard loans may be characterized by the following risks and/or trends:
Loans to Businesses:
Sustained losses that have severely eroded equity and cash flows
Concentration in illiquid assets
Serious management problems or internal fraud
Chronic trade payable slowness; may be placed on COD or collection by trade creditor
Inability to access other funding sources
Financial statements with adverse opinion or disclaimer; may be received late
Insufficient documented cash flows to meet contractual debt service requirements
Loans to Businesses or Individuals:
Chronic or severe delinquency or has met the retail classification standards which is generally past dues greater than 90 days
Frequent overdrafts
Likelihood of bankruptcy exists
Serious documentation deficiencies
Reliance on secondary sources of repayment which are presently considered adequate
Demand letter sent
Litigation may have been filed against the borrower
Loans with a risk rating of doubtful are individually analyzed to determine the Company's best estimate of the loss based on the most recent assessment of all available sources of repayment. Doubtful loans are considered impaired and placed on nonaccrual. For doubtful loans, the collection or liquidation in full of principal and/or interest is highly questionable or improbable. The Company estimates the specific potential loss based upon an individual analysis of the relationship risks, the borrower’s cash flow, the borrower’s management and any underlying secondary sources of repayment. The amount of the estimated loss, if any, is then either specifically reserved in a separate component of the allowance or charged-off. In addition to the characteristics listed for substandard loans, the following characteristics apply to doubtful loans:
Loans to Businesses:
Normal operations are severely diminished or have ceased
Seriously impaired cash flow
Numerous exceptions to loan agreement
Outside accountant questions entity’s survivability as a “going concern”
Financial statements may be received late, if at all
Material legal judgments filed
Collection of principal and interest is impaired
Collateral/Guarantor may offer inadequate protection
Loans to Businesses or Individuals:
Original repayment terms materially altered
Secondary source of repayment is inadequate
Asset liquidation may be in process with all efforts directed at debt retirement
Documentation deficiencies not correctable

103



The consistent application of the above loan risk rating methodology ensures that the Company has the ability to track historical losses and appropriately estimate potential future losses in our allowance. Additionally, appropriate loan risk ratings assist the Company in allocating credit and special asset personnel in the most effective manner. Significant changes in loan risk ratings can have a material impact on the allowance and thus a material impact on the Company's financial results by requiring significant increases or decreases in provision expense. The Company individually reviews these relationships on a quarterly basis to determine the required allowance or loss, as applicable.
The following table presents the Company’s internal risk rating by loan classification as utilized in the allowance analysis as of December 31, 2012 :
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard –
Non-impaired
 
Substandard –
Impaired
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
164,555

 
$
7,668

 
$
15,511

 
$
457

 
$
188,191

Real estate: Commercial
207,188

 
4,930

 
8,810

 
727

 
221,655

Real estate: Construction
30,471

 
97

 
1,056

 
1,783

 
33,407

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
14,025

 
1,794

 
1,232

 

 
17,051

Commercial
51,972

 
756

 
6,593

 
2,077

 
61,398

Consumer
12,793

 
126

 
468

 

 
13,387

Leases
1

 
74

 
101

 
392

 
568

Other
5,365

 

 
108

 

 
5,473

Total Loans
$
486,370

 
$
15,445

 
$
33,879

 
$
5,436

 
$
541,130


The following table presents the Company’s internal risk rating by loan classification as utilized in the allowance analysis as of December 31, 2011 :
As of December 31, 2011
 
 
Pass
 
Special
Mention
 
Substandard –
Non-impaired
 
Substandard –
Impaired
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
183,231

 
$
6,383

 
$
21,641

 
$
4,109

 
$
215,364

Real estate: Commercial
151,671

 
12,743

 
19,744

 
10,904

 
195,062

Real estate: Construction
34,289

 
3,082

 
3,059

 
13,377

 
53,807

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
25,163

 
2,804

 
2,230

 
1,471

 
31,668

Commercial
39,577

 
3,750

 
14,232

 
2,064

 
59,623

Consumer
19,380

 
111

 
520

 

 
20,011

Leases

 
678

 
678

 
1,564

 
2,920

Other
3,739

 

 
70

 

 
3,809

Total Loans
$
457,050

 
$
29,551

 
$
62,174

 
$
33,489

 
$
582,264

The Company classifies a loan as impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans were $5,436 thousand and $33,489 thousand at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , respectively. For impaired loans, the Company generally applies all payments directly to principal. Accordingly, the Company did not recognize any significant amount of interest for impaired loans during the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .

104




The following table presents additional information on the Company’s impaired loans as of December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 :
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
As of December 31, 2011
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Balance of
Recorded
Investment
 
Recorded
Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
 
Related
Allowance
 
Average
Balance of
Recorded
Investment
 
(in thousands)
Impaired loans with no related allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
457

 
$
529

 
$

 
$
3,474

 
$
3,510

 
$
3,665

 
$

 
2,280

Real estate: Commercial
727

 
4,438

 

 
10,099

 
9,512

 
15,555

 

 
10,601

Real estate: Construction
1,783

 
2,512

 

 
9,875

 
12,623

 
15,757

 

 
10,897

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland

 

 

 
1,071

 
1,471

 
1,471

 

 
1,189

Commercial
2,027

 
3,062

 

 
2,214

 
1,354

 
1,354

 

 
2,603

Consumer

 

 

 
385

 

 

 

 
899

Leases
392

 
392

 

 
684

 
574

 
574

 

 
1,029

Total
$
5,386

 
$
10,933

 
$

 
$
27,802

 
$
29,044

 
$
38,376

 
$

 
29,498

Impaired loans with an allowance recorded:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
425

 
$
599

 
$
599

 
$
33

 
1,103

Real estate: Commercial

 

 

 
445

 
1,392

 
1,392

 
474

 
2,376

Real estate: Construction

 

 

 
2,214

 
755

 
755

 
324

 
6,316

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland

 

 

 
71

 

 

 

 
294

Commercial
50

 
95

 
50

 
1,074

 
710

 
710

 
150

 
642

Consumer

 

 

 
96

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

 

 
108

 
989

 
989

 
495

 
115

Total
50

 
95

 
50

 
4,433

 
4,445

 
4,445

 
1,476

 
10,846

Total impaired loans
$
5,436

 
$
11,028

 
$
50

 
$
32,235

 
$
33,489

 
$
42,821

 
$
1,476

 
40,344


Impaired loans averaged $36,851 thousand at December 31, 2010 .

105





Nonaccrual loans were $11.7 million and $46.9 million at December 31, 2012 and  December 31, 2011 , respectively. The following table provides nonaccrual loans by type:
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
As of December 31, 2011
 
(in thousands)
Nonaccrual Loans by Classification
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
3,906

 
$
10,877

Real estate: Commercial
1,814

 
13,288

Real estate: Construction
2,549

 
14,683

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
94

 
2,272

Commercial
2,524

 
3,087

Consumer and other
375

 
456

Leases
436

 
2,244

Total Loans
$
11,698

 
$
46,907


The Company monitors loans by past due status. The following table provides the past due status for all loans. Nonaccrual loans are included in the applicable classification.
As of December 31, 2012
 
 
30-89
Days
Past Due
 
Greater
than
90 Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
Greater
than
90 Days
Past Due
and
Accruing
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
3,189

 
$
3,066

 
$
6,255

 
$
181,936

 
$
188,191

 
$
312

Real estate: Commercial
885

 
1,973

 
2,858

 
218,797

 
221,655

 
159

Real estate: Construction
626

 
1,653

 
2,279

 
31,128

 
33,407

 

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
255

 
89

 
344

 
16,707

 
17,051

 

Subtotal of real estate secured loans
4,955

 
6,781

 
11,736

 
448,568

 
460,304

 
471

Commercial
1,223

 
2,360

 
3,583

 
57,815

 
61,398

 
463

Consumer
107

 
270

 
377

 
13,010

 
13,387

 

Leases
28

 
435

 
463

 
105

 
568

 
4

Other

 

 

 
5,473

 
5,473

 

Total Loans
$
6,313

 
$
9,846

 
$
16,159

 
$
524,971

 
$
541,130

 
$
938


106





As of December 31, 2011
 
 
30-89
Days
Past Due
 
Greater
than
90 Days
Past Due
 
Total
Past Due
 
Current
 
Total
 
Greater
than
90 Days
Past Due
and
Accruing
 
(in thousands)
Loans by Classification
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real estate: Residential 1-4 family
$
4,857

 
$
6,232

 
$
11,089

 
$
204,275

 
$
215,364

 
$
232

Real estate: Commercial
4,652

 
9,587

 
14,239

 
180,823

 
195,062

 
370

Real estate: Construction
2,262

 
10,393

 
12,655

 
41,152

 
53,807

 
70

Real estate: Multi-family and farmland
583

 
2,922

 
3,505

 
28,163

 
31,668

 
1,416

Subtotal of real estate secured loans
12,354

 
29,134

 
41,488

 
454,413

 
495,901

 
2,088

Commercial
690

 
3,454

 
4,144

 
55,479

 
59,623

 
620

Consumer
70

 
370

 
440

 
19,571

 
20,011

 
42

Leases
150

 
1,674

 
1,824

 
1,096

 
2,920

 
4

Other
5

 
68

 
73

 
3,736

 
3,809

 
68

Total Loans
$
13,269

 
$
34,700

 
$
47,969

 
$
534,295

 
$
582,264

 
$
2,822


As of December 31, 2012 , the Company had three loans, not on non-accrual, that were considered troubled debt restructurings. Two commercial loan s of $700 thousand and $71 thousand , respectively, were restructured to an extended term to assist the borrower by reducing the monthly payments . One residential loan of $224 thousand was restructured with a lower interest rate and payments. As of December 31, 2012 , these loans are performing under the modified terms.
The Company had $1.5 million and $4.3 million in troubled debt restructurings outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The Company has allocated no specific reserves to customers whose loan terms have been modified in troubled debt restructurings as of December 31, 2012 and $421 thousand of specific reserves as of December 31, 2011 . The Company has not committed to lend additional amounts as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 to customers with outstanding loans that are classified as troubled debt restructurings.
The Company completed six modifications totaling $1,691 thousand and two modifications totaling $3,554 thousand that qualified as troubled debt restructurings during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings that occurred during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 :
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
As of December 31, 2011
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
(dollar amounts in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Residential real estate
1

 
$
224

 
$
224

 
1

 
$
254

 
$
254

     Commercial real estate
1

 
557

 
557

 
1

 
3,300

 
3,300

     Commercial loan
3

 
907

 
907

 

 

 

     Consumer loan
1

 
3

 
3

 

 

 

Total
6

 
$
1,691

 
$
1,691

 
2

 
$
3,554

 
$
3,554



107



The following table presents loans by class modified as troubled debt restructurings for which there was a payment default within twelve months following the modification during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 :
 
 
As of December 31, 2012
 
As of December 31, 2011
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Number of
Contracts
 
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
(dollar amounts in thousands)
Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Defaulted:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Residential real estate
1

 
$
254

 
$
254

 
$

 
$

 
$

Commercial real estate
2

 
1,370

 
1,370

 
1

 
430

 
430

Construction & land development
1

 
3,300

 
3,300

 

 

 

Consumer loan
1

 
3

3,000

3

 
1

 
1,988

 
959

Commercial loan
2

 
769

 
698

 

 

 

Total
7

 
$
5,696

 
$
5,625

 
$
2

 
$
2,418

 
$
1,389


A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 30 days contractually past due under the modified terms.
The troubled debt restructurings that subsequently defaulted described above increased the allowance for loan losses and resulted in $964 thousand and $959 thousand in charge offs during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
At December 31, 2011 , the Company had $138,539 thousand of loans pledged to secure borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati. All of the loans pledged were residential first mortgage loans. At December 31, 2012 , the Company did not have any borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Cincinnati, and therefore, no loans were pledged as collateral.
The Company has entered into transactions with certain directors, executive officers and significant stockholders and their affiliates. The aggregate amounts of loans to such related parties at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $16 thousand and $518 thousand , respectively. There were no new loans made to such related parties and principal payments amounted to $502 thousand for 2012 . New loans made to such related parties amounted to $460 thousand and principal payments amounted to $29 thousand for 2011 .

NOTE 7—PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT
Premises and equipment consist of the following:

 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Land and improvements
$
9,789

 
$
9,789

Buildings and improvements
24,314

 
24,068

Equipment
16,148

 
14,268

Premises and equipment-gross
50,251

 
48,125

Accumulated depreciation
(20,947
)
 
(19,454
)
Premises and equipment-net
$
29,304

 
$
28,671


The amount charged to operating expenses for depreciation was $1.5 million for 2012 , $1.5 million for 2011 and $1.8 million for 2010 .

108





NOTE 8—GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
Goodwill and Related Impairment Analysis
The Company recorded a full impairment of $27,156 thousand on its goodwill during 2009 . The Company’s policy is to assess goodwill for impairment on an annual basis or between annual assessments if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of goodwill below its carrying amount as required by authoritative accounting guidance. Impairment is the condition that exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. The impairment testing is a two-step process. Step 1 compares the fair value of the reporting unit to the carrying value. If the fair value is below the carrying value, Step 2 is performed. Step 2 involves a process similar to business combination accounting in which fair value is assigned to all assets, liabilities and other (non-goodwill) intangibles. The result of Step 2 is the implied fair value of goodwill. If the implied fair value of goodwill is below the recorded goodwill amount, an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.
The Company engaged an independent valuation firm to assist in computing the fair value estimate for the goodwill impairment assessment as of September 30, 2009 . The firm utilized two separate valuation methodologies for Step 1 and compared the results of each to determine the fair value of the goodwill associated with the Company’s prior bank acquisitions. The valuation methodologies utilized included a discounted cash flow valuation technique and a comparison of the average price to book value of comparable bank acquisitions. Both methods indicated a valuation below the book value of the Company. The firm conducted Step 2, which assigned fair values to all assets, liabilities and other (non-goodwill) intangibles. The results of Step 2 indicated a full goodwill impairment of $27,156 thousand that is recorded in non-interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income for the year ended December 31, 2009 . The impairment was primarily a result of the continuing economic downturn and its implications on bank valuations.
The Company’s goodwill was associated with six prior acquisitions. Three acquisitions were taxable asset purchases and three were non-taxable stock purchases. The 2009 goodwill impairment that was deductible for tax was $6,953 thousand , which added $2,394 thousand to the tax benefit recognized in the third quarter of 2009 . The remaining $20,203 thousand goodwill impairment was not deductible for taxes and thus no tax benefit was recognized.
Other Intangible Assets
The Company has other intangible assets in the form of core deposit intangibles. The core deposit intangibles are amortized on an accelerated basis over their estimated useful lives of 10 years . A summary of other intangible assets is as follows:
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Gross carrying amount
$
7,041

 
$
7,041

Less: Accumulated amortization and impairment
6,441

 
6,059

Balance
$
600

 
$
982

Amortization expense on other intangible assets was $382 thousand for 2012 , $479 thousand for 2011 and $457 thousand for 2010 . Amortization expense for the Company’s core deposit intangibles for the next three years , after which the core deposit intangible will be fully amortized, is as follows:
 
Year
(in thousands)
2013
$
270

2014
196

2015
134

 
$
600


109





NOTE 9—DEPOSITS
The aggregate amount of time deposits of $100 thousand or more was $201,873 thousand and $185,904 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively.
Brokered deposits were as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Brokered certificates of deposits
$
165,106

 
$
237,032

CDARS ®
371

 
1,405

 
$
165,477

 
$
238,437

Brokered certificates of deposits issued in denominations of $100 thousand or more are participated out by the deposit brokers in shares of $100 thousand or less. CDARS ® includes $371 thousand one-way buy deposits and no First Security customers’ reciprocal accounts as of December 31, 2012 .
Scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2012 , are as follows:
 
 
Time
Deposits
 
Brokered
CDs
 
CDARS ®
 
Totals
 
(in thousands)
2013
$
270,022

 
$
90,418

 
$

 
$
360,440

2014
151,701

 
51,867

 
371

 
203,939

2015
4,903

 
16,054

 

 
20,957

2016
2,342

 
4,791

 

 
7,133

2017 and thereafter
1,049

 
1,976

 

 
3,025

 
$
430,017

 
$
165,106

 
$
371

 
$
595,494



NOTE 10—FEDERAL FUNDS PURCHASED AND SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE
At December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 , the Company had no lines of credit to purchase federal funds with correspondent banks.
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase represent the purchase of interests in securities by commercial checking customers. The Company may also enter into structured repurchase agreements with other financial institutions. Repurchase agreements with commercial checking customers are settled the following business day, while structured repurchase agreements with other financial institutions will have varying terms.
At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company had securities sold under agreements to repurchase of $12,481 thousand and $4,520 thousand , respectively, by commercial checking customers. The Company had a structured repurchase agreement with another financial institution of $10,000 thousand at December 31, 2011 . The structured repurchase agreement matured during 2012 and was not renewed. Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are held in safekeeping for the Company and had a carrying value of approximately $18,508 thousand and $26,635 thousand at December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. These agreements averaged $14,082 thousand and $15,169 thousand during 2012 and 2011 , respectively. The maximum amounts outstanding at any month end during 2012 and 2011 were $16,984 thousand and $15,701 thousand , respectively. Interest expense on repurchase agreements totaled $396 thousand , $440 thousand and $474 thousand for the years ended 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.
The structured repurchase agreement with another financial institution provided for a variable rate of three-month LIBOR minus 75 basis points for the first year ending November 6, 2008 and a fixed rate of 3.93% for the remaining term, and was callable on a quarterly basis after the first year. The structured repurchase agreement matured on November 6, 2012 .

110




NOTE 11—OTHER BORROWINGS
The Company had no other borrowings as of December 31, 2012 . Other borrowings at December 31, 2011 , consisted of a mortgage note totaling $58 thousand . Additionally, the Company had an FHLB letter of credit totaling $9,000 thousand which reduces the FHLB borrowing capacity. The letter of credit was not in use as of December 31, 2011 .
Pursuant to the blanket agreement for advances and security agreements with the FHLB, advances as of December 31, 2011 were secured by the Company’s unencumbered qualifying 1-4 family first mortgage loans subject to varying limitations determined by the FHLB. Advances for 2011 were also secured by the FHLB stock owned by the Company. As of December 31, 2011 , for additional borrowing capacity, the FHLB required the Company to pledge investment securities or individual, qualifying loans, subject to approval of the FHLB. As of December 31, 2011 , the Company had loans totaling $138,539 thousand pledged as collateral at the FHLB. At December 31, 2012 , the Company, due to the Consent Order, did not have any borrowing capacity at the FHLB and therefore did not have a line of credit. Additionally, at December 31, 2012 , the Company had no investment securities or individual, qualifying loans pledged as collateral.
As a member of FHLB, the Company must own FHLB stock. The amount of FHLB stock required to be held is subject the Company’s asset size and outstanding FHLB advances. At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company owned FHLB stock totaling $2,276 thousand and $2,276 thousand , respectively. The FHLB stock is recorded in other assets on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.
The Company had no FHLB advances as of December 31, 2012 or 2011 . The terms of the other borrowing as of December 31, 2011 were as follows:
Maturity
Year
 
Origination
Date
 
Type
 
Principal
 
Original
Term
 
Rate
 
Maturity
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
January 5, 1995
 
Fixed Rate Mortgage
 
$
58

 
240 months
 
7.50
%
 
January 5, 2015

NOTE 12—LEASES
The Company leases bank branches, the loan and lending office and equipment under operating lease agreements. Minimum lease commitments with remaining noncancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2012 , are as follows:
 
 
Amount
 
(in thousands)
2013
$
824

2014
731

2015
710

2016
688

2017
533

Thereafter
3,424

Total minimum lease commitments
$
6,910

Rent expense totaled $989 thousand , $883 thousand and $986 thousand for the years ended 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively.

111




NOTE 13 – INCOME TAXES
The income tax (benefit) provision consists of the following:
 
 
For the Years Ended
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
 
(in thousands)
Current (benefit) provision
 
$
771

 
$
392

 
$
(2,778
)
Deferred provision (benefit)
 

 

 
12,457

Income tax provision (benefit)
 
$
771

 
$
392

 
$
9,679

For the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company recognized income tax expense of $771 thousand , compared to income tax expense of $392 thousand and $9,679 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The following reconciles the income tax provision to statutory rates:
 
For the Years Ended
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands)
Federal taxes at statutory tax rate
$
(12,512
)
 
$
(7,707
)
 
$
(11,785
)
Tax exempt earnings on loans and securities
(342
)
 
(435
)
 
(480
)
Tax exempt earnings on bank owned life insurance
(338
)
 
(342
)
 
(351
)
Low-income housing tax credits
(363
)
 
(389
)
 
(895
)
Other, net
(418
)
 
678

 
126

State tax provision, net of federal effect
(1,595
)
 
(923
)
 
(1,486
)
Change in reserve for uncertain tax positions
(727
)
 

 

Reversal of disproportionate tax effect relative to cash flow swap termination
1,065

 

 

Changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowance
16,001

 
9,510

 
24,550

Income tax provision (benefit)
$
771

 
$
392

 
$
9,679

The increases in the deferred tax valuation allowance offset the income tax benefits recognized for the year ended December 31, 2012 . The benefit recognized before the valuation allowance primarily related to the year-to-date operating loss. There was a $418 thousand increase in the valuation allowance during 2012 related to items of other comprehensive income which is not a component of income tax expense.

112



The components of the net deferred tax asset and liability included in other assets and liabilities consist of the following:
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Deferred Tax Assets
 
 
 
Net operating loss carryforward
$
40,800

 
$
21,104

Allowance for loan and lease losses
5,500

 
7,434

Federal tax credits
3,230

 
2,582

Other real estate owned
2,439

 
3,685

Goodwill and other intangible assets
669

 
896

Salary continuation plan
846

 
883

Acquisition fair value adjustments
5

 
22

Deferred loan fees
99

 
71

Other assets
303

 
805

Total deferred tax assets
53,891

 
37,482

Deferred Tax Liabilities
 
 
 
Premises and equipment
1,325

 
1,296

Core deposit intangibles
1

 
108

Leasing activities
7

 
15

Securities available-for-sale
1,471

 
1,451

FHLB stock
305

 
305

Gain on business combination
2

 
13

Other
116

 
50

Total deferred tax liabilities
3,227

 
3,238

Net deferred tax asset before valuation allowance
50,664

 
34,244

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance
(50,664
)

(34,244
)
Net deferred tax asset after valuation allowance
$

 
$

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, which requires an asset and liability approach for the financial accounting and reporting of income taxes. Under this method, deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of differences between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements. These balances are measured using the enacted tax rates expected to apply in the year(s) in which these temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effect on deferred income taxes of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period when the change is enacted.
In accordance with ASC 740, the Company is required to establish a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets when it is “more likely than not” that a portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The evaluation requires significant judgment and extensive analysis of all available positive and negative evidence, the forecasts of future income, applicable tax planning strategies and assessments of the current and future economic and business conditions.
At December 31, 2012 , the Company had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $107.2 million and $118.2 million , respectively, which are available to offset future taxable income.  The federal loss carryforward will begin to expire in 2030 . The state loss carryforward will begin to expire in 2024 .  The Company also had federal and state tax credit carryforwards of $3.5 million and $100 thousand , respectively, which are available to offset future tax liability.  The federal tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2030 . The state tax credit carryforward will begin to expire in 2013
During 2010 , the Company established a deferred tax asset valuation allowance after evaluating all available positive and negative evidence. The Company evaluates the valuation allowance quarterly. Positive evidence includes the existence of taxes paid in available carryback years. Negative evidence includes a cumulative loss in recent years and general business and economic trends. As business and economic conditions change, the Company will re-evaluate the valuation allowance. As of December 31, 2012 , the valuation allowance totals $50.7 million resulting in a net deferred tax asset of zero .
The Company evaluated its material tax positions as of December 31, 2012 . Under the “more-likely-than-not” threshold guidelines, the Company believes it has identified all significant uncertain tax benefits. The Company evaluates, on a quarterly basis or sooner if necessary, to determine if new or pre-existing uncertain tax positions are significant. In the event a significant uncertain tax position is determined to exist, penalty and interest will be accrued, in accordance with Internal Revenue Service guidelines, and recorded as a component of income tax expense in the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

113


On April 30, 2012 , the Company entered into a compromise and settlement of its uncertain tax position for tax years through December 31, 2011 . The settlement provided for payment by the Company of approximately $273 thousand on its $1.0 million uncertain tax position. The settlement resulted in a recovery of approximately $727 thousand , recorded as a tax benefit during the second quarter of 2012 .
The roll-forward of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Balance at beginning of period
$
1,480

 
$
1,338

Decreases related to prior year tax positions
(1,480
)
 

Increases related to current year tax positions

 
142

Lapse of statute

 

Balance at end of period
$

 
$
1,480

The total amount of interest and penalties recorded in the income statement for the year ended December 31, 2012 was a benefit of $190 thousand and an expense of $66 thousand and $65 thousand for 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The amounts accrued for interest and penalties at December 31, 2012 and 2011 were $0 and $262 thousand , respectively. During 2012 , the Company settled its uncertain tax position for tax years through December 31, 2011 , reducing amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, 2012 to zero .
The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as income tax of the states of Tennessee and Georgia. The Company is no longer subject to examination by taxing authorities for years before 2008 .

NOTE 14—RETIREMENT PLANS
401(k) and ESOP Plan
The Company has a 401(k) and employee stock ownership plan (the "Plan") covering employees meeting certain age and service requirements. Employees may contribute up to 75% of their compensation subject to certain limits based on federal tax laws. From January 1, 2008 to June 30, 2010 , the Company made matching contributions equal to 100% of the employee’s contribution up to 6% of the employee’s compensation. Effective July 1, 2010 , the Company’s matching contribution was reduced to 1% of the employee’s compensation. The employer contribution is made in the form of Company common stock on a quarterly basis. The employee and employer contributions and earnings thereon are vested immediately. In its sole discretion at the end of the Plan year, the Company may make supplemental matching contributions or profit sharing contributions.
The Company recognized $92 thousand , $99 thousand and $331 thousand in expense under the Plan for 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively, which has been included in salaries and employee benefits in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
The employee stock ownership ("ESOP") portion of the Plan purchased shares of common stock with proceeds from advances of a loan from the Company. The loan between the Company and the Plan enabled the Plan to borrow up to $12,745 thousand until December 31, 2009 , as amended on January 28, 2009 . The loan has a term of 30 years , bears interest at 6.25% and requires annual payments. The loan is secured by the stock purchased by the Plan that has not been allocated to participant accounts. The Company may make discretionary profit sharing contributions to the ESOP. The ESOP contribution will first be used to repay the loan. As the loan is repaid, shares are released from collateral based on the proportion of the payment in relation to total payments required to be made on the loan, and those shares are allocated to the ESOP accounts of participants on a quarterly or annual basis. Cash dividends on financed shares will first be used to repay the acquisition loan. As of December 31, 2012 , the loan has been repaid to the Company. Cash dividends on allocated shares are payable to the participants in cash or reinvested in Company stock no later than 90 days from the end of the Plan year.

114



Compensation expense is determined by multiplying the per share market price of the common stock by the number of shares to be released. The number of unallocated, committed to be released and allocated shares are as follows:
 
 
Unallocated
shares
 
Committed
to be
released
shares
 
Allocated
shares
 
Compensation
Expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in thousands)
Shares as of December 31, 2009
76,878

 

 
43,189

 
 
Shares allocated for match during 2010
(19,106
)
 

 
19,106

 
$
331

Shares as of December 31, 2010
57,772

 

 
62,295

 
 
Shares obtained as result of reverse stock split
7

 

 

 
 
Shares allocated for match during 2011
(27,054
)
 

 
27,054

 
$
99

Shares as of December 31, 2011
30,725

 

 
89,349

 
 
Shares allocated for match during 2012
(30,725
)
 

 
30,725

 
$
92

Shares as of December 31, 2012

 

 
120,074

 
 

The cost of the shares not yet committed to be released from collateral is shown as a reduction of stockholders’ equity. Unallocated shares are not considered outstanding for earnings per share purposes. At December 31, 2012 there were no unallocated shares outstanding. At December 31, 2011 , the market value of the 30,725 unallocated shares outstanding totaled $72 thousand .

NOTE 15 –SHARE-BASED COMPENSATION
As of December 31, 2012 , the Company has three share-based compensation plans, the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "2012 LTIP"), the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the "2002 LTIP") and the 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 1999 LTIP). The plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the Committee), which selects persons eligible to receive awards and determines the number of shares and/or options subject to each award, the terms, conditions and other provisions of the award. The plans are described in further detail below.
The 2012 LTIP was approved by the shareholders of the Company at the 2012 annual meeting as previously reported on a Current Report on Form 8-K filed June 26, 2012 . The 2012 LTIP permits the Committee to make a variety of awards, including incentive and nonqualified options to purchase shares of First Security's common stock, stock appreciation rights, other share-based awards which are settled in either cash or shares of First Security's common stock and are determined by reference to shares of stock, such as grants of restricted common stock, grants of rights to receive stock in the future, or dividend equivalent rights, and cash performance awards, which are settled in cash and are not determined by reference to shares of First Security's common stock ("Awards"). These discretionary Awards may be made on an individual basis or through a program approved by the Committee for the benefit of a group of eligible persons. The number of shares available under the 2012 LTIP is 149,000 .
The 2002 LTIP was approved by the shareholders of the Company at the 2002 annual meeting and subsequently amended by the shareholders of the Company at the 2004 and 2007 annual meetings to increase the number of shares available for issuance under the 2002 LTIP by 480 thousand and 750 thousand shares, respectively. The total number of shares authorized for awards prior to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split was 1.5 million . As a result of the 1-for- 10 reverse stock split in 2011 , the total shares currently authorized under the 2002 LTIP is 151,800 , of which not more than 20% may be granted as awards of restricted stock. Eligible participants include eligible employees, officers, consultants and directors of the Company or any affiliate. The exercise price per share of a stock option granted may not be less than the fair market value as of the grant date. The exercise price must be at least 110% of the fair market value at the grant date for options granted to individuals, who at the grant date, are 10% owners of the Company’s voting stock (each a " 10% Owner"). Restricted stock may be awarded to participants with terms and conditions determined by the Committee. The term of each award is determined by the Committee, provided that the term of any incentive stock option may not exceed ten years ( five years for 10% Owners) from its grant date. Each option award vests in approximately equal percentages each year over a period of not less than three years from the date of grant as determined by the Committee subject to accelerated vesting under terms of the 2002 LTIP or as provided in any award agreement. As a result of the Company's participation in TARP CPP, the terms of awards are also subject to compliance with applicable TARP compensation regulations.
Participation in the 1999 LTIP is limited to eligible employees. The total number of shares of stock authorized for awards prior to the 1-for-10 reverse stock split was 936 thousand . As a result of the 1-for-10 reverse stock split in 2011 , the total shares currently authorized under the 1999 LTIP is 93,600 , of which not more than 10% could be granted as awards of

115


restricted stock. Under the terms of the 1999 LTIP, incentive stock options to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock may not be granted at a price less than the fair market value of the stock as of the date of the grant. Options must be exercised within ten years from the date of grant subject to conditions specified by the 1999 LTIP. Restricted stock could also be awarded by the Committee in accordance with the 1999 LTIP. Generally, each award vests in approximately equal percentages each year over a period of not less than three years and vest from the date of grant as determined by the Committee subject to accelerated vesting under terms of the 1999 LTIP or as provided in any award agreement. As a result of the Company's participation in TARP CPP, the terms of awards are also subject to compliance with applicable TARP compensation regulations.
Stock Options
The following table illustrates the effect on operating results for share-based compensation for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands)
Stock option compensation expense
$
64

 
$
9

 
$
14

Stock option compensation expense, net of tax 1
$
42

 
$
6

 
$
9

__________________
1 Due to the deferred tax valuation allowance, tax benefit is reversed through the valuation allowance.
During the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , no options were exercised.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using a closed form option valuation (Black-Scholes) model that uses the following assumptions: expected dividend yield, expected volatility, risk-free interest rate, expected life of the option and the grant date fair value. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatilities of the Company's common stock. The Company uses historical data to estimate option exercise and post-vesting termination behavior. The expected term of options granted is based on historical data and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding, which takes into account that the options are not transferable. The risk-free interest rate for the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of the grant.
The fair value of options granted was determined using the following weighted-average assumptions as of the grant date. No options were granted during the year ending December 31, 2011 .
 
As of
 
December 31,
 
2012
 
2010
Risk‑free interest rate
1.29%
 
2.42%
Expected term, in years
6.5
 
6.5
Expected stock price volatility
67.89%
 
46.00%
Dividend yield
—%
 
—%
Fair value per option granted
$1.51
 
$0.79
The following table represents stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2012 :
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Exercise Price
 
Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Term (in years)
 
Aggregate Intrinsic Value
 
Outstanding, January 1, 2012
48,205

 
$
82.58

 
 
 
 
 
Granted
98,000

 
$
3.00

 
 
 
 
 
Exercised

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forfeited
11,029

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, December 31, 2012
135,176

 
$
25.54

 
7.65
 
$

1  
Exercisable, December 31, 2012
36,462

 
$
86.34

 
2.89
 

1  
__________________
1 As of December 31, 2012 , the exercise price of all exercisable options exceeded the closing price of the Company's common stock of $2.23 , resulting in no intrinsic value.

116



As of December 31, 2012 , shares available for future option grants to employees and directors under existing plans were zero , zero , and 149,000 for the 1999 LTIP, 2002 LTIP, and 2012 LTIP, respectively.
As of December 31, 2012 , there was $236 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested stock options granted under the Plans. The cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.43 years.
Restricted Stock
The Plans described above allow for the issuance of restricted stock awards that may not be sold or otherwise transferred until certain restrictions have lapsed. The unearned share-based compensation related to these awards is being amortized to compensation expense over the period the restrictions lapse. The share-based expense for these awards was determined based on the market price of the Company’s stock at the grant date applied to the total number of shares that were anticipated to fully vest and then amortized over the vesting period.
As of December 31, 2012 , unearned share-based compensation associated with these awards totaled $208 thousand . The Company recognized $152 thousand , $3 thousand and $10 thousand of compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , respectively. The remaining cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.15 years. The total value of shares vested during 2012 and 2011 was immaterial.
The following table represents restricted stock activity for the period ended December 31, 2012 :
 
Shares
 
Weighted Average Grant-Date Fair Value
Nonvested shares at January 1, 2012
41,940

1  
$
1.87

Granted
88,000

2  
3.32

Vested
(39
)
 
8.80

Forfeited
(120
)
 
8.80

Nonvested, December 31, 2012
129,781

3  
$
2.85

__________________
1 Includes 35,000 shares issued as an inducement grant from available and unissued shares and not from the Plans.
2 Includes 58,000 shares issued as inducement grants from available and unissued shares and not from the Plans.
3 Includes 93,000 shares issued as inducement grants from available and unissued shares and not from the Plans.
The restricted stock awards granted during 2012 vest according to the TARP CPP compensation regulations such that 66% vest after two years and the remainder vest after the third year. Additional transferability restrictions also apply.

NOTE 16 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Common Stock
On January 27, 2010 , the Company’s Board of Directors elected to suspend the dividend on the Company’s common stock. The Company may not pay dividends on common stock unless all Preferred Stock dividends have been paid.
On September 7, 2010 , the Company entered into a Written Agreement with the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. As part of the Written Agreement, the Company is prohibited from declaring or paying dividends without prior written consent from the Federal Reserve. Note 2 provides additional information on the Written Agreement.
On July 22, 2010 , the Company filed with the State of Tennessee, Articles of Amendment to the Charter of Incorporation to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock from 50 million to 150 million , in accordance with shareholder approval obtained on June 30, 2010 .
On September 13, 2011 , shareholders at the Company’s annual meeting approved a proposal to amend the Company’s Articles of Incorporation that effected a one-for- ten ( 1-for-10 ) reverse stock split of the Company’s common stock. The reverse stock split was effective at the opening of business on September 19, 2011 . Any fractional shares resulting from the reverse stock split were eliminated by rounding up to the next whole share. The Company issued 495 additional common shares as a result of eliminating fractional shares. The number of authorized shares of common stock following the reverse stock split remained at 150,000,000 shares. All prior periods have been restated to give retroactive effect to the one-for-ten reverse stock split that took effect on September 19, 2011 .

117


Preferred Stock
The Series A Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital and pays cumulative dividends at a rate of 5% per annum for the first five years and 9% per annum thereafter. Dividends are payable quarterly on February 15 , May 15 , August 15 and November 15 of each year. The 33,000 shares of Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), were issued to the United States Department of Treasury ("Treasury") as part of as part of the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") under the Troubled Asset Relief Program ("TARP"). Since the first quarter of 2010 , the Board of Directors has elected on a quarterly basis to defer dividend payments for the Series A Preferred Stock. Under the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, Treasury has the right to appoint up to two directors to the Company's Board of Directors at any time that dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly dividend periods. As previously reported, William F. Grant, III and Robert R. Lane were elected to the Company's Board of Directors in 2012 pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock. The terms of the Series A Preferred Stock provide that Treasury will retain the right to appoint such directors at subsequent annual meetings of shareholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock for all past dividend periods have been paid. Members of the Board of Directors elected by Treasury have the same fiduciary duties and obligations to all of the shareholders of First Security as any other member of the Board of Directors.
The Company recognized $1,650 thousand in dividends for the Series A Preferred Stock for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 . As of December 31, 2012 , aggregate unpaid, accrued dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock are $5.2 million which is included in other liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. For the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 , the Company recognized $428 thousand , $403 thousand and $379 thousand , respectively, in discount accretion on the Series A Preferred Stock.
ESOP Activity
On July 23, 2008 , the Board of Directors approved a loan, which was subsequently amended on January 28, 2009 , in the amount of $12,745 thousand from First Security Group, Inc. to the Plan. The purpose of the loan was to purchase Company shares in open market transactions through December 31, 2009 . The shares will be used for future Company matching contributions with the 401(k) and ESOP plan. From January 1, 2009 to December 31, 2009 , the Company purchased 24,880 shares at an average cost of $41.10 . As of December 31, 2009 , the cumulative purchases totaled 70,068 shares at a total cost of $4,056 thousand , or an average of $57.90 per share. No shares were purchased by the 401(k) and ESOP plan during 2011 or 2012 .

NOTE 17—MINIMUM REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS
FSGBank and the Company, as regulated institutions, are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the OCC and Federal Reserve, respectively. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holding companies.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of total and tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined) and of tier 1 capital (as defined) to the average assets (as defined).
The Consent Order, as described in Note 2, requires FSGBank to achieve and maintain total capital to risk adjusted assets of at least 13% and a leverage ratio of at least 9% . The Order provided 120 days from the effective date of April 28, 2010 to achieve these ratios. As of December 31, 2012 , the Bank's Tier 1 leverage ratio fell below the minimum level for an "undercapitalized " bank. Accordingly, the Bank is operating under additional Prompt Corrective Actions as Described in Note 2, "Regulatory Matters and Management's Plans". As shown below, FSGBank is currently not in compliance with the capital requirements.

118



The following table provides the regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2012 and 2011 :
 
 
Actual
 
FSGBank
Consent Order
 
Minimum to be
Adequately
Capitalized
under Prompt
Corrective Acton
Provisions
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
December 31, 2012
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary
$
32,743

 
5.5
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
47,688

 
8.0
%
FSGBank, N.A.
$
34,588

 
5.8
%
 
$
77,466

 
13.0
%
 
$
47,671

 
8.0
%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary
$
25,210

 
4.2
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
23,844

 
4.0
%
FSGBank, N.A.
$
27,058

 
4.5
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
23,836

 
4.0
%
Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary
$
25,210

 
2.3
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
43,570

 
4.0
%
FSGBank, N.A.
$
27,058

 
2.5
%
 
$
98,011

 
9.0
%
 
$
43,561

 
4.0
%
 
 
Actual
 
FSGBank
Consent Order
 
Minimum to be
Adequately
Capitalized
under Prompt
Corrective Acton
Provisions
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
 
Amount
 
Ratio
December 31, 2011
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary
$
72,061

 
11.0
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
52,579

 
8.0
%
FSGBank, N.A.
$
71,411

 
10.9
%
 
$
84,915

 
13.0
%
 
$
52,255

 
8.0
%
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary
$
63,752

 
9.7
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
26,290

 
4.0
%
FSGBank, N.A.
$
63,102

 
9.7
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
26,128

 
4.0
%
Tier 1 capital to average assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary
$
63,752

 
5.7
%
 
N/A

 
N/A

 
$
44,788

 
4.0
%
FSGBank, N.A.
$
63,102

 
5.6
%
 
$
100,770

 
9.0
%
 
$
44,787

 
4.0
%

119




NOTE 18 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The authoritative accounting guidance for fair value measurements defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. Authoritative guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.
There are three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair values
Level 1 - Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity can access as of the measurement date.
Level 2 - Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3 - Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company's own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
The following tables present information about the Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2012 , and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation techniques utilized by the Company to determine such fair value. In general, fair values determined by Level 1 inputs utilize quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access. Fair values determined by Level 2 inputs utilize inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals. Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the asset or liability, and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the hierarchy. In such cases, the fair value is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
The Company used the following methods and significant assumptions to estimate fair value:
Cash and cash equivalents : The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.
Interest bearing deposits in banks : The carrying amounts of interest bearing deposits in banks approximate fair value.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock and Federal Reserve Bank Stock: It is not practical to determine the fair value of FHLB stock or FRB Stock due to restrictions placed on their transferability. As such, these instruments are carried at cost.
Securities : The fair values for investment securities are determined by quoted market prices, if available (Level 1). For securities where quoted prices are not available, fair values are calculated based on market prices of similar securities (Level 2). For securities where quoted prices or market prices of similar securities are not available, fair values are calculated using discounted cash flows or other market indicators (Level 3). Discounted cash flows are calculated using spread to swap and LIBOR curves that are updated to incorporate loss severities, volatility, credit spread and optionality. During times when trading is more liquid, broker quotes are used (if available) to validate the model. Rating agency and industry research reports as well as defaults and deferrals on individual securities are reviewed and incorporated into the calculations. At December 31, 2011 , our municipal securities valuations were supported by analysis prepared by an independent third party. Their approach to determining fair value involves using recently executed transactions for similar securities and market quotations for similar securities. As these securities were not rated by the rating agencies and trading volumes were thin, it was determined that these were valued using Level 3 inputs.
Derivatives : The fair values of derivatives are based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date (Level 2).
Loans : For variable-rate loans that reprice frequently and have no significant changes in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. Fair values for certain mortgage loans and other consumer loans are estimated using the quoted market prices for securities backed by similar loans, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair value of other types of loans and leases is estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers of similar credit ratings quality. Fair value for impaired loans and leases are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis or underlying collateral values, where applicable. The fair value may not approximate the exit price.

120


Impaired Loans : At the time a loan is considered impaired, it is valued at the lower of cost or fair value. Impaired loans carried at fair value generally receive specific allocations of the allowance for loan losses. For collateral dependent loans, fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value. Non-real estate collateral may be valued using an appraisal, net book value per the borrower's financial statements, or aging reports, adjusted or discounted based on management's historical knowledge, changes in market conditions from the time of the valuation, and management's expertise and knowledge of the client and client's business, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification. Impaired loans are evaluated on a quarterly basis for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly.
Other Real Estate Owned : Assets acquired through or instead of loan foreclosure are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. These assets are subsequently accounted for at lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Fair value is commonly based on recent real estate appraisals. These appraisals may utilize a single valuation approach or a combination of approaches including comparable sales and the income approach. Adjustments are routinely made in the appraisal process by the independent appraisers to adjust for differences between the comparable sales and income data available. Such adjustments are usually significant and typically result in a Level 3 classification of the inputs for determining fair value.
Appraisals for both collateral-dependent impaired loans and other real estate owned are performed annually by certified general appraisers (for commercial properties) or certified residential appraisers (for residential properties) whose qualifications and licenses have been reviewed and verified by the Company. Once received, a member of the Appraisal Department reviews the assumptions and approaches utilized in the appraisal as well as the overall resulting fair value in comparison with via independent data sources such as recent market data or industry-wide statistics. On an annual basis, the Company compares the actual selling price of collateral that has been sold to the most recent appraised value to determine what additional adjustment should be made to the appraisal value to arrive at fair value. The most recent analysis performed indicated that a discount of approximately 7.82% should be applied.
Loans Held For Sale : Fair value for loans originated to be held for sale is determined using quoted prices for similar assets, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan or other observable market data, such as outstanding commitments from third party investors (Level 2). Fair value of loans transferred to held for sale is determined using the sales price of the loans which has no observable market, resulting in a Level 3 fair value classification.
Accrued interest receivable : The carrying value of accrued interest receivable approximates fair value.
Deposit liabilities : The fair value of demand deposits, savings accounts, and certain money market deposits is the amount payable on demand at the reporting date. The fair value for fixed-rate certificates of deposit is estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregate expected maturities on time deposits.
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase : These borrowings generally mature in 90 days or less and, accordingly, the carrying amount reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximates fair value.
Accrued interest payable : The carrying value of accrued interest payable approximates fair value.
Other borrowings : Other borrowings carrying amounts reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate fair value.

121



Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, including financial assets and liabilities for which the Company has elected the fair value option, are summarized below:
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at
 
December 31, 2012 Using:
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available-for-sale—
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
$

 
$
57,545

 
$

 
$
57,545

Mortgage-backed—residential

 
160,477

 

 
160,477

Municipals

 
35,994

 

 
35,994

Other

 

 
41

 
41

Total securities available-for-sale
$

 
$
254,016

 
$
41

 
$
254,057

Loans held for sale
$

 
$
3,624

 
$

 
$
3,624

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward loan sales contracts
$

 
$
25

 
$

 
$
25


 
Fair Value Measurements at
 
December 31, 2011 Using:
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available-for-sale—
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Federal agencies
$

 
$
24,235

 
$

 
$
24,235

Mortgage-backed—residential

 
136,898

 

 
136,898

Municipals

 
30,533

 
1,339

 
31,872

Other

 

 
36

 
36

Total securities available-for-sale
$

 
$
191,666

 
$
1,375

 
$
193,041

Loans held for sale
$

 
$
2,233

 
$

 
$
2,233

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward loan sales contracts
$

 
$
21

 
$

 
$
21

 

The following table presents additional information about changes in assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and for which the Company utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value as of December 31, 2012 .
 
 
Balance as of December 31, 2011
 
Total
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains or
Losses
 
Sales
 
Net
Transfers
In and/or
Out of
Level 3
 
Balance as of December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities available-for-sale—
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Municipals
$
1,339

 
$
(605
)
 
$
(734
)
 
$

 
$

Other
$
36

 
30

 
(27
)
 

 
$
41



122


At December 31, 2012 , the Company also had assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Items measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis include OREO, and collateral-dependent impaired loans. Such measurements were determined utilizing Level 3 inputs.
Upon initial recognition, OREO and repossessions are measured at fair value less cost of sale, which becomes the cost basis. The cost basis is subsequently re-measured at fair value when events or circumstances occur that indicate the initial fair value has declined. The fair value is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally observable in the marketplace. Fair value adjustments for OREO and repossessions have generally been classified as Level 3.
The Company records nonrecurring adjustments to the carrying value of loans based on fair value measurements for partial charge-offs of the uncollectible portions of these loans. Nonrecurring adjustments also include certain impairment amounts for collateral-dependent loans when establishing the allowance for loan and lease losses. If the recorded investment in the impaired loan exceeds the measure of fair value, a valuation allowance may be established as a component of the allowance for loan and lease losses or the expense is recognized as a partial charge-off. The fair value of collateral-dependent loans is generally determined using appraisals or other indications of value based on recent comparable sales of similar properties or assumptions generally available in the marketplace. These measurements have generally been classified as Level 3.
The following table presents the carrying value and associated valuation allowance of those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which impairment was recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2012 .
 
 
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2012
 
Level 1
Fair Value
Measurement
 
Level 2
Fair Value
Measurement
 
Level 3
Fair Value
Measurement
 
Valuation Allowance as of December 31, 2012
 
(in thousands)
Loans transferred to held for sale
$
22,296

 
$

 
$

 
$
22,296

 
$

Other real estate owned –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction/development loans
5,279

 

 

 
5,279

 
(2,921
)
Residential real estate loans
1,489

 

 

 
1,489

 
(450
)
Commercial real estate loans
2,901

 

 

 
2,901

 
(1,081
)
Multi-family and farmland loans
873

 

 

 
873

 
(229
)
Commercial and industrial loans
273

 

 

 
273

 
(150
)
Other real estate owned
10,815

 

 

 
10,815

 
(4,831
)
Collateral-dependent loans –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate: Residential 1-4 family
457

 

 

 
457

 

Real Estate: Commercial
727

 

 

 
727

 

Real Estate: Construction
1,783

 

 

 
1,783

 

Real Estate: Multi-family and farmland

 

 

 

 

Commercial
436

 

 

 
436

 

Collateral-dependent loans
3,403

 

 

 
3,403

 

Totals
$
14,218

 
$

 
$

 
$
14,218

 
$
(4,831
)

123



The following table presents the carrying value and associated valuation allowance of those assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for which impairment was recognized during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 .
 
 
Carrying Value as of December 31, 2011
 
Level 1
Fair Value
Measurement
 
Level 2
Fair Value
Measurement
 
Level 3
Fair Value
Measurement
 
Valuation Allowance as of December 31, 2011
 
(in thousands)
Other real estate owned –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Construction/development loans
$
8,591

 
$

 
$

 
$
8,591

 
$
(4,351
)
Residential real estate loans
5,007

 

 

 
5,007

 
(1,285
)
Commercial real estate loans
3,064

 

 

 
3,064

 
(1,696
)
Commercial and industrial loans
417

 

 

 
417

 

Other real estate owned
17,079

 

 

 
17,079

 
(7,613
)
Collateral-dependent loans –
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Real Estate: Residential 1-4 family
12,919

 

 

 
12,919

 
(324
)
Real Estate: Commercial
3,191

 

 

 
3,191

 
(33
)
Real Estate: Construction
7,158

 

 

 
7,158

 

Real Estate: Multi-family and farmland
1,129

 

 

 
1,129

 

Commercial
989

 

 

 
989

 
(495
)
Collateral-dependent loans
25,386

 

 

 
25,386

 
(852
)
Totals
$
42,465

 
$

 
$

 
$
42,465

 
$
(8,465
)

For the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company decreased its valuation allowance on $10.8 million of other real estate owned. The Company recorded write-downs on other real estate of $4.9 million and $6.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , respectively. For collateral-dependent loans, $5.0 million of provision for loan loss was recorded to establish or increase its valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2012 as compared to $7.2 million for the same period in the prior year. The Company charged off collateral-dependent loans of $5.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 . Any changes in the valuation allowance for a collateral-dependent loan are included in the allowance analysis and may result in additional provision expense.
During 2011 , the Company determined that the Level 3 fair value methodology was more consistent with the Company’s valuation approach to other real estate owned, repossessions and collateral-dependent loans. As such, the Company transferred all applicable balances into the Level 3 category. There have been no transfers into or out of Level 3 during 2012 . There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2012 or 2011 .
For loans transferred to held for sale, the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with a third party to sell certain loans. The sale price determined by the third party, which is also the unobservable input, was approximately $0.54 on the dollar of the loans identified. Based on the sale price, the Company calculated the approximate amount of funds to be received and the amount of loss on the pool of loans. The loss was allocated to each loan in the pool to arrive at the fair value of loans transferred to held for sale as of December 31, 2012 .

124


 
For impaired loans and OREO properties, the Company utilizes independent, third-party appraisals to determine fair value. Independent appraisals are ordered at least annually. As part of the normal appraisal process, the appraisers generally provide the appraised value using one of following techniques: the sales comparison approach, the income approach or a combination thereof.  Under the sales comparison approach, the appraiser may make certain adjustments from the sold property to the appraised property, including, but not limited to, differences in square footage, lot size, absorption rates or location. The adjustments between the appraised property and the comparison property range from (85.0)% to 131.8% with a weighted average adjustment of 6.00% . Under the income approach, the appraiser may make certain adjustments including, but not limited to, capitalization rates and differences in operating income expectations.  The Company's current third-party appraisals provide a range of capitalization rates between 8.5% to 18.0% with a weighted average of 7.77% . The Company's current third-party appraisals provide a range of adjustments to net operating income expectations of (60.0)% to 100.0% with a weighted average of 26.92% . Due to these adjustments, the appraisals are considered Level 3 measurements.  Additionally, the Company monitors the realization rate between proceeds received and appraised value for all sold OREO properties.  This discount, defined as the weighted average percentage difference between appraised values and proceeds, is then applied to all remaining appraisals associated with impaired loans and OREO properties.  The Company monitors and applies this adjustment to the Company's Level 3 properties. The weighted average discount is approximately 7.82% as of December 31, 2012 .
The following table presents quantitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for significant items measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2012 .

125


 
Fair value (in thousands)
 
Valuation technique(s)
 
Unobservable input(s)
 
Range
 
Weighted average
Impaired Loans - CRE
$
727

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(47.5
)%
 
60.0
%
 
4.8
 %
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
(10.0
)%
 
15.0
%
 
1.3
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
8.0
 %
 
14.8
%
 
8.0
 %
Impaired Loans - Residential
457

 
Sales Approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(51.9
)%
 
74.0
%
 
1.1
 %
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
6.0
 %
 
6.0
%
 
6.0
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
8.8
 %
 
10.0
%
 
9.7
 %
Impaired Loans - Construction
1,783

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(35.0
)%
 
40.0
%
 
3.9
 %
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
(44.0
)%
 
22.0
%
 
(9.0
)%
 
 
 
Development Loans
 
Absorption Rate
 
3.0
 %
 
33.3
%
 
20.8
 %
 
 
 
Development Loans
 
Discount Rate
 
18.0
 %
 
24.0
%
 
22.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
10.0
 %
 
12.0
%
 
11.8
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impaired Loans - Commercial and Industrial
436

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(74.5
)%
 
43.5
%
 
17.0
 %
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
 %
 
29.2
%
 
15.3
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
 %
 
22.0
%
 
10.3
 %
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
OREO-Residential
1,489

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(41.6
)%
 
58.4
%
 
8.8
 %
OREO-Commercial
2,901

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(85.0
)%
 
129.1
%
 
(5.6
)%
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
(60.0
)%
 
100.0
%
 
31.3
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
8.5
 %
 
18.0
%
 
7.2
 %
OREO-Construction
5,279

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(79.0
)%
 
131.8
%
 
10.1
 %
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
5.0
 %
 
10.0
%
 
5.7
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
12.0
 %
 
12.0
%
 
12.0
 %
OREO- Multifamily and Farmland
873

 
Sales comparison approach
 
Adjustment for differences between the comparable sales
 
(10.8
)%
 
20.8
%
 
1.0
 %
 
 
 
Income Approach
 
Adjustment for differences in net operating income expectations
 
8.0
 %
 
11.6
%
 
8.5
 %
 
 
 
 
 
Capitalization rate
 
10.0
 %
 
11.0
%
 
10.8
 %

126


The following table presents the estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2012 and 2011 .
 
 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at
 
 
 
December 31, 2012 Using:
 
Carrying
Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
12,806

 
$
12,806

 
$

 
$

 
$
12,806

Interest bearing deposits in banks
159,665

 
159,665

 

 

 
159,665

Securities available-for-sale
254,057

 

 
254,016

 
41

 
254,057

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
2,276

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Federal Reserve Bank stock
1,382

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Loans held for sale
25,920

 

 
3,624

 
22,296

 
25,920

Loans, net
527,330

 

 

 
545,076

 
545,076

Accrued interest receivable
2,973

 

 
947

 
2,026

 
2,973

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
1,008,066

 
412,573

 
600,226

 

 
1,012,799

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
12,481

 
12,481

 

 

 
12,481

Accrued interest payable
1,565

 
12

 
1,553

 

 
1,565


 
 
 
Fair Value Measurements at
 
 
 
December 31, 2011 Using:
 
Carrying
Value
 
Level 1
 
Level 2
 
Level 3
 
Total
 
(in thousands)
Financial assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
8,884

 
$
8,884

 
$

 
$

 
$
8,884

Interest bearing deposits in banks
249,297

 
249,297

 

 

 
249,297

Securities available-for-sale
193,041

 

 
191,666

 
1,375

 
193,041

Federal Home Loan Bank stock
2,276

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Federal Reserve Bank stock
2,310

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

 
N/A

Loans held for sale
2,233

 

 
2,233

 

 
2,233

Loans, net
562,664

 

 

 
571,125

 
571,125

Accrued interest receivable
2,798

 

 
821

 
1,977

 
2,798

Financial liabilities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
1,019,422

 
372,710

 
649,021

 

 
1,021,731

Federal funds purchased and securities sold under agreements to repurchase
14,520

 
14,520

 

 

 
14,520

Other borrowings
58

 
58

 

 

 
58

Accrued interest payable
1,906

 
62

 
1,844

 

 
1,906


127




NOTE 19 – FAIR VALUE OPTION
Authoritative accounting guidance provides a fair value option election (FVO) that allows companies to irrevocably elect fair value as the initial and subsequent measurement attribute for certain financial assets and liabilities, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings as they occur. The guidance permits the fair value option election on an instrument by instrument basis at initial recognition of an asset or liability or upon an event that gives rise to a new basis of accounting for that instrument.
The Company records all newly-originated loans held for sale under the fair value option. Origination fees and costs are recognized in earnings at the time of origination. The servicing value is included in the fair value of the loan and recognized at origination of the loan. The Company uses derivatives to hedge changes in servicing value as a result of including the servicing value in the fair value of the loan. The estimated impact from recognizing servicing value, net of related hedging costs, as part of the fair value of the loan is captured in mortgage banking income.
As of December 31, 2012 and 2011 , there were 3.6 million and $2.2 million in loans held for sale recorded at fair value, respectively. These amounts do not include loans moved from loans held for investment to the loans held for sale category. For the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011 , approximately $974 thousand and $737 thousand , respectively, in mortgage banking income was recognized.
For the year ended December 31, 2012 , the Company recognized a gain of $249 thousand due to changes in fair value for loans held for sale in which the fair value option was elected. For the year ended December 31, 2011 , the Company recognized a loss of $128 thousand due to changes in fair value for loans held for sale in which the fair value option was elected. This amount does not reflect the change in fair value attributable to the related hedges the Company used to mitigate the interest rate risk associated with loans held for sale. The changes in the fair value of the hedges were also recorded in mortgage banking income, and reduced income by $245 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2012 . The changes in the fair value of the hedges provided $233 thousand of income for the year ended December 31, 2011 .
The following table provides the difference between the aggregate fair value and the aggregate unpaid principal balance of loans held for sale for which the fair value option has been elected.
 
 
Aggregate fair value
 
Aggregate unpaid principal balance under FVO
 
Fair value carrying amount over (under) unpaid principal
 
(in thousands)
Loans held for sale
$
3,624

 
$
3,599

 
$
25


NOTE 20 – DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS
The Company records all derivative financial instruments at fair value in the financial statements. It is the policy of the Company to enter into various derivatives both as a risk management tool and in a dealer capacity, as necessary, to facilitate client transactions. Derivatives are used as a risk management tool to hedge the exposure to changes in interest rates or other identified market risks. As of December 31, 2012 , the Company has not entered into a transaction in a dealer capacity.
When a derivative is intended to be a qualifying hedged instrument, the Company prepares written hedge documentation that designates the derivative as (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (fair value hedge) or (2) a hedge of a forecasted transaction, such as the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge).
The written documentation includes identification of, among other items, the risk management objective, hedging instrument, hedged item, and methodologies for assessing and measuring hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness, along with support for management’s assertion that the hedge will be highly effective. Methodologies related to hedge effectiveness and ineffectiveness include (1) statistical regression analysis of changes in the cash flows of the actual derivative and a perfectly effective hypothetical derivative, (2) statistical regression analysis of changes in fair values of the actual derivative and the hedged item and (3) comparison of the critical terms of the hedged item and the hedging derivative. Changes in fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge are recorded in current period earnings, along with the changes in the fair value of the hedged asset or liability that are attributable to the hedged risk. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective and that has been designed and qualifies as a cash flow hedge are initially recorded in other comprehensive income and reclassified to earnings in conjunction with the recognition of the earnings impacts of the hedged item; any ineffective portion is recorded in current period earnings. Designated hedge transactions are reviewed at least quarterly for ongoing effectiveness. Transactions that are no longer deemed to be effective are

128


removed from hedge accounting classification and the recorded impacts of the hedge are recognized in current period income or expense in conjunction with the recognition of the income or expense on the originally hedged item.
The Company’s derivatives are based on underlying risks, primarily interest rates. The Company has utilized swaps to reduce the risks associated with interest rates. Swaps are contracts in which a series of net cash flows, based on a specific notional amount that is related to an underlying risk, are exchanged over a prescribed period. The Company also utilizes forward contracts on the held for sale loan portfolio. The forward contracts hedge against changes in fair value of the held for sale loans.
Derivatives expose the Company to credit risk. If the counterparty fails to perform, the credit risk is equal to the fair value gain of the derivative. The credit exposure for swaps is the replacement cost of contracts that have become favorable. Credit risk is minimized by entering into transactions with high quality counterparties that are initially approved by the Board of Directors and reviewed periodically by the Asset/Liability Committee. It is the Company’s policy of requiring that all derivatives be governed by an International Swap and Derivatives Associations Master Agreement (ISDA). Bilateral collateral agreements may also be required.
On August 28, 2007 and March 26, 2009 , the Company elected to terminate a series of interest rate swaps with a total notional value of $150 million and $50 million , respectively. At termination, the swaps had market values of $2.0 million and $5.8 million , respectively. These gains are being accreted into interest income over the remaining lives of the originally hedged items. The Company recognized $1.3 million , $1.8 million and $1.6 million , respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2012 , 2011 and 2010 .
The following table presents the cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2012 .
 
 
Notional
Amount
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Maturity
Date
 
(in thousands)
Asset hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward contracts
$
3,624

 
$

 
$
25

 
$
54

Various
 
$
3,624

 
$

 
$
25

 
$
54

 
Terminated asset hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedges: 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
$
35,000

 

 

 
$

June 28, 2012
Interest rate swap
$
25,000

 

 

 
$
16

October 11, 2012
Interest rate swap
$
25,000

 

 

 
$
16

October 11, 2012
 
$
85,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
32

 
__________________
1.  
$32 thousand in gains, net of taxes, was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings as interest income as of December 31, 2012 .

129



The following are the cash flow hedges as of December 31, 2011 :
 
 
 
Notional
Amount
 
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Maturity Date
 
 
(in thousands)
 
 
Asset hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward contracts
 
$
2,233

 
$

 
$
21

 
$
(14
)
 
various
Total
 
$
2,233

 
$

 
$
21

 
$
(14
)
 
 
Terminated asset hedges
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash flow hedges: 1
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate swap
 
$
35,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
41

 
June 28, 2012
Interest rate swap
 
25,000

 

 

 
420

 
October 11, 2012
Interest rate swap
 
25,000

 

 

 
420

 
October 11, 2012
Total
 
$
85,000

 
$

 
$

 
$
881

 
 
__________________
1.
$881 thousand in gains, net of taxes, was reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings as interest income as of December 31, 2011 .

The following table presents additional information on the active derivative positions as of December 31, 2012 .
 
 
 
Consolidated Balance
Sheet Presentation
 
Consolidated Income
Statement Presentation
 
 
Assets
 
Liabilities
 
Gains
 
Notional
Classification
 
Amount
 
Classification
 
Amount
 
Classification
 
Amount
Recognized
 
(in thousands)
Hedging Instrument:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Forward contracts
$
3,624

Other assets
 
N/A

 
Other liabilities
 
$

 
Noninterest
income – other
 
$
(4
)
Hedged Items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans held for sale
N/A

Loans held for
sale
 
$
3,624

 
N/A
 
N/A

 
Noninterest
income – other
 
N/A


For the year ended December 31, 2012 , no significant amounts were recognized for hedge ineffectiveness.

NOTE 21 – COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
The Company is party to credit related financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and the issuance of financial guarantees in the form of financial and performance standby letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets.
The Company’s exposure to credit loss is represented by the contractual amount of these commitments. The Company follows the same credit policies in making commitments as they do for on-balance-sheet instruments.

130



The Company’s maximum exposure to credit risk for unfunded loan commitments and standby letters of credit at December 31, 2012 and December 31, 2011 was as follows:
 
December 31,
2012
 
December 31,
2011
 
(in thousands)
Commitments to extend credit - fixed rate
$
16,312

 
$
10,825

Commitments to extend credit - variable rate
94,822

 
97,510

Total commitments to extend credit
$
111,134

 
$
108,335

 
 
 
 
Standby letters of credit
$
5,023

 
$
7,983


Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers. Standby letters of credit are contingent commitments issued by the Company to guarantee performance of a customer to a third party under a contractual non-financial obligation for which it receives a fee. Financial standby letters of credit represent a commitment to guarantee customer repayment of an outstanding loan or debt instrument. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of fees. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company on extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation. Collateral held varies but may include accounts receivable, inventory, property and equipment and income-producing commercial properties.
The Company is subject to various legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of its business. Additionally, in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to regulatory examinations, information gathering requests, inquiries, and investigations. The Company establishes accruals for litigation and regulatory matters when those matters present loss contingencies that the Company determines to be both probable and reasonably estimable. Based on current knowledge, advice of counsel and available insurance coverage, management does not believe that liabilities arising from legal claims, if any, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, in light of the significant uncertainties involved in these matters, the early stage of various legal proceedings, and the indeterminate amount of damages sought in some of these matters, it is possible that the ultimate resolution of these matters, if unfavorable, could be material to the Company’s results of operations for any particular period.
The Company intends to vigorously pursue all available defenses to these claims. There are significant uncertainties involved in any litigation. Although the ultimate outcome of these lawsuits cannot be ascertained at this time, based upon information that presently is available to it, management is unable to predict the outcome of these cases and cannot determine the probability of an adverse result or reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any. In addition, management is unable to estimate a range of reasonably possible losses with respect to these claims.

131




NOTE 22—OTHER ASSETS AND OTHER LIABILITIES
Other assets and other liabilities consist of the following:
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Other assets:
 
 
 
Equity securities
$
5,862

 
$
7,063

Interest receivable
2,973

 
2,798

Prepaid expenses
1,252

 
2,630

Federal income tax receivable
204

 
2,340

Security deposits
2,000

 
2,000

Other
565

 
435

Total other assets
$
12,856

 
$
17,266

Other liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued interest payable
$
1,565

 
$
1,906

Accrued expenses
2,489

 
2,882

Accrued preferred stock dividend
5,156

 
3,506

Supplemental executive retirement plan accrual
1,996

 
2,078

Other
2,634

 
2,093

Total other liabilities
$
13,840

 
$
12,465



NOTE 23 – SUPPLEMENTAL FINANCIAL DATA
Components of other noninterest income or other noninterest expense in excess of 1% of the aggregate of total interest income and noninterest income are shown in the following table.
 
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands)
Other noninterest income—
 
 
 
 
 
Point-of-service fees
$
1,367

 
$
1,348

 
$
1,270

Bank-owned life insurance income
995

 
1,007

 
1,032

Trust fees
523

 
736

 
771

Gain on sale of OREO
913

 
180

 
92

All other items
1,337

 
1,520

 
1,460

Total other noninterest income
$
5,135

 
$
4,791

 
$
4,625

Other noninterest expense—
 
 
 
 
 
Professional fees
$
3,382

 
$
3,430

 
$
3,144

FDIC insurance
3,352

 
3,289

 
3,803

Data processing
1,983

 
1,669

 
1,462

Write-downs on other real estate owned and repossessions
5,051

 
6,788

 
3,539

Losses on other real estate owned, repossessions and fixed assets
782

 
1,384

 
1,162

OREO and repossession holding costs
1,591

 
2,322

 
1,637

Communications
523

 
565

 
617

ATM/debit card fees
511

 
514

 
529

Insurance
1,341

 
1,251

 
452

OCC Assessments
504

 
546

 
325

All other items
3,527

 
3,822

 
4,137

Total other noninterest expense
$
22,547

 
$
25,580

 
$
20,807

Amounts less than 1% of the aggregate of total interest income plus noninterest income for each year shown are represented by a hyphen and included in "All other items" for the applicable year.

132



NOTE 24—CONDENSED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF PARENT COMPANY
Financial information pertaining only to First Security Group, Inc. is as follows:

CONDENSED BALANCE SHEET
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
ASSETS
 
 
 
Cash and due from bank subsidiary
$
841

 
$
1,161

Investment in common stock of subsidiary
30,958

 
67,582

Other assets
2,980

 
3,301

TOTAL ASSETS
$
34,779

 
$
72,044

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 
 
 
LIABILITIES
$
5,669

 
$
3,812

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
29,110

 
68,232

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
$
34,779

 
$
72,044



133


CONDENSED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands)
INCOME
 
 
 
 
 
Management fees
$

 
$
6,772

 
$
7,400

Interest income from loan to subsidiary

 

 
145

Total income

 
6,772

 
7,545

EXPENSES
 
 
 
 
 
Salaries and employee benefits
987

 
5,380

 
5,828

Other
848

 
1,882

 
2,427

Total expenses
1,835

 
7,262

 
8,255

(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS IN SUBSIDIARY
(1,835
)
 
(490
)
 
(710
)
Income tax (benefit) expense
(690
)
 
(181
)
 
(254
)
(LOSS) INCOME BEFORE EQUITY IN UNDISTRIBUTED EARNINGS IN SUBSIDIARY
(1,145
)
 
(309
)
 
(456
)
Equity in undistributed loss in subsidiary
(36,425
)
 
(22,752
)
 
(43,886
)
NET LOSS
(37,570
)
 
(23,061
)
 
(44,342
)
Preferred stock dividends
1,650

 
1,650

 
1,650

Accretion on preferred stock discount
428

 
403

 
379

NET LOSS ALLOCATED TO COMMON STOCKHOLDERS
$
(39,648
)
 
$
(25,114
)
 
$
(46,371
)


134


CONDENSED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS  
 
2012
 
2011
 
2010
 
(in thousands)
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss
$
(37,570
)
 
$
(23,061
)
 
$
(44,342
)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by operating activities—
 
 
 
 
 
Equity in undistributed loss of subsidiary
36,425

 
22,752

 
43,886

Amortization of deferred compensation
208

 
79

 
24

ESOP compensation
82

 
94

 
331

(Increase) decrease in other assets
347

 
(1,115
)
 
1,404

(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
188

 
(63
)
 
(207
)
Net cash from operating activities
(320
)
 
(1,314
)
 
1,096

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Equity investment in subsidiary

 

 
(8,000
)
Loan to subsidiary, net of payments

 

 
8,000

Net cash from investing activities

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Proceeds from issuance of preferred and common stock

 
3

 

Net cash from financing activities

 
3

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(320
)
 
(1,311
)
 
1,096

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS —beginning of year
1,161

 
2,472

 
1,376

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS— end of year
$
841

 
$
1,161

 
$
2,472

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES
 
 
 
 
 
Income taxes paid
$
70

 
$
273

 
$
128


NOTE 25—RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
From January 1, 2010 to June 30, 2010 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 , the Company was party to an agreement with Alpha Antiques, whose sole proprietor, Judy Holley, is the spouse of Rodger Holley, the Company’s former Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. Under the agreement, Alpha Antiques provided design and procurement services relating to the design and construction of the Bank’s branches and the management of OREO properties, for which it paid $23 thousand in 2010 . In addition, during the first half of 2010 , the use of a Company car was provided to assist in managing the increased OREO properties.
During 2010 and 2009 , the Company entered into certain sale transactions with Ray Marler, a former director of the Company. The Company sold repossessed assets to companies owned by Mr. Marler. Gross proceeds to the Company during 2010 totaled $67 thousand . The Company also utilized Mr. Marler’s companies for certain services associated with other real estate owned. Payments for these services totaled $6 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010 .
In connection with the acquisition of Premier National Bank of Dalton in 2003, the Bank assumed a lease with First Plaza, L.L.C. J.C. Harold Anders, a former director of the Company through March 25, 2010 , is a 14.3% owner of First Plaza. As a result of the agreement, the Bank leases property located at 715 S Thornton Avenue, Dalton, Georgia 30721. The Bank owns a full service branch facility located on this property. From January 1, 2010 through March 25, 2010 , the Company recognized $13 thousand of lease expense.
Additionally, the Company has entered into loan transactions with certain directors, executive officers and significant stockholders and their affiliates.

135



NOTE 26—QUARTERLY SUMMARIZED FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)
 
First
Quarter
2012
 
Second
Quarter
2012
 
Third
Quarter
2012
 
Fourth
Quarter
2012
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income
$
9,689

 
$
9,581

 
$
8,974

 
$
8,066

Interest expense
3,454

 
3,276

 
3,125

 
2,875

Net interest income
6,235

 
6,305

 
5,849

 
5,191

Provision for loan and lease losses
1,801

 
4,149

 
4,543

 
10,373

Net interest income (loss) after provision for loan and lease losses
4,434

 
2,156

 
1,306

 
(5,182
)
Noninterest income
1,983

 
2,312

 
2,694

 
2,306

Noninterest expense
12,135

 
12,364

 
12,781

 
11,528

Income loss before income taxes
(5,718
)
 
(7,896
)
 
(8,781
)
 
(14,404
)
Income tax provision (benefit)
109

 
(619
)
 
108

 
1,173

Net loss
(5,827
)
 
(7,277
)
 
(8,889
)
 
(15,577
)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
517

 
518

 
521

 
522

Net loss allocated to common stockholders
$
(6,344
)
 
$
(7,795
)
 
$
(9,410
)
 
$
(16,099
)
Net loss per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per share—basic
$
(3.94
)
 
$
(4.82
)
 
$
(5.79
)
 
$
(9.90
)
Net loss per share—diluted
$
(3.94
)
 
$
(4.82
)
 
$
(5.79
)
 
$
(9.90
)
Shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic 1
1,612

 
1,618

 
1,626

 
1,626

Diluted 1
1,612

 
1,618

 
1,626

 
1,626


 
First
Quarter
2011
 
Second
Quarter
2011
 
Third
Quarter
2011
 
Fourth
Quarter
2011
 
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Interest income
$
11,502

 
$
11,014

 
$
10,338

 
$
9,930

Interest expense
3,976

 
3,695

 
3,662

 
3,672

Net interest income
7,526

 
7,319

 
6,676

 
6,258

Provision for loan and lease losses
884

 
2,625

 
3,882

 
3,529

Net interest income after provision for loan and lease losses
6,642

 
4,694

 
2,794

 
2,729

Noninterest income
2,264

 
2,056

 
2,104

 
2,226

Noninterest expense
11,373

 
12,250

 
11,433

 
13,122

Loss before income taxes
(2,467
)
 
(5,500
)
 
(6,535
)
 
(8,167
)
Income tax benefit
191

 
(105
)
 
(54
)
 
360

Net loss
(2,658
)
 
(5,395
)
 
(6,481
)
 
(8,527
)
Dividends and accretion on preferred stock
511

 
512

 
514

 
515

Net loss allocated to common stockholders
$
(3,169
)
 
$
(5,907
)
 
$
(6,995
)
 
$
(9,042
)
Net loss per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net loss per share—basic
$
(2.00
)
 
$
(3.35
)
 
$
(4.40
)
 
$
(5.64
)
Net loss per share—diluted
$
(2.00
)
 
$
(3.35
)
 
$
(4.40
)
 
$
(5.64
)
Shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
1,584

 
1,587

 
1,591

 
1,602

Diluted
1,584

 
1,587

 
1,591

 
1,602

 
1  
The sum of the quarterly net loss per share (basic and diluted) differs from the annual net loss per share (basic and diluted) because of the differences in the weighted average number of common shares outstanding and the common shares used in the quarterly and annual computations as well as differences in rounding.

136



NOTE 27—BANK-OWNED LIFE INSURANCE
The Company’s Board of Directors approved the purchase of bank-owned life insurance ("BOLI") on January 26, 2005 . The Company is the owner and beneficiary of these life insurance contracts. The Company invested a total of $17,250 thousand in nine bank-owned life insurance policies during the first half of 2005 . In conjunction with the acquisitions of First State Bank and Jackson Bank, the Company assumed $362 thousand and $3,348 thousand , respectively, in bank-owned life insurance. The Company’s investment in bank-owned life insurance is as follows:
 
2012
 
2011
 
(in thousands)
Cash surrender value—beginning of year
$
26,722

 
$
25,806

Increase in cash surrender value, net of expenses
854

 
916

Cash surrender value—end of year
$
27,576

 
$
26,722

The Company reports income and expenses from the policies as other income and other expense, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations and expenses. The income is not subject to tax and the expenses are not deductible for tax.


NOTE 28—CONCENTRATIONS OF CREDIT RISK
The Company offers a variety of loan products with payment terms and rate structures that have been designed to meet the needs of its customers within an established framework of acceptable credit risk. Payment terms range from fully amortizing loans that require periodic principal and interest payments to terms that require periodic payments of interest-only with principal due at maturity. Interest-only loans are a typical characteristic in commercial and home equity lines-of-credit and construction loans (residential and commercial). At December 31, 2012 , the Company had approximately $113.8 million of interest-only loans, which primarily consist of commercial real estate loans ( 45% ) and commercial and industrial loans ( 26% ). The loans have an average maturity of approximately eighteen months or less. The interest only loans are properly underwritten loans and are within the Company’s lending policies.
The Company has branch locations in Dalton, Georgia where the local economy is generally dependent upon the carpet industry. The Company’s loan portfolio within the Dalton market totals $45.1 million .
At December 31, 2012 and 2011 , the Company did not offer, hold or service option adjustable rate mortgages that may expose the borrowers to future increases in repayments in excess of changes resulting solely from increases in the market rate of interest (loans subject to negative amortization).


NOTE 29 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
On December 10, 2012 , the Company entered into an asset purchase agreement with a third party to sell certain loans. During the fourth quarter of 2012 , the Company identified $36.2 million of under- and non-performing loans to sell and recorded a $13.9 million loss to reduce the loan balance to the expected net proceeds. The Company completed the loan sale during February 2013 .
On April 11, 2013 , the Company completed a restructuring of the Company's Preferred Stock with the U.S. Treasury ("Treasury") by issuing $14.4 million of new common stock for $1.50 per share for the full satisfaction of the Treasury's 2009 investment in the Company. Pursuant to the exchange agreement ("Exchange Agreement"), as previously included in a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013 , the Company restructured the Company's Preferred Stock issued under the Capital Purchase Program ("CPP") by issuing new shares of common stock equal to 26.75% of the $33 million par value of the Preferred Stock, 100% of the accrued but unpaid dividends and the cancellation of stock warrants granted in connection with the CPP investment ("CPP Restructuring"). Immediately after the issuance of the common stock to the Treasury, the Treasury sold all of the Company's common stock to investors previously identified by the Company at the same $1.50 per share price.
On April 12, 2013 , the Company completed the issuance of an additional $76.7 million of new common stock in a private placement to accredited investors. The private placement was previously announced on a Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 26, 2013 , in which the Company announced the execution of definitive stock purchase agreements with institutional investors as part of an approximately $90 million recapitalization ("Recapitalization"). In total, the Company issued 60,735,000 shares of common stock at $1.50 per share for gross proceeds of $91.1 million .



137


Pursuant to a request by the Company, NASDAQ transferred the listing of the Company's common stock from the Nasdaq Global Select Market to the Nasdaq Capital Market on March 26, 2013 . The Company's common stock will continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market subject to certain conditions described in the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2013 .
Effective March 19, 2013 , Ralph E. Kendall submitted his resignation as a Director of the Company's Board of Directors. The resignation is discussed further in the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 22, 2013 .



138


ITEM 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
As reported on Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 14, 2011, First Security dismissed Joseph Decosimo and Company, PLLC as its independent registered public accounting firm and engaged Crowe Horwath LLP as its new independent registered public accounting firm for its 2011 fiscal year.

ITEM 9A.
Controls and Procedures
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of our “disclosure controls and procedures” (“Disclosure Controls”). Disclosure Controls, as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act, such as this Annual Report, is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms. Disclosure Controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the CEO and CFO, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management, including the CEO and CFO, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls will prevent all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.
Our CEO and CFO have concluded that our Disclosure Controls were effective at a reasonable assurance level as of December 31, 2012 .
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance that assets are safeguarded against loss from unauthorized use or disposition, transactions are executed in accordance with appropriate management authorization and accounting records are reliable for the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 . Management based this assessment on criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting described in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of our internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting. Management reviewed the results of its assessment with the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors.
Based on this assessment, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2012 .
Crowe Horwath LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal controls over financial reporting as stated in their report which is included herein.
Changes in Internal Controls
During the third quarter of 2012, we conducted a core system conversion. Approximately nine months of planning were devoted by a select group of consultants and employees to ensure data integrity and minimal customer impact during the conversion. With a complete system upgrade, various internal control processes and procedures required revisions to reflect the new processes. While acknowledging the system changes, there have been no changes in our internal controls over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.

139

Table of Contents





ITEM 9B.
Other Information
Not applicable

PART III


ITEM 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Information About Directors
First Security believes that its Board of Directors as a whole should encompass a range of talent, skill and expertise enabling it to provide sound guidance with respect to First Security's operations and interests. In addition to considering a candidate's background and accomplishments, candidates are reviewed in the context of the current composition of the Board and the evolving needs of our business. First Security's nominating committee seeks directors with strong reputations and experience in areas relevant to the strategy and operations of First Security's business. Each director identified below holds or has held senior executive positions in relevant organizations and has operating experience that meets this objective, as described below. In these positions, they have also gained experience in core management skills, such as strategic and financial planning, corporate governance, risk management, and leadership development. Our nominating committee further believes that each of the directors has other key attributes that are important to an effective board: integrity and demonstrated high ethical standards; sound judgment; analytical skills; the ability to engage management and each other in a constructive and collaborative fashion; and the commitment to devote significant time and energy to service on the Board.
The following table shows for each director as of April 15, 2013: (1) his or her name; (2) his or her age at December 31, 2012; (3) how long he or she has been one of our directors; (4) his or her position(s) with us, other than as a director; (5) his or her principal occupation and business experience for the past five years; and (6) a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that the Board believes qualifies each director for service on First Security's Board. Except as otherwise indicated, each director has been engaged in his or her present principal occupation for more than five years. Each of the directors listed below is currently a director of First Security and FSGBank.

Name (Age)
Director
Since
Position with First Security and Business Experience
William F. Grant, III (64)
2012
Director of FSGBank since March 2012; Founding Director and Chair of the Audit Committee for Square 1 Bank and Square 1 Financial, Inc. since July 2005. Retired from the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, a division of the Treasury, in 2000 with 27 years of service in various positions, including National Bank Examiner, Director of Staffing and National Recruitment and Director for Banking Relations. We believe that Mr. Grant's extensive regulatory and banking experience well qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
William C. Hall (61)
2010
Owner and Manager of Town and Country Restaurant (restaurant / hospitality, Chattanooga, TN) from 1976 to 2005; Managing Partner of T&C Holdings, GP (real estate investment), 2005 to present. We believe Mr. Hall's experience as a small business owner in Chattanooga, one of our primary market areas, well qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Carol H. Jackson (73)
2002
Retired as Vice President of Baker Street Rentals (property management, Knoxville, TN) in 2006 after serving in this role since 1991. Ms. Jackson has 17 years of property management experience and has served on various bank boards continuously over the last 21 years. We believe Ms. Jackson's experience in property management and her long service on the boards of financial institutions well qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.

140

Table of Contents


Name (Age)
Director
Since
Position with First Security and Business Experience
Robert P. Keller (74)
2011
Managing Director of Triumph Investment Managers, LLC (private equity) since October 2003; Director of Pennichuck Corporation, a publicly-traded water utility and land development company, since April 1983; Director of Homeland Renewable Energy, Inc. (energy industry) since August 2005; Director of First State Bank from November 2008 to October 2011 (elevated to Chairman in November 2010); Director of California Oaks State Bank from January 2005 to December 2010; Chairman of the Board of Directors at Security Business Bank of San Diego and Security Business Bancorp since September 2002 and April 2008, respectively; President and Chief Executive Officer of Eldorado Bancshares, Inc. from August 1995 to April 2001; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Eldorado Bank from August 1995 to April 2001; and Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Antelope Valley Bank from July 1999 to April 2001. Mr. Keller is also a CPA. We believe that Mr. Keller's extensive experience in management and as a director of several community-based financial institutions well qualifies him for service on our Board of Directors.
Kelly P. Kirkland (54)
2011
Retired as a partner with Leitner, Williams, Dooley & Napolitan, PLLC, following 27 and a half years of practice in December 2010. Ms. Kirkland maintains membership with the State Bars of Florida, Georgia and Tennessee, and is a member of the Chattanooga Bar Association. We believe that Ms. Kirkland's varied legal practice, which included the representation of numerous complex public companies, well qualifies her to serve on our Board of Directors.
D. Michael Kramer (54)
2011
Chief Executive Officer and President of First Security since December 2011; Chief Executive Officer of FSGBank since December 2011; Managing Director of Ridley Capital Group from May 2010 to December 2011; Director, Chief Executive Officer and President of Ohio Legacy Corporation from January, 2006 to February, 2010; Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer, of Integra Bank Corporation from 1999 to 2004. We believe that Mr. Kramer's more than 20 years of executive leadership in financial organizations, including his service as First Security's Chief Executive Officer, well qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Robert R. Lane (64)
2012
Director of FSGBank since February 2012; Faculty Advisor for the Fisher College of Business at the Ohio State University since September 2011; Chief Executive Officer of Lane Leadership Group, LLC since August 2008; President of the Central Ohio District of KeyBank, N.A. from January 2008 to August 2010; Director for Crowe Horwath and Company, LLP from July 1997 to December 2006; Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of First Union National Bank of Tennessee from July 1987 to March 1993. We believe that Mr. Lane's more than 40 years of banking and financial service consulting experience well qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.
Larry D. Mauldin (67)
2012
Retired as Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer of SunTrust Bank, East Tennessee, in 2007 after serving in this role since 2002; Owner and manager of Mauldin Properties, LLC since 1996; Chairman of the Board of Covenant Health, a Tennessee public benefit nonprofit corporation (hospital health care system), since 2008; and Chairman of the Board, Project GRAD Knoxville, Inc., a Tennessee public benefit nonprofit corporation, since 2004. We believe Mr. Mauldin's 40 years of banking experience, including executive roles, well qualifies him to serve on our Board of Directors.

On March 19, 2013, Mr. Ralph L. Kendall resigned from the boards of directors of First Security and FSGBank.

Arrangements with Directors.
Mr. Keller was nominated to serve as a director pursuant to the terms of the Engagement Agreement by and between First Security, FSGBank and Triumph Investment Managers, LLC (“Triumph”), dated April 28, 2011 and amended by an amendment dated March 28, 2012 (the “Engagement Agreement”). Under the Engagement Agreement, Triumph provides a number of strategic services to First Security, including, but not limited to assistance in: the identification and retention of an outside loan review, the development of a comprehensive strategic plan, potential senior management candidates to enhance current management, regulatory relations and compliance, and evaluation of First Security's organizational chart. Pursuant to the terms of the Engagement Agreement, for as long as the Engagement Agreement is effective, Mr. Keller will continue to be nominated to serve on the boards of each of First Security and FSGBank and is entitled to receive the same board fees and other compensation that other directors receive for service as a director of First Security.

141

Table of Contents


Under the terms of the Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, liquidation preference $1,000 per share (the "Series A Preferred Stock"), the holder thereof, the U.S. Department of Treasury (the "Treasury") has the right to appoint up to two directors to First Security's Board of Directors at any time that dividends payable on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly dividend periods, and to appoint such directors at subsequent annual meetings until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past dividend periods have been paid. In February and March of 2012, respectively, the Treasury, pursuant to the terms of the Series A Preferred Stock, elected Mr. Robert R. Lane and Mr. William F. Grant to our board of directors, as quarterly dividends on the Series A Preferred Stock have not been paid for more than six quarters. The directors elected by the Treasury will hold office until the next annual meeting and until their successors are elected and qualified, or until all dividends payable on all outstanding shares of the Series A Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full. Following the redemption of the securities held by Treasury on April 11, 2013, Treasury no longer has a right to appoint directors to the Board of Directors. However, the Board of Directors requested that Mr. Grant and Mr. Lane continue their service on the Boards of both First Security and FSGBank, and each agreed to continue to serve.

142

Table of Contents



Information About Executive Officers
Executive officers are appointed annually at the meetings of the respective Boards of Directors of First Security and FSGBank following the annual meetings of shareholders, to serve until the next annual meeting and until their successors or additional executive officers are chosen and qualified. The following table shows for each executive officer as of April 15, 2013: (1) his or her name; (2) his or her age at December 31, 2012; (3) how long he or she has been an officer of First Security; (4) his or her position with First Security; and (5) his or her principal occupation and business experience for the past five years.
Name (Age)
Officer
Since
Position with First Security and Business Experience
Denise M. Cobb (38)
2010
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of First Security and FSGBank since February 2012; Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of First Security and FSGBank from May 2010 to February 2012; Senior Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of First Security and FSGBank from May 2009 to May 2010; Vice President, Director of Internal Audit for First Security and FSGBank from October 2007 to May 2009; Vice President, Project Manager of First Security and FSGBank from August 2006 to October 2007; and Vice President, Corporate Controller and Principal Accounting Officer of First Security and FSGBank from February 2005 to August 2006.
John R. Haddock (34)
2011
Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, and Secretary of the Board of First Security and FSGBank since February 2011; Corporate Controller of First Security and FSGBank from 2006 to February 2011.
D. Michael Kramer (54)
2011
Chief Executive Officer and President of First Security since December 2011; Chief Executive Officer of FSGBank since December 2011; Managing Director of Ridley Capital Group from May 2010 to December 2011; Director, Chief Executive Officer and President of Ohio Legacy Corporation from January, 2006 to February, 2010; Chief Operating Officer and Chief Technology Officer, of Integra Bank Corporation from 1999 to 2004.
Chris Tietz (49)
2012
Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of FSGBank since February 2012. Executive Vice President and Chief Credit Officer of First Place Bank from May 2011 to February 2012. Chief Credit Officer of Monroe Bank from 2005 to April 2011.
Joseph E. Dell resigned as Executive Vice President and Chief Lending Officer on January 28, 2013. As Mr. Dell served as one of First Security's executive officer as of December 31, 2012, he is included in First Security's summary compensation tables below, and is deemed a “Named Executive Officer” for 2012.    
Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees. We believe the Code is reasonably designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including: the ethical handling of conflicts of interest; full, fair and accurate disclosure in filings and other public communications made by us; compliance with applicable laws; prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code; and accountability for adherence to the Code. We have posted a copy of our Code on our website at www.FSGBank.com.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires First Security's directors and executive officers, and persons who own more than 10% of First Security Common Stock, to file with the SEC initial reports of ownership and reports of changes in ownership of Common Stock and other equity securities of First Security. Directors, executive officers and greater than 10% shareholders are required by regulation to furnish First Security with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they file. To our knowledge, based solely on a review of the copies of these reports and certifications from our directors and officers, all of our directors and executive officers complied with all applicable Section 16(a) filing requirements during 2012. In regard to beneficial owners of more than 10% of outstanding shares of Common Stock, we are not aware that any person beneficially owns more than 10% of our Common Stock.

143

Table of Contents



Shareholder Proposals
In accordance with our bylaws and subject to applicable laws and regulations promulgated by the SEC, a shareholder may nominate persons for election as directors. If the officer presiding at the annual meeting determines that a nomination was not made in accordance with the bylaws, the nomination may be disregarded. The bylaws require written notice to the Corporate Secretary of First Security of the nomination be received at our principal executive offices at least 60 days prior to the date of the annual meeting, assuming the meeting will be held the same date as the prior year's annual meeting, or at least 60 days prior to the date of the annual meeting for that year provided that we have publicly announced the annual meeting date at least 75 days in advance. The notice must set forth:

(1)
the name, age, business address and residence address of all individuals nominated;
(2)
the principal occupation or employment of all individuals nominated;
(3)
the class and number of shares of First Security that are beneficially owned by all individuals nominated;
(4)
any other information relating to all individuals nominated that is required to be disclosed in solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the SEC's rules and regulations thereunder and any other applicable laws or rules or regulations of any governmental authority or of any national securities exchange or similar body overseeing any trading market on which shares of First Security are traded;
(5)
the name and record address of the nominating shareholder; and
(6)
the class and number of shares of First Security which are beneficially owned by the nominating shareholder.
    
To be considered for inclusion in next year's proxy statement, all shareholder proposals must comply with applicable laws and regulations, including SEC Rule 14a-8, as well as First Security's bylaws, and must be delivered in writing to the Corporate Secretary of First Security at its principal executive offices at 531 Broad Street, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402, no later than 120 days before the one-year anniversary date that First Security releases a proxy statement to shareholders for the 2013 annual meeting of shareholders.

Audit Committee .   
Through April 25, 2012, First Security's audit committee matters were handled by the Audit/Corporate Governance Committee, which was comprised of Ralph L. Kendall (Chair), William C. Hall, Larry D. Mauldin and Carol H. Jackson, each of whom are independent directors under the independence standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Effective April 25, 2012, First Security's audit committee matters are handled by the Audit and Enterprise Risk Management Committee, which is comprised of William F. Grant, III (Chair), Ralph L. Kendall, Kelly P. Kirkland and Robert R. Lane, each of whom are independent directors under the independence standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market.
The Board of Directors has determined that Mr. Kendall and Mr. Grant each meet the criteria specified under applicable SEC regulations for an “audit committee financial expert.” In addition, the Board believes that all of the audit committee members have the financial knowledge, business experience and independent judgment necessary for service on First Security's audit committee. The audit committee held five meetings during 2012.
The audit committee has the responsibility of reviewing financial statements, evaluating internal accounting controls, reviewing reports of regulatory authorities, overseeing the audit of our fiduciary activities and determining that all audits and examinations required by law are performed. Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the audit committee, a copy of which is available on our website, www.FSGBank.com . Our Board of Directors annually reviews and approves changes to the audit committee charter. Under the charter, the committee has the authority and is empowered to:
appoint, approve compensation and oversee the work of the independent auditor;
resolve disagreements between management and the auditors regarding financial reporting;
pre-approve all auditing and appropriate non-auditing services performed by the independent auditor;
retain independent counsel and accountants to assist the committee;
seek information it requires from employees or external parties; and
meet with our officers, independent auditors or outside counsel as necessary.



144

Table of Contents


ITEM 11.
Executive Compensation
Summary Compensation Table
The following table provides certain summary information concerning the annual and long-term compensation paid or accrued by First Security and its subsidiaries to or on behalf of First Security's executive officers at the end of 2012, collectively, the “Named Executive Officers” for 2012.
Name and Principal Position
 
Year
 
Salary (1)
 
Bonus (2)
 
Stock Awards (3)
 
Option Awards (4)
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation (5)
 
All Other Compensation (6)
 
Total
(a)
 
(b)
 
($)
(c)
 
($)
(d)
 
($)
(e)
 
($)
(f)
 
($)
(g)
 
($)
(i)
 
($)
(h)
D. Michael Kramer
 
2012
 
311,458

 

 

 

 

 
40,782

 
352,240

President and CEO
 
2011
 
28,126

 

 
62,300

 

 

 
29,625

(7)  
120,051

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
John R. Haddock
 
2012
 
185,448

 

 
36,000

 

 

 
6,153

 
227,601

Secretary, CFO and EVP
 
2011
 
176,967

 

 

 

 

 
7,514

 
184,481

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Denise M. Cobb
 
2012
 
167,047

 

 
36,000

 

 

 
9,780

 
212,827

Chief Administrative Officer and EVP
 
2011
 
167,500

 

 

 

 

 
9,462

 
176,962

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Christopher G. Tietz
 
2012
 
206,529

 

 
101,100

 

 

 
9,763

 
317,392

Chief Credit Officer and EVP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Joseph E. Dell, Jr
(8)  
2012
 
206,042

 

 

 

 

 
20,359

 
226,401

Chief Lending Officer and EVP
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(1)
Represents base salary.
(2)
Represents discretionary bonus awards. First Security did not pay its Named Executive Officers any bonuses in 2012.
(3)
Represents the grant date fair value of the restricted stock awards computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the methods and assumptions described in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The grant to Mr. Kramer was made as an inducement in connection with his employment offer. Mr. Kramer was granted 35,000 shares during 2011 at fair value of $1.78 per share. Mr. Haddock and Ms. Cobb were granted 10,000 shares, respectively, during 2012, at fair value of $3.60 per share. The grants were made under the 1999 and 2002 Long Term Incentive Plans. The grant to Mr. Tietz was made as an inducement in connection with his employment offer. Mr. Tietz was granted 30,000 shares during 2012 at a fair value of $3.37 per share. All remaining grants are subject to three-year service vesting and TARP CPP transfer restrictions. Based on the terms of the TARP Exchange, the NEOs forfeited 75% of the restricted stock awards during April 2013.
(4)
Represents the grant date fair value of the stock options computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the methods and assumptions described in Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. First Security did not issue any stock options to its Named Executive Officers in 2012.
(5)
Represents Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards as defined by the SEC. First Security did not issue any Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards to its Named Executive Officers in 2012.
(6)
Represents all other forms of compensation, including the First Security's 401(k) match and perquisites provided to the Named Executive Officers (consisting of automobile allowance or business and personal use of a company car for transportation for the executive, his customers, employees and directors; social and civic club dues for networking and entertaining; and business and personal use of a cell phone for accessibility to the executive). First Security provided 401(k) matches in 2012 as follows: Kramer-$2,370, Haddock-$1,855, Cobb-$1,730, Tietz-$0 and Dell-$1,932. First Security does not provide the Named Executive Officers with nonqualified deferred compensation opportunities.
(7)
Includes $29,625 paid for as an independent contractor for consulting services prior to Mr. Kramer's appointment as Chief Executive Officer in December 2012.
(8)
Mr. Dell resigned on January 28, 2013.

145

Table of Contents



Base Salaries for Executive Officers. The above table includes partial year base salaries for certain executives. First Security appointed Christopher G. Tietz as EVP and Chief Credit Officer on February 9, 2012. The annual base salaries for the current executive officers are: Kramer - $325,000; Tietz - $235,000; Haddock - $194,750; and Cobb - $176,713.
Agreements with Named Executive Officers . First Security has entered into an employment agreements with Mr. Kramer. The material terms of these arrangements are described below.
In connection with First Security's participation in the Capital Purchase Program of the Troubled Asset Relief Program (the "TARP CPP"), each of our Named Executive Officers has also entered into a separate letter agreement with First Security that sets forth each executive's acknowledgment and agreement that certain amounts otherwise payable to the executive under the employment agreements described below may be limited during the period that the Treasury holds an investment in First Security under the TARP CPP. First Security is prohibited, for so long as the Treasury holds an investment in First Security, from any payment to a Named Executive Officer upon departure from First Security for any reason, except for payments for services performed or benefits accrued.
Employment Agreement with Mr. Kramer . On December 28, 2011, First Security entered into an at-will employment agreement with D. Michael Kramer regarding Mr. Kramer's appointment as Chief Executive Officer of First Security. Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Kramer receives an annual base salary of $325,000 and is eligible to participate in First Security's incentive and equity compensation programs, subject to any regulatory restrictions on such participation. As an inducement for Mr. Kramer to join First Security, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors awarded Mr. Kramer a restricted stock grant of 35,000 shares of First Security's common stock on December 28, 2011. Under the terms of the agreement, Mr. Kramer is also entitled to receive standard automobile and relocation allowances, and is eligible to participate in certain other benefits programs open to other similarly situated employees of First Security. In the event of Mr. Kramer's resignation or upon an involuntary termination of his employment with First Security for cause (as defined in the employment agreement), Mr. Kramer will be subject to certain non-compete provisions within FSGBank's current market area for a period of 12 months following such termination, and he will also be subject to non-solicitation and non-disparagement provisions for two years following his departure from First Security for any reason.
Long-Term Incentives . First Security uses long-term incentives to encourage its Named Executive Officers to focus on critical long-range objectives, to foster retention and to align the Named Executive Officers' interests with the long-term interests of our other shareholders. First Security's 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan authorizes the granting of stock options (incentive stock options or non-qualified stock options), stock appreciation rights, and restricted stock. First Security's 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan authorizes the granting of restricted stock.
Under the TARP CPP executive compensation limits, First Security is prohibited from paying or accruing any long-term incentive compensation, except for certain restricted stock awards, to the five most highly compensated employees, for so long as the Treasury holds an investment in First Security. First Security may provide incentive compensation in the form of restricted stock awards, so long as the value of the stock does not exceed one-third of the Named Executive Officer's total amount of annual compensation, the stock does not fully vest until Treasury no longer holds an investment in First Security, and any other conditions which the Treasury may specify have been satisfied.
In 2012, the Committee approved restricted stock awards to Mr. Haddock and Ms. Cobb in connection with individual performance and progress towards key strategic initiatives. The Committee also approved a restricted stock award in connection with the the hiring of Mr. Tietz. For 2013, the Committee intends to continue to look at a broad range of factors, including progress toward key strategic initiatives, in determining whether to grant additional long-term incentives.
401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan . First Security sponsors the First Security Group 401(k) and Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “401(k) and ESOP Plan”) pursuant to which First Security makes matching contributions. The purpose of the plan is to provide participating employees with an opportunity to obtain beneficial interests in the stock of First Security and to accumulate capital for their future economic security. The 401(k) and ESOP Plan owned shares of Common Stock and allocated the shares for the company-matching element of the 401(k) through September 30, 2012. The company-matching element of the 401(k) for the quarter ended December 31, 2012 consisted of all remaining shares of First Security stock and cash.
First Security makes matching contributions of at least 100% of each participant's 401(k) contributions up to one percent (1%). The 401(k) and ESOP Plan provides for 100% vesting of all accounts.
Certain Limitations on Senior Executive Compensation . In June of 2010, federal banking regulators issued guidance designed to help ensure that incentive compensation policies at banking organizations do not encourage excessive risk-taking or undermine the safety and soundness of the organization. In connection with this guidance, the regulatory agencies announced that they will review incentive compensation arrangements as part of the regular, risk-focused supervisory process.

146

Table of Contents



Regulatory authorities may also take enforcement action against a banking organization if its incentive compensation arrangement or related risk management, control, or governance processes pose a risk to the safety and soundness of the organization and the organization is not taking prompt and effective measures to correct the deficiencies. To ensure that incentive compensation arrangements do not undermine safety and soundness at insured depository institutions, the incentive compensation guidance sets forth the following key principles:
incentive compensation arrangements should provide employees incentives that appropriately balance risk and financial results in a manner that does not encourage employees to expose the organization to imprudent risk;
incentive compensation arrangements should be compatible with effective controls and risk management; and
incentive compensation arrangements should be supported by strong corporate governance, including active and effective oversight by the board of directors.
As a result of First Security's participation in the TARP CPP, First Security became subject to certain restrictions on executive compensation set forth in Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act (“EESA”) and the Securities Purchase Agreement entered into by First Security and the Treasury on January 9, 2009. Subsequently, the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009 (“ARRA”) was signed into law on February 17, 2009 and included a provision that amended Section 111 of EESA and directed the Treasury to establish specified standards on executive compensation and corporate governance. On June 15, 2009, the Treasury published its Interim Final Rule on TARP Standards for Compensation and Corporate Governance (sometimes referred to as the TARP Interim Final Rule) which established those standards (sometimes referred to as the TARP Compensation Standards). The TARP Compensation Standards generally apply to all TARP recipients in the programs under TARP, including specifically to First Security under the TARP CPP. For example, pursuant to the TARP Compensation Standards, First Security must:
ensure that its senior executive incentive compensation packages do not encourage excessive risk;
subject senior executive compensation to “clawback” if the compensation was based on inaccurate financial information or performance metrics;
prohibit any golden parachute payments to senior executive officers; and
agree not to deduct more than $500,000 from taxable income for a senior executive officer's compensation.
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2012 Fiscal Year End
The following table sets forth information concerning outstanding awards previously granted to the Named Executive Officers that were held by the Named Executive Officers at December 31, 2012.
 
 
Option Awards
 
Stock Awards
Name (a)
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options
(#) Exercisable
(b)
 
Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Options
(#) Unexercisable
(c)
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Unexercised Unearned Options
(#)
(d)
 
Option Exercise Price
($)
(e)
 
Option Expiration Date
(f)
 
Number of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested
(#)
(g)
 
Market Value of Shares or Units of Stock That Have Not Vested(1)
(#)
(h)
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Number of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights that have not Vested
(#)
(i)
 
Equity Incentive Plan Awards: Market or Payout Value of Unearned Shares, Units or Other Rights That Have Not Vested
($)
(j)
Kramer
 
 
 
 
 
 
35,000
(2)  
78,050
 
 
Haddock
 

 
 
 
 
 
10,000
(3)  
22,300
 
 
 
 
200
 
 
 
95.00
 
12/21/2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
500
 
 
 
113.50
 
12/27/2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
105
 
 
 
90.80
 
2/27/2018
 
 
 
 
Cobb
 
 
 
 
 
 
10,000
(3)  
22,300
 
 
 
 
550
 
 
 
100.00
 
8/29/2015
 
 
 
 
Tietz
 
 
 
 
 
 
30,000
(4)  
66,900
 
 
Dell
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,700
(5)  
14,941
 
 
(1)
Based on the closing price of First Security's common stock (NASDAQ: FSGI) on December 30, 2012 ($2.23 per share).
(2)
Vesting schedule for stock: 11,550 shares on 12/28/2013 and 23,100 shares on 12/28/2014.
(3)
Vesting schedule for stock: 3,300 shares on 1/25/2014 and 6,700 shares on 1/25/2015.
(4)
Vesting schedule for stock: 9,900 shares on 2/8/2014 and 20,100 shares on 2/2/2015.
(5)
On January 28, 2013, Mr. Dell resigned and forfeited his award.

147





2012 Options Exercise and Stock Vested
No options were exercised by the Named Executive Officers during 2012.
2012 Director Compensation Table
The following table shows the total fees paid to, or earned by, each of our non-employee directors for their service on the Board of Directors during 2012.
Name
 
Fees Earned or Paid in Cash
 
Stock Awards
 
Option Awards
 
Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation
 
All Other Compensation
 
Total
(a)
 
($)
(b)
 
($)
(c)
 
($)
(d)
 
($)
(e)
 
($)
(g)
 
($)
(h)
William F. Grant
 
$
37,000

 

 
9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
46,350

William C. Hall
 
$
55,000

 


9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
64,350

Carol H. Jackson
 
$
64,000

 

 
9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
73,350

Robert P. Keller
 
$
39,875

 

 
9,350

(1)  

 
140,000

(2)  
$
189,225

Ralph L. Kendall
 
$
42,500

 

 
9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
51,850

Kelly P. Kirkland
 
$
44,000

 

 
9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
53,350

Robert R. Lane
 
$
44,875

 

 
9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
54,225

Larry Mauldin
 
$
43,000

 
25,000

(3)  
9,350

(1)  

 

 
$
77,350

__________
(1)  
Represents the grant date fair value of the restricted stock award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the methods and assumptions described in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Committee granted each non-employee Director a stock option award for 5,000 shares at a fair value of $1.87 per share. The following assumptions were used in the Black-Scholes methodology for the 2012 awards: expected volatility 67.81%%, risk-free rate 1.09%, expected life of 6.5 years and expected dividend yield of 0.00%.
(2)  
Represents consulting fees paid to Triumph, for whom Mr. Keller is a Managing Director. See "Related Party Transactions - Engagement of Triumph" on page 153 for more information.
(3)  
Represents the grant date fair value of the restricted stock award computed in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, using the methods and assumptions described in the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The Committee granted Mr. Mauldin a restricted stock award for 10,000 shares at a fair value of $2.50 per share.

Cash Compensation
Each non-employee Director is entitled to a $19,500 annual retainer fee. The Chairman of the Board receives an additional $10,000 annual retainer, unless the Chairman in an inside director. The Audit and Enterprise Risk, Compliance, and Compensation Committees meet as needed and the Chairperson of each shall receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000, unless the Chairperson is an inside director. The Asset/Liability, Loan, Corporate Governance and Nominating, and Trust Committees will meet as needed and the Chairperson of each shall receive an additional annual retainer of $3,000, unless the Chairperson is an inside director. Each non-employee Director earns $1,000 for all scheduled Board meetings and a $500 fee for scheduled committee meetings. The total fees are determined for each non-employee Director and equal payments are made monthly. The total fees and monthly payment are paid pro rated for Directors who are elected to the Board of Directors following the annual meeting of shareholders.


148



Equity Compensation
Non-employee Directors are eligible for an annual grant of 5,000 stock options (or a pro-rated portion for directors that commence service during the year). For 2012, the Directors were granted a stock option award for 5,000 shares at a fair value of $1.87 per share and were issued from the 2012 Long Term Incentive Plan.
Compensation-Related Governance and Role of the Compensation Committee
Committee Charter and Members. From January 1, 2012 to April 25, 2012, First Security's compensation committee matters were handled by the Compensation and Nominating Committee, which was comprised of Carol H. Jackson (Chair), William C. Hall and Kelly P. Kirkland, each of whom is an independent director under the standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market. Effective April 25, 2012, compensation committee matters are handled by the Compensation Committee, which is comprised of Carol H. Jackson (Chair), William C. Hall, Kelly P. Kirkland and Larry D. Mauldin, each of whom were “independent” within the meaning of the listing standards of the NASDAQ, a “nonemployee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 of the Exchange Act, and an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The compensation committee's primary responsibilities are to: (1) determine the compensation payable to executive officers; (2) evaluate the performance of the Chief Executive Officer and the relationship between performance and First Security's compensation policies for the Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers; (3) issue reports in accordance with SEC rules regarding compensation policies; and (4) approve and administer stock-based, profit-sharing and incentive compensation plans. The Charter of the compensation committee is available on our website, www.FSGBank.com , and in print upon request (submit request for copies of the Charter to First Security Group, Inc., Attn: Chief Financial Officer, 531 Broad Street, Chattanooga, TN 37402).
Compensation Committee Activity. The Committee held three meetings during 2012. Activities included benchmarking each element of compensation for the Named Executive Officers, developing and enhancing incentive plans, analyzing the executive compensation limitations applicable to the Company as a result of the Company's participation in the TARP CPP, and determining recommended incentive awards and salary increases based on performance
Interaction with Consultants. The Committee retained the services of McLagan, an Aon Company, a nationally recognized consulting firm, to assist First Security in benchmarking compensation for the Named Executive Officers.
Role of Executives in Compensation Committee Deliberations. The Committee frequently requests the Chief Executive and Financial Officers to be present at Committee meetings to discuss executive compensation and evaluate company and individual performance. Occasionally, other executives may attend a Committee meeting to provide pertinent information. Executives in attendance may provide their insights and suggestions, but only the independent Committee members may vote on decisions regarding changes in executive compensation.
The Chief Executive Officer does not provide the recommendations for changes in his own compensation. The Committee discusses the Chief Executive Officer's compensation with him, but final deliberations and all votes regarding his compensation are made without the Chief Executive Officer present.


149



ITEM 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Management
The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock as of April 15, 2013 by (1) each of our current directors and director nominees; (2) each of our named executive officers; (3) all of our present executive officers and directors as a group; (4) each person or entity known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding Common Stock, based on the most recent Schedules 13G and 13D Reports filed with the SEC and the information contained in those filings; and (5) the purchases in connection with the recapitalization that closed on April 11 and April 12, 2013. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each person included in the table is 531 Broad Street, Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402. Fractional shares as a result of our dividend reinvestment plan have been rounded to the nearest share for presentation purposes.
For purposes of this table, “beneficial ownership” has been determined in accordance with the rules issued under the Exchange Act, pursuant to which a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares “voting power,” which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting of the security, or “investment power,” which includes the power to dispose or to direct the disposition of the security. Under the rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any security as to which that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days from April 15, 2013.
Name of Beneficial Owner  
Amount and Nature of Beneficial Ownership (1)  
 
Percent of Shares Beneficially Owned (2)
Directors and Director Nominees:
 
 
 
William F. Grant, III
42,659

(3)  
*
William C. Hall
15,318

(4)  
*
Carol H. Jackson
61,966

(5)  
*
Robert P. Keller
77,763

(6)  
*
Kelly P. Kirkland
16,697

(7)  
*
D. Michael Kramer
111,586

(8)  
*
Robert R. Lane
20,300

(9)  
*
Larry D. Mauldin
169,000

(10)  
*
 
 
 
 
Named Executive Officers, who are not also Directors:
 
 
 
Denise M. Cobb
24,206

(11)  
*
John R. Haddock
75,421

(12)  
*
Christopher G. Tietz
90,053

(13)  
*
Joseph E. Dell, Jr.
7,027

(14)  
*
 
 
 
 
All Current Directors and Executive Officers,
as a Group (11 persons):
704,969

(15)  
1.15%
 
 
 
 
5% Shareholders:
 
 
 
EFJ Capital, LLC
6,080,000

(16)  
9.74%
GF Financial II, LLC
6,080,000

(16)  
9.74%
MFP Partners, L.P.
6,080,000

(16)  
9.74%
Ulysses Partners, L.P.
6,000,000

(16)  
9.61%

* Less than 1% of outstanding shares.
            
(1)
Some or all of the shares may be subject to margin accounts.
(2)
The percentage of our common stock beneficially owned was calculated based on 62,420,992 shares of common stock issued and outstanding as of April 15, 2013. The percentage assumes the exercise by the shareholder or group named in each row of all options for the purchase of our common stock held by such shareholder or group and exercisable within 60 days of April 15, 2013.
(3)
All shares directly owned by Mr. Grant.
(4)
Includes 120 shares subject to restricted stock awards and 198 shares that Mr. Hall has the right to acquire by exercising options that are exercisable within 60 days after April 15, 2013. All other shares directly owned.

150

Table of Contents


(5)
Includes 666 shares owned by Ms. Jackson's spouse and 509 shares owned by an IRA for the benefit of Ms. Jackson; also includes 3,550 shares that Ms. Jackson has the right to acquire by exercising options that are exercisable with 60 days after April 15, 2013. All other shares directly owned.
(6)
Includes 226 shares owned by Triumph Investment Partners, LLC, 12,000 shares held by Triumph Investment Fund, LP, and 15,506 shares held by Triumph Investment Fund II, LP. All other shares directly owned.
(7)
All shares directly owned by Ms. Kirkland.
(8)
Includes 35,000 shares subject to restricted stock awards and all other shares directly owned.
(9)
All shares directly owned by Mr. Lane.
(10)
All shares directly owned by Mr. Mauldin.
(11)
Includes 1,706 shares held in First Security's 401(k) plan and also includes 10,000 shares subject to restricted stock awards. Additionally, Ms. Cobb has the right to acquire 550 shares by exercising options that are exercisable within 60 days after April 15, 2013. All other shares directly owned.
(12)
Includes 1,716 shares held in First Security's 401(k) plan and also includes 10,000 shares subject to restricted stock awards. Additionally, Mr. Haddock has the right to acquire 805 shares by exercising options that are exercisable within 60 days after April 15, 2013. All other shares directly owned.
(13)
Includes 1,634 shares owned by an IRA for the benefit of Mr. Tietz's spouse and also includes 30,000 shares subject to restricte d stock awards. All other shares directly owned.
(14)
Mr. Dell resigned on January 28, 2013 and all shares are directly owned.
(15)
Includes 5,103 sh ares that the owner has the right to acquire by exercising options that are exercisable within 60 days after April 15, 2013.
(16)
Based on the shares purchased as part of the Company's recapitalization that occurred on April 11-12, 2013.
The following table sets forth information regarding our equity compensation plans under which shares of our common stock are authorized for issuance. The equity compensation plans maintained by us are the First Security Group, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan, the First Security Group, Inc. 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan, as amended, and the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan. All data is presented as of December 31, 2012 .  
 
 
Number of securities to be
issued upon exercise of
outstanding options and
vesting of restricted awards
 
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options
 
Number of shares
remaining available for
future issuance under
the Plans (excludes
outstanding options)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders
 
165,257

 
$
86.34

 
149,000

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
 

 

 

Total
 
165,257

 
$
86.34

 
149,000



151

Table of Contents


ITEM 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Related Party Transactions Policy
First Security recognizes that related party transactions may raise questions among shareholders as to whether those transactions are consistent with the best interests of First Security and our shareholders. It is First Security's policy to enter into or ratify related party transactions only when the Board of Directors, acting through the Audit/Corporate Governance Committee, determines that the related party transaction in question is in, or is not inconsistent with, the best interests of First Security and our shareholders, including but not limited to situations where First Security may obtain products or services of a nature, quantity or quality, or on other terms, that are not readily available from alternative sources or when First Security provides products or services to related parties on an arm's length basis on terms comparable to those provided to unrelated third parties or on terms comparable to those provided to employees generally. Therefore, First Security has adopted a formal written policy, summarized below, for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions.
For the purpose of the policy, a “related party transaction” is a transaction in which we participate and in which any related party has a direct or indirect material interest, other than (1) transactions available to all employees or customers generally, (2) transactions involving less than $100,000 when aggregated with all similar transactions, or (3) loans made by FSGBank in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms (including price, or interest rates and collateral) as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties.
Under the policy, any related party transaction must be reported to the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit/Corporate Governance Committee and may be consummated or may continue only (1) if the Audit/Corporate Governance approves or ratifies such transaction and the committee believes that the transaction is in the best interests of First Security and our shareholders, or (2) if the transaction involves compensation that has been approved by the Compensation and Nominating Committee and reported as required by the securities laws in the Proxy Statement to shareholders.
The current policy was formalized and approved by our Board of Directors in September 2011. The Board of Directors or the Committee will review and may amend this policy from time to time.

Loans and Other Banking Relationships

First Security and FSGBank have completed banking and other business transactions in the ordinary course of business with directors and officers of First Security and their affiliates, including members of their families, corporations, partnerships or other organizations in which such directors and officers have a controlling interest. These transactions take place on substantially the same terms as those prevailing at the same time for comparable transactions with unrelated parties. In the case of all such related party transactions, each transaction was either approved by the Audit/Corporate Governance Committee of the Board of Directors or by the Board of Directors. We expect we will continue to engage in similar banking and business transactions in the ordinary course of business with our directors, executive officers, principal shareholders and their associates in the future.
From time to time, FSGBank will extend loans to the directors and officers of First Security and their affiliates. None of these loans are currently nonaccrual, past due, restructured or potential problem loans. All such loans were: (i) made in the ordinary course of business; (ii) made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to First Security, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. As of December 31, 2012, the aggregate amount of loans to such related parties was $16 thousand . All related party loans are term loans and thus, there are no unused lines of credit.


Triumph Engagement
As noted above, on April 28, 2011, First Security engaged Triumph to provide strategic advisory services to First Security pursuant to the Engagement Agreement. Mr. Keller, a director of First Security, is also a Managing Director of Triumph, and, pursuant to the Engagement Agreement, will continue to be nominated to serve on the boards of each of First Security and FSGBank as long as the Engagement Agreement is effective.
Until February 1, 2012, the Engagement Agreement provided for First Security to pay Triumph $20,000 monthly in consideration for services rendered. As amended, the Engagement Agreement provides that commencing as of February 1, 2012, Triumph receives a $10,000 monthly retainer pursuant to the Agreement. Triumph is also entitled to reimbursement for up to $3,000 per month in reasonable expenses incurred, subject to a maximum of $72,000 for the term of the Engagement Agreement.

152

Table of Contents



The Engagement Agreement further provides that upon the achievement of certain “Strategic Milestones” identified in the Engagement Agreement, including FSGBank's compliance with the capital requirements set forth in its regulatory consent order, First Security will pay Triumph a “Success Payment” consisting of cash and warrants exercisable for shares of Common Stock. The Success Payment will vary depending on whether and the extent to which First Security or FSGBank pays an investment banking commission in a sale of Securities prior to achieving the Strategic Milestones. Depending on the relative proportion of any capital raised for which such a commission is paid, the Success Payment will be equal to either: (i) $1.25 million in cash and warrants exercisable for 1.5% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock; (ii) $1.0 million in cash and warrants, or (iii) $750,000 and warrants exercisable for 1.0% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock. The number of outstanding shares of Common Stock will be calculated on a fully diluted basis and the exercise price will be equal to the lesser of: (i) the average closing price of the common stock for the 10 trading days immediately preceding the issuance of the warrants or (ii) the lowest common stock equivalent price at which First Security issued, during the 30 days immediately preceding the issuance of the warrants, securities constituting 5% or more of its common stock equivalents outstanding immediately prior to the issuance of such securities.
If First Security enters into an Alternative Transaction (as defined below) before the Strategic Milestones are achieved, then it will pay Triumph $500,000 in cash at the closing of the Alternative Transaction in lieu of any other Success Payment provided for in the Agreement. An “Alternative Transaction” is either: (i) a sale of substantially all of the common stock of First Security or FSGBank; (ii) a sale of substantially all of First Security's assets; or (iii) a transaction in which any person or entity becomes a beneficial owner of securities of First Security or FSGBank representing 25% or more of the votes that may be cast in the election of directors of the applicable issuer.
The Engagement Agreement expires on April 28, 2013. Either party may terminate the Engagement Agreement at any time with or without cause, immediately upon 30 days' written notice to that effect to the other party. If Triumph terminates the Engagement Agreement for “Good Reason” or First Security or FSGBank terminates it without “Cause” (each as defined in the Engagement Agreement), then Triumph will be entitled to the Success Payment if the Strategic Milestones are met or an Alternative Transaction is consummated within 12 months following termination of the Agreement. If Triumph terminates the Agreement without Good Reason or First Security or FSGBank terminates it with Cause, then Triumph will not be entitled to any fees beyond those earned at the time of termination.

Other Related Party Transactions
Under SEC regulations, First Security is required to disclose any transaction that was completed since the beginning of 2011, in which First Security was a participant, the amount involved exceeds the lesser of $120,000 or one percent of the average of First Security's total assets at year end for the last two completed fiscal years, and any related person of First Security had a direct or indirect material interest. First Security did not engage in any other transactions that satisfied that threshold.

Director Independence
The Board of Directors has determined that the following current directors are independent pursuant to the independence standards of the NASDAQ Stock Market:
William C. Hall
William F. Grant, III
Carol H. Jackson
Kelly P. Kirkland
Robert R. Lane
Larry D. Mauldin
The Board considered any transaction, relationship or arrangement between First Security and the directors named above (and his or her family) and concluded each of these directors could exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities.


153

Table of Contents


ITEM 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Audit Fees
Crowe Horwath LLP's services as First Security's principal registered accountant commenced on July 11, 2011. Prior to that date, Decosimo served as First Security's principal registered accountant. The following table sets forth fees for professional audit and quarterly review services rendered by Crowe Horwath LLP, for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2011, as well as fees billed for other services rendered by Crowe Horwath LLP during those periods:

 
2012

2011
Audit Fees (1)  
$
377,700

 
$
158,760

Audit-Related Fees (2)
21,500

 
1,775

Tax Fees - Preparation and Compliance (3)

 

Sub total
399,200

 
160,535

Tax Fees - Other

 

All Other Fees (4)

 
12,500

Sub total

 
12,500

Total Fees
$
399,200

 
$
173,035

        
(1)
Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of the company's consolidated financial statements, review of periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including quarterly financial statements included in Forms 10-Q and services normally provided in connection with statutory or regulatory filings or engagements.
(2)
Audit-related fees consist of assurance and other services that are related to the performance of the audit or quarterly review of the company's consolidated financial statements. The audit-related fees primarily relate to the audit of the company's financial statements related to its employee benefit plan. Such fees include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.
(3)
Tax Fees - Preparation and Compliance consist of the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for tax return preparation and compliance.
(4)
All Other Fees consist of the aggregate fees for professional services related to a one-time information technology project and other SOX-404 testings prior to the audit engagement in 2011.

The following table sets forth fees for professional audit and quarterly review services rendered by Joseph Decosimo and Company, PLLC ("Decosimo"), for the years ended December 31, 2011 as well as fees billed for other services rendered by Decosimo, during those periods:

 
2011
Audit Fees (1)  
$
152,409

Audit-Related Fees (2)
2,570

Tax Fees - Preparation and Compliance (3)
63,400

Sub total
218,379

Tax fees - Other (4)
9,850

All Other Fees

Sub total
9,850

Total Fees
$
228,229

            

154

Table of Contents


(1)
Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered in connection with the audit of the company's consolidated financial statements, review of periodic reports and other documents filed with the SEC, including quarterly financial statements included in Forms 10-Q and services normally provided in connection with statutory or regulatory filings or engagements.
(2)
Audit-related fees consist of assurance and other services that are related to the performance of the audit or quarterly review of the company's consolidated financial statements. Such fees include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultation concerning financial accounting and reporting standards.
(3)
Tax Fees - Preparation and Compliance consist of the aggregate fees billed for professional services rendered for tax return preparation and compliance.
(4)
Tax Fees - Other consist primarily of tax research and consultation, as well as tax planning and other tax advice.
The Board of Directors of First Security has considered whether the provision of services during 2011 by Crowe Horwath LLP that were unrelated to its audit of First Security's financial statements or its reviews of First Security's interim financial statements during 2011 is compatible with maintaining Crowe Horwath LLP's independence. The services provided by the independent auditors were pre-approved by the Audit/Corporate Governance Committee to the extent required under applicable law and in accordance with the provisions of the committee's charter. The Committee requires pre-approval of all audit and allowable non-audit services.
 

155

Table of Contents


PART IV


ITEM 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)
The list of all financial statements is included at Item 8.
(b)
The financial statement schedules are either included in the financial statements or are not applicable.
(c)
Exhibits Required by Item 601. The following exhibits are attached hereto or incorporated by reference herein (numbered to correspond to Item 601(a) of Regulation S-K, as promulgated by the Securities and Exchange Commission):

156

Table of Contents


Exhibit
Number
  
Description
3.1

  
Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation.
 
 
3.4

  
Amended and Restated Bylaws.
 
 
4.1

  
Form of Common Stock Certificate. 1  
 
 
4.2

  
Form of Series A Preferred Stock Certificate. 2  
 
 
4.3

  
Warrant to Purchase up to 823,627 shares of Common Stock, dated January 9, 2009. 3  
 
 
 
4.4

 
Tax Benefit Preservation Plan, dated October 30, 2012
 
 
10.1*

  
First Security’s Second Amended and Restated 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 1  
 
 
10.2*

  
First Security’s Amended and Restated 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 4  
 
 
10.3*

  
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award under the Second Amended and Restated 1999 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 5  
 
 
10.4*

  
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 5  
 
 
10.5*

  
Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Award under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 5  
 
 
10.6*

  
Form of Restricted Stock Award under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan. 5  
 
 
10.7*

  
Form of Restricted Stock Award under the 2002 Long-Term Incentive Plan with TARP restrictions. 6
 
 
10.8*

  
Employment Agreement Dated as of May 16, 2003 by and between First Security and Rodger B. Holley. 7  
 
 
10.9*

  
Salary Continuation Agreement Dated as of December 21, 2005 by and between First Security, FSGBank and Rodger B. Holley. 8  
 
 
10.10*

  
Employment Agreement Dated as of September 20, 2010 and Executed November 24, 2010 by and between First Security and Ralph E. “Gene” Coffman, Jr. 9  
 
 
10.11*

  
Employment Agreement Dated as of May 16, 2003 by and between First Security and William L. Lusk, Jr. 7  
 
 
10.12*

  
Salary Continuation Agreement Dated as of December 21, 2005 by and between First Security, FSGBank and William L. Lusk, Jr. 8  
 
 
10.13*

  
First Security Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy. 10  
 
 
10.14*

  
Form of First Amendment to Employment Agreements, Dated as of December 18, 2008 (executed by Messrs. Holley and Lusk). 10
 
 
10.15*

  
Form of Senior Executive Officer Agreement, Dated as of January 9, 2009 (executed by Messrs. Holley and Lusk). 11  
 
 
10.16

  
Letter Agreement, Dated January 9, 2009, including Securities Purchase Agreement—Standard Terms, incorporated by reference therein, between the Company and the United States Department of the Treasury. 12  
 
 
 
10.17*

  
Form of TARP Restricted Employee Agreement, Dated as of December 10, 2009 (executed by Messrs. Holley and Lusk). 13
 
 
10.18

  
Consent Order, Dated April 28, 2010, between FSGBank and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. 14
 
 
10.19

  
Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order, Dated April 28, 2010, between FSGBank and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. 15

157

Table of Contents


10.20

  
Written Agreement, Dated September 7, 2010, between First Security Group, Inc. and the Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta. 16
 
 
10.21

  
Resignation Letter of Rodger B. Holley, dated April 21, 2011. 18
 
 
10.22

  
Severance Agreement by and between Rodger B. Holley, First Security Group, Inc. and FSGBank, N.A., dated April 21, 2011. 19
 
 
10.23

  
Engagement Agreement with First Security Group, Inc., FSGBank, N.A. and Triumph Investment Management, LLC, dated April 28, 2011. 20
 
 
10.24

  
Amendment to Engagement Agreement with First Security Group, Inc., FSGBank, N.A. and Triumph Investment Management, LLC, dated March 28, 2012.
 
 
10.25

  
Employment Agreement by and between D. Michael Kramer, First Security Group, Inc. and FSGBank, N.A., dated December 28, 2011. 21
 
 
 
10.26

 
Exchange Agreement by and between First Security Group, Inc. and The United States Department of The Treasury, dated February 25, 2013. 22
 
 
 
10.27

 
Stock Purchase Agreement by and between First Security Group, Inc. and certain Named Investors, dated February 25, 2013. 23
 
 
 
10.28

 
Form of Securities Purchase Agreement by and between The United States Department of The Treasury and First Security Group, Inc., dated February 25, 2013. 24
 
 
 
10.29*

  
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award under the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
 
 
10.30*

  
Form of Non-qualified Stock Option Award under the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.
 
 
10.31*

  
Form of Restricted Stock Award for a Director under the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan with TARP restrictions.
 
 
10.32*

  
Form of Restricted Stock Award for an Employee under the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan with TARP restrictions.
 
 
 
21.1

  
Subsidiaries of the Registrant. 17  
 
 
23.1

  
Consent of Crowe Horwath LLP.
 
 
23.2

  
Consent of Joseph Decosimo and Company, PLLC.
 
 
31.1

  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
31.2

  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
32.1

  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
32.2

  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
 
 
99.1

  
Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to EESA.
 
 
99.2

  
Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to EESA.
 
 
101

  
Interactive Data Files providing financial information from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language). Pursuant to Regulation 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and are otherwise not subject to liability.

158

Table of Contents



 
1

Incorporated by reference to First Security’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 dated April 20, 2001, File No. 333-59338.
2

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2009.
3

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2009.
4

Incorporated by reference from Appendix A to First Security’s Proxy Statement filed April 30, 2007.
5

Incorporated by reference to First Security’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2004.
6

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.7 to First Security’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010.
7

Incorporated by reference to First Security’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended June 30, 2003.
8

Incorporated by reference to First Security’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2005.
9

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 1, 2010.
10

Incorporated by reference to First Security’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008.
11

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2009.
12

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed January 9, 2009.
13

Incorporated by reference to First Security’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.
14

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 29, 2010.
15

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 29, 2010.
16

Incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed September 14, 2010.
17

Incorporated by Reference to First Security’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2003.
18

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 27, 2011.
19

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 27, 2011.
20

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 29, 2011.
21

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed December 29, 2011.
22

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013.
23

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013.
24

Incorporated by Reference to the Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed February 26, 2013.

159

Table of Contents


*
The indicated exhibit is a compensatory plan required to be filed as an exhibit to this Form 10-K.
 
(b)
The Exhibits not incorporated by reference herein are submitted as a separate part of this report.
(c)
The financial statement schedules are either included in the financial statements or are not applicable.




160

Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.
 
 
 
 
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
 
 
BY:
 
/ S /    D. M ICHAEL  K RAMER        
 
 
D. Michael Kramer
 
 
Chief Executive Officer
DATE: April 15, 2013
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, the report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated on April 15, 2013 .
 
 
 
 
Signature
  
Title
 
 
/ S /    D. M ICHAEL  K RAMER        
D. Michael Kramer
(Principal Executive Officer)
  
Chief Executive Officer,
President and Director
 
 
/ S /    J OHN  R. H ADDOCK        
John R. Haddock
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
  
Chief Financial Officer,
Executive Vice President and Secretary
 
 
 
/ S /    Larry D. Mauldin         
Larry D. Mauldin
 
Chairman of the Board and Director
 
 
 
/s/ William F. Grant, III 
William F. Grant, III
  
Director
 
 
/ S /    W ILLIAM  C. H ALL        
William C. Hall
  
Director
 
 
/ S /    C AROL  H. J ACKSON        
Carol H. Jackson
  
Director
 
 
/ S /    R OBERT  P. K ELLER        
Robert P. Keller
  
Director
 
 
/ S /    K ELLY  P. K IRKLAND        
Kelly P. Kirkland
  
Director
 
 
/ S /    R OBERT  R. L ANE        
Robert R. Lane
  
Director
 
 
 



161


Exhibit 10.30
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD
PURSUANT TO THE FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD (the “Award”) is made as of the Grant Date by and between FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC. (the “Company”), a Tennessee corporation; and _____________________ (the “Participant”).

Upon and subject to the Terms and Conditions attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, the Company hereby awards as of the Grant Date to Participant a non-qualified stock option (the “Option”), as described below, to purchase the Option Shares.

A.    Grant Date: ______________, 20__.

B.    Type of Option: Non-qualified Stock Option.

C.
Plan under which granted: First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

D.
Option Shares: All or any part of ________ shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), subject to adjustment as provided in the attached Terms and Conditions.

E.
Exercise Price: $_______ per share of Common Stock. The Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the attached Terms and Conditions. The Exercise Price is, in the judgment of the Committee (as defined in the Plan), not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.

F.
Option Period: The Option may be exercised only during the Option Period which commences on the Grant Date and ends on the earliest of:

(i)
the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date;

(ii)
three (3) months following the date the Participant ceases to be either an employee, director, or any other type of service provider of the Company and its Affiliates due to a Termination of Employment or termination of any other service relationship for reasons other than for Cause; or

(iii) 
twelve (12) months following the date the Participant ceases to be an employee, director, or contractor of the Company and all Affiliates due to death or Disability;

provided, however, that the Option may be exercised as to no more than the vested Option Shares determined pursuant to the Vesting Schedule. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall cease to be exercisable upon the date the Participant ceases to be an employee, director, or any other type of service provider of the Company or an Affiliate due to a Termination of Employment or termination of any other service relationship by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause. Note that other limitations to exercising the Option, as described in the attached Terms and Conditions, may apply .





G.
Vesting Schedule: The Option Shares shall become vested in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto (the “Vesting Schedule”). Any portion of the Option which is not vested at the time of Participant’s Termination of Employment or termination of any other service relationship with the Company or an Affiliate shall be forfeited to the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed and sealed this Award as of the Grant Date set forth above.

FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.:

By:                         

Title:                         


                                                 
Participant



2



TERMS AND CONDITIONS
TO THE
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD
PURSUANT TO THE FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


1.     Exercise of Option . Subject to the provisions provided herein or in the Award made pursuant to the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan:

(a)    the Option may be exercised with respect to all or any portion of the vested Option Shares at any time during the Option Period by:

(i)    the delivery to the Company, at its principal place of business, of a written notice of exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 , which shall be actually delivered to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the date upon which Participant desires to exercise all or any portion of the Option (unless such prior notice is waived by the Company);

(ii)    payment as provided in Section 3 to the Company of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Option Shares being purchased (the “Purchase Price”); and

(iii)    satisfaction of the withholding tax obligations under Section 2, if applicable.

Upon acceptance of such notice and receipt of payment in full of the Purchase Price and, if applicable, any withholding taxes, the Company shall cause to be issued a certificate representing the Option Shares purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant is given notice of termination for Cause under any employment or services agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate or otherwise, the Participant’s ability to exercise the Option shall be suspended from the giving of such notice until such time as the Participant cures the circumstance(s) constituting Cause, if expressly permitted by the applicable employment or services agreement or otherwise, or, if there is no opportunity to cure or no cure is timely effected, from and after the giving of such notice through and including the effective date that the Participant’s employment or other service relationship is terminated for Cause.

2.     Withholding . To the extent necessary, the Participant must satisfy applicable federal, state, and local, if any, withholding taxes imposed by reason of the exercise of the Option either by paying to the Company the full amount of the withholding obligation (a) in cash; (b) by tendering shares of Common Stock which are owned by the Participant prior to the date of exercise having a Fair Market Value equal to the withholding obligation (a “ Withholding Election ”); (c) by electing, irrevocably and in writing (also a “ Withholding Election ”), to have the smallest number of whole shares of Common Stock withheld by the Company which, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date the Option is exercised, is sufficient to satisfy the amount of withholding tax; or (d) by any combination of the above.






3.     Purchase Price . Payment of the Purchase Price for all Option Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be made:

(a)    in cash or cash equivalents;

(b)    by delivery to the Company of a number of shares of Common Stock which have been owned by the Participant prior to the date of the Option’s exercise, having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise either equal to the Purchase Price or in combination with other forms of payment to equal the Purchase Price;

(c)    if and when the Common Stock becomes traded by brokers, whether on a national securities exchange or otherwise, by receipt of the Purchase Price in cash from a broker, dealer or other “creditor” as defined by Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System following delivery by the Participant to the Committee of instructions in a form acceptable to the Committee regarding delivery to such broker, dealer or other creditor of that number of Option Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, but only as and to the extent permitted under Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act (Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002); or

(d)    in any combination of the foregoing.

4.     Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificates reflecting the Option Shares accruing to the Participant upon exercise of the Option are issued to the Participant, the Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such Option Shares. The Company shall make no adjustment for any dividends or distributions or other rights on or with respect to Option Shares for which the record date is prior to the issuance of that stock certificate, except as the Plan otherwise provides.

5.     Restriction on Transfer of Option and of Option Shares .

(a)     General Restrictions . The Participant (and any subsequent holder of the Option) may not sell, pledge or otherwise directly or indirectly transfer (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in or any beneficial interest in the Option except pursuant to the provisions of this Award. Any sale, pledge or other transfer (or any attempt to effect the same) of the Option in violation of any provision of this Award shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition on its books or treat any purported transferee or pledgee of the Option as the owner or pledgee of the Option for any purpose.

(b)     Certain Permitted Transfers of Options . The restrictions contained in this Section will not apply with respect to transfers of the Option pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution; provided that the restrictions contained in this Section will continue to be applicable to the Option after any such transfer; and provided further that the transferee(s) of the Option must agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Award.

6.     Changes in Capitalization .


2



(a)    The number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately adjusted for nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and the holders of capital stock of the Company that cause the per share value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering, or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend (each, an “Equity Restructuring”).

(b)    In the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, extraordinary dividend, sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or other material change in the capital structure of the Company, or a tender offer for shares of Common Stock, or a Change in Control, that in each case is not an Equity Restructuring, the Committee or its designee shall take such action to make such adjustments in the Option or the terms of this Award as the Committee or its designee, in its sole discretion, determines in good faith is necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, adjusting the number and class of securities subject to the Option with a corresponding adjustment in the Exercise Price, substituting a new option to replace the Option, accelerating the termination of the Option Period or terminating the Option in consideration of a cash payment to the Participant in an amount equal to the excess of the then Fair Market Value of the Option Shares over the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option Shares; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall be inconsistent with the rights of the Participant as provided in these Terms and Conditions. Any determination made by the Committee or its designee pursuant to this Section 6(b) will be final and binding on the Participant. Any action taken by the Committee or its designee need not treat all Participants equally.

(c)    The existence of the Plan and the Option granted pursuant to this Award shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, reclassification, reorganization or other change in its capital or business structure, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities having preferences or priorities as to the Common Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or any part of its business or assets, or any other corporate act or proceeding. Any adjustment pursuant to this Section may provide, in the Committee’s discretion, for the elimination without payment therefor of any fractional shares that might otherwise become subject to any Option.

7.     Special Limitation on Exercise . Any exercise of the Option is subject to the condition that if at any time the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares covered by the Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the delivery of shares thereunder, the delivery of any or all shares pursuant to the Option may be withheld unless and until such listing, registration or qualification shall have been effected. The Participant shall deliver to the Company, prior to the exercise of the Option, such information, representations and warranties as the Company may reasonably request in order for the Company to be able to satisfy itself that the Option Shares are being acquired in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the securities registration requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws.

8.     Legend on Stock Certificates .  Certificates evidencing the Option Shares, to the extent appropriate at the time, shall have noted conspicuously on the certificates a legend intended to give all persons full notice of the existence of the conditions, restrictions, rights and obligations set forth herein and in the Plan.

3




9.     Governing Laws . The Award and these Terms and Conditions shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Georgia; provided, however, the Option may not be exercised except in compliance with exemptions available under applicable state securities laws of the state in which the Participant resides and/or any other applicable securities laws.

10.     Successors . The Award and these Terms and Conditions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the Participant and the Company.

11.     Notice . Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Award shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of the recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of the address to the other parties in the same manner as provided herein.

12.     Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in the Award and these Terms and Conditions shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of the Award and these Terms and Conditions, and the Award and these Terms and Conditions shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

13.     Entire Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award and these Terms and Conditions express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the Option.

14.     Violation . Except as provided in Section 5, any transfer, pledge, sale, assignment, or hypothecation of the Option or any portion thereof shall be a violation of the terms of the Award or these Terms and Conditions and shall be void and without effect.

15.     Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing the Award or these Terms and Conditions.

16.     Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Award and these Terms and Conditions, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

17.     No Right to Continued Retention . Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the award of Option Shares hereunder shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to continued employment or other service relationship with the Company or any Affiliate.

18.     Exercise or Forfeiture as Required by Law . To the extent required by law, in the event the capital of the Company or a financial institution subsidiary of the Company falls below the minimum capital requirements established from time to time by the applicable state or primary federal regulator,

4



such primary federal regulator may require that Options issued under the Plan that are not exercised within a specific period of time be cancelled and have no further force or effect.
    
19.     Definitions . As used in this Award,

(a)    “ Cause ” shall the meaning assigned to such term in the employment agreement, if any, between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate; provided, however, that if there is no such employment agreement or definition, the term “Cause” shall mean any of the following acts by Participant, as determined by the Board:

(1)    gross neglect of duty, prolonged absence from duty without the consent of the Company;

(2)    the acceptance by Participant of a position with another employer without the consent of the Company;

(3)    intentionally engaging in any activity which is in conflict with or adverse to the business or other interests of the Company;

(4)    willful misconduct, misfeasance or malfeasance of duty which is reasonably determined to be detrimental to the Company; or

(5)    breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; or

(6)    any material breach of an employment contract, which breach has not been corrected by Participant within (30) days after his receipt of notice of such breach from the Company; or

(7)    the receipt of any form of notice, written or otherwise, that any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company or its Affiliate intends to institute any form of formal or informal regulatory action against the Participant or the Company or its Affiliate, provided that the Board of Directors of either the Company or its Affiliate determines in good faith that such action involves acts or omissions by or under the supervision of the Participant or that termination of the Participant could materially assist the Company or its Affiliate in avoiding or reducing the restrictions or adverse effects to the Company or its Affiliate related to the regulatory action.

(b)    Other capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Plan or the Award, except where the context does not reasonably permit.



5



EXHIBIT 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF
STOCK OPTION TO PURCHASE
COMMON STOCK OF
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.

Name                         
Address                     
                                                 
Date                         

First Security Group, Inc.
531 Broad Street
Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402
Attn: Secretary

Re:    Exercise of Non-Qualified Stock Option

Gentlemen:

Subject to acceptance hereof by First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and pursuant to the provisions of the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), I hereby give notice of my election to exercise options granted to me to purchase ______________ shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Non-Qualified Stock Option Award (the “Award”) dated as of ___________, 20___. The purchase shall take place as of __________, 20___ (the “Exercise Date”).

On or before the Exercise Date, I will pay the applicable purchase price as follows:

[ ]
by delivery of cash or a certified check for $_____________ for the full purchase price payable to the order of First Security Group, Inc.

[ ]
by delivery of shares of Common Stock that I own and that are represented by a stock certificate I will surrender to the Company with my endorsement. If the number of shares of Common Stock represented by such stock certificate exceed the number to be applied against the purchase price, I understand that a new stock certificate will be issued to me reflecting the excess number of shares; and/or

[ ]
if and when the Common Stock becomes traded by brokers, whether on a national securities exchange or otherwise, by delivery of the purchase price by _________________________, a broker, dealer or other “creditor” as defined by Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. I hereby authorize the Company to issue a stock certificate for the number of shares indicated above in the name of said broker, dealer or other creditor or its nominee pursuant to instructions received by the Company and to deliver said stock certificate directly to that broker, dealer or other creditor (or to such other party specified in the instructions received by the Company from the broker, dealer or other creditor) upon receipt of the purchase price.


Exhibit 1 – Page 1 of 3



I understand that I am not permitted to exercise the Option if I have been given notice that my employment will be terminated for Cause. I understand that if my ability to exercise is suspended in the manner provided for in the foregoing sentence, my ability to exercise may only be reinstated in the event that I cure the circumstances specified in such notice that was the basis for my termination for Cause and only if such ability to cure is expressly provided for in the applicable employment agreement or otherwise.

Any required federal, state, and local income tax withholding obligations on the exercise of the Award shall be paid on or before the Exercise Date in cash or cash equivalents.

As soon as the stock certificate is registered in my name, please deliver it to me at the above address.

If the Common Stock being acquired is not registered for issuance to and resale by the Participant pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-8 (or successor form) filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), I hereby represent, warrant, covenant, and agree with the Company as follows:

The shares of the Common Stock being acquired by me will be acquired for my own account without the participation of any other person, with the intent of holding the Common Stock for investment and without the intent of participating, directly or indirectly, in a distribution of the Common Stock and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the Common Stock, nor am I aware of the existence of any distribution of the Common Stock;

I am not acquiring the Common Stock based upon any representation, oral or written, by any person with respect to the future value of, or income from, the Common Stock but rather upon an independent examination and judgment as to the prospects of the Company;

The Common Stock was not offered to me by means of publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, nor am I aware of any offers made to other persons by such means;

I am able to bear the economic risks of the investment in the Common Stock, including the risk of a complete loss of my investment therein;

I understand and agree that the Common Stock will be issued and sold to me without registration under any state law relating to the registration of securities for sale, and will be issued and sold in reliance on the exemptions from registration under the 1933 Act, provided by Sections 3(b) and/or 4(2) thereof and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

The Common Stock cannot be offered for sale, sold or transferred by me other than pursuant to: (A) an effective registration under the 1933 Act or in a transaction otherwise in compliance with the 1933 Act; and (B) evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with the applicable securities laws of other jurisdictions. The Company shall be entitled to rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it with respect to compliance with the above laws;

The Company will be under no obligation to register the Common Stock or to comply with any exemption available for sale of the Common Stock without registration or filing, and the information or conditions necessary to permit routine sales of securities of the Company under Rule 144 under the 1933 Act are not now available and no assurance has been given that it or they will become available. The Company is under no obligation to act in any manner so as to make Rule 144 available with respect to the Common Stock;

Exhibit 1 – Page 2 of 3




I have and have had complete access to and the opportunity to review and make copies of all material documents related to the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, contracts, financial statements, tax returns, leases, deeds and other books and records. I have examined such of these documents as I wished and am familiar with the business and affairs of the Company. I realize that the purchase of the Common Stock is a speculative investment and that any possible profit therefrom is uncertain;

I have had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and any person acting on its behalf and to obtain all material information reasonably available with respect to the Company and its affairs. I have received all information and data with respect to the Company which I have requested and which I have deemed relevant in connection with the evaluation of the merits and risks of my investment in the Company;

I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that I am capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Common Stock hereunder and I am able to bear the economic risk of such purchase; and

The agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made by me herein extend to and apply to all of the Common Stock of the Company issued to me pursuant to this Award. Acceptance by me of the certificate representing such Common Stock shall constitute a confirmation by me that all such agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made herein shall be true and correct at that time.


I understand that the certificates representing the shares being purchased by me in accordance with this notice shall bear a legend referring to the foregoing covenants, representations and warranties and restrictions on transfer, and I agree that a legend to that effect may be placed on any certificate which may be issued to me as a substitute for the certificates being acquired by me in accordance with this notice. I further understand that capitalized terms used in this Notice of Exercise without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Award or in the Plan, as applicable.

Very truly yours,

                    

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.

By:                     
Title:                     

Number of Shares                Number of Shares
Exercised:                      Remaining:                     


Date:                     



Exhibit 1 – Page 3 of 3




SCHEDULE 1

VESTING SCHEDULE
NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AWARD
ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

A.
The Option Shares shall become vested Option Shares following the completion of a number of continuous years of service as an employee, director, or any other type of service provider of the Company or any Affiliate after the Grant Date as indicated in the schedule below.

Percentage of Option Shares
which are Vested
Continuous Years of Service
after the Grant Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

B.
For purposes of the Vesting Schedule, Participant shall be granted a year of service for each twelve-consecutive-month period following the Grant Date during which the employment or any other service relationship between the Participant and the Company and its Affiliates continues. No credit will be given for completion of a partial year of service and no period of time following the Participant’s Termination of Employment and/or any other service relationship(s) with the Company (including all Affiliates) shall count towards the vesting of Option Shares.



Schedule 1 – Page 1 of 1


Exhibit 10.31
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD


This RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD (the “Award”) is made and entered into as of the Grant Date by and between First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”), a Tennessee corporation, and ____________________ (the “Director”).

Upon and subject to the Additional Terms and Conditions attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as part of this Award, the Company hereby awards as of the Grant Date to the Director the Restricted Shares described below pursuant to the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in consideration of the Director’s past and future services to the Company.


A.
Grant Date : _____________________.

B.
Restricted Shares : ________ shares of the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”).

C.
Vesting Schedule : The Restricted Shares shall vest or be forfeited back to the Company, as the case may be, according to the Vesting Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Vesting Schedule”). The Restricted Shares which have become vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule are herein referred to as the “Vested Shares.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed and sealed this Award as of the Grant Date set forth above.


FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.

By:                                                       
Director
Title:                         

ATTEST:

By:                     

Title:                     
[CORPORATE SEAL]    








2




ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

1.     Acknowledgment by Director of Tax Election Opportunity . Director acknowledges that the award of the Restricted Shares constitutes a transfer of property for federal income tax purposes under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code and that the Director shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether to elect early income tax treatment by making an election permitted under Subsection (b) of Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code and the sole responsibility for effecting any such election in an appropriate and on a timely basis; provided, however, that if Director makes an election permitted under Subsection (b) of Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code, Director is required to provide a copy of such election to the Company within fifteen (15) days of making such election or all Restricted Shares shall be forfeited.

2.     Restricted Shares Held by the Share Custodian . Director hereby authorizes and directs the Company to deliver any share certificate issued by the Company to evidence Restricted Shares to the Secretary of the Company or such other officer of the Company as may be designated by the Committee (the “Share Custodian”) to be held by the Share Custodian until the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares or, if applicable, until forfeited, all in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. Director hereby irrevocably appoints the Share Custodian, and any successor thereto, as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the Director with full power and authority to execute any stock transfer power or other instrument necessary to transfer the Restricted Shares to the Company upon any forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, in the name, place, and stead of the Director. The term of such appointment shall commence on the Grant Date and shall continue until the Restricted Shares are delivered to the Director as provided above or returned to the Company for cancellation upon a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares. Any shares of Common Stock or other securities issued with respect to the Restricted Shares on account of an event described in Section 6 below shall be subject to the provisions of this Award and the Director agrees that any certificate representing such shares of Common Stock or other securities issued as a result thereof shall be delivered to the Share Custodian and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Award as if initially granted hereunder. For purposes of this Award, such shares of Common Stock also shall be deemed to be Restricted Shares. If the number of Vested Shares includes a fraction of a share, neither the Company nor the Share Custodian shall be required to deliver the fractional share to the Director, and the Company shall pay the Director the amount determined by the Company to be the estimated fair market value therefor. To effect the provisions of this Section, the Director shall complete an irrevocable stock power in favor of the Share Custodian in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

3.     Dividends and Voting . During the period that the Share Custodian holds the Restricted Shares subject to Section 2 above, the Director shall be entitled to all rights applicable to shares of Common Stock not so held, except as provided in this Award. In that regard, but only as and when the Restricted Shares to which the dividends or other distributions are attributable become Vested Shares. Dividends paid on Restricted Shares will be held by the Company and transferred to the Director, without interest, on such date as the Restricted Shares become Vested

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 1 of 6



Shares. Dividends or other distributions paid on Restricted Shares that are forfeited shall be retained by the Company.

4.     Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares .

(a)     General Restrictions . Except as provided by this Award, the Director shall not have the right to make or permit to exist any transfer or hypothecation, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary, of all or any part of any right, title or interest in or to any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares. Any such disposition not made in accordance with this Award shall be deemed null and void. The Company will not recognize, or have the duty to recognize, any disposition not made in accordance with the Plan and this Award, and any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares so transferred will continue to be bound by the Plan and this Award. The Director (and any subsequent holder of Restricted Shares or Vested Shares) may not sell, pledge or otherwise directly or indirectly transfer (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in or any beneficial interest in any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares except pursuant to the provisions of this Award. Any sale, pledge or other transfer (or any attempt to effect the same) of any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares in violation of any provision of the Plan or this Award shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Restricted Shares or Vested Shares as the owner of such Restricted Shares or Vested Shares for any purpose.

(b)     Certain Permitted Transfers . The restrictions contained in this Section 4 will not apply with respect to transfers of the Restricted Shares pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution; provided that the restrictions contained in this Section 4 will continue to be applicable to the Restricted Shares after any such transfer; and provided further that the transferees of such Restricted Shares must agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and this Award.

(c)     TARP Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award, until the Company fully repays the obligations arising from the financial assistance (the “TARP Proceeds”) provided to the Company and its affiliates under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Restricted Shares and, after the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares pursuant to Schedule 1 , the Vested Shares shall be subject to this Section 4(c) and shall not be transferable (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(d)) under TARP-imposed transfer restrictions except in accordance with the following schedule:

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 2 of 6




Percentage of TARP     Percentage of Restricted/Vested Shares
Proceeds Repaid      Released from TARP Transfer Restrictions

Less than 25%    0%
At least 25% but less than 50%    25%
At least 50% but less than 75%    50%
At least 75% but less than 100%    75%
100%    100%

Any Restricted Shares that are released from the TARP-imposed restrictions on transfer pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall continue to be subject to the remaining restrictions on transfer in this Section 4.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Director does not make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, at any time beginning with the date upon which the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares and ending on December 31 of the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs, a portion of the Vested Shares may be transferable as may reasonably be required to pay federal, state, or local taxes that are anticipated to apply to the income recognized due to such vesting, and the amounts made transferable for this purpose shall not count toward the percentages in the Schedule above.

5.     Additional Restrictions on Transfer .

(a)    In addition to any legends required under applicable securities laws, the certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend and the Director shall not make any transfer of the Restricted Shares without first complying with the restrictions on transfer described in such legend:

TRANSFER IS RESTRICTED

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS WHICH ALSO APPLY TO THE TRANSFEREE AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD, DATED ______________, 201__, A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE FROM THE COMPANY.

(b)     Opinion of Counsel . No holder of Restricted Shares or Vested Shares may sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in or any beneficial interest in any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares, except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), without first delivering to the Company an opinion of counsel (reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company) that neither registration nor qualification under the

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 3 of 6



Securities Act and applicable state securities laws is required in connection with such transfer.

6.     Change in Capitalization .

(a)    The number and kind of Restricted Shares shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares or the payment of a stock dividend in shares of Common Stock to holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding if effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. No fractional shares shall be issued in making such adjustment.

(b)    In the event of a corporate event or transaction involving the Company (as contemplated by Article 10 if the Plan), the Committee may make an appropriate adjustment with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the substitution of other securities or property or cash for the Common Stock held by the Director pursuant to this Award.

(c)    All adjustments made by the Committee under this Section shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Director.

(d)    The existence of the Plan and this Award shall not affect the right or power of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, reclassification, reorganization or other change in its capital or business structure, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities having preferences or priorities as to the Common Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or part of its business or assets, or any other corporate act or proceeding.

7.     Governing Laws . This Award shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Tennessee; provided, however, no Restricted Shares shall be issued except, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, in compliance with exemptions under applicable state securities laws of the state in which the Director resides, and/or any other applicable securities laws.

8.     Compliance with Applicable Law . This Award is intended to comply with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, including but not limited to the TARP Standards and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The Director agrees to such reasonable modifications to the vesting and transferability provisions of this Award as the Company may propose to reflect further guidance respecting this restriction on executive compensation as may be released by the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Troubled Asset Relief Program.

9.     Successors . This Award shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns of the parties.


Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 4 of 6



10.     Notice . Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Award shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of the recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of the address to the other parties in the same manner as provided herein.

11.     Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Award shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Award, and this Award shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

12.     Entire Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Award expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter. This Award may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.     Violation . Any disposition of the Restricted Shares or any portion thereof shall be a violation of the terms of this Award and shall be void and without effect.

14.     Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Award, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

15.     No Right to Continued Retention . Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the award of Restricted Shares hereunder shall be construed as giving Director the right to any continued service relationship with the Company or any affiliate of the Company.

16.     Headings and Capitalized Terms . Paragraph headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Award. Capitalized terms used in this Award shall be given the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan, except as otherwise defined in this Section 16 or elsewhere in this Award. The term “Change of Control” means the occurrence of either of the following events on or after the Grant Date:

(a)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or “group,” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, excluding acquisitions by the Company, any affiliate of the Company, and any present holder of any capital stock of the Company and their Permitted Transferees (as defined herein) (the Company, all such affiliates, such holders of capital stock of the Company and the Permitted Transferees being hereafter referred to as the “Company Group”), (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 5 of 6



Act of 1934) of voting securities of the Company, whether from the Company or from existing holders of capital stock of the Company, where such acquisition causes any such Person to own more than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company; provided that no Change of Control will occur as a result of any acquisition of capital stock by the Company Group. For purposes of this Section 16(d)(a), the term “Permitted Transferee” means any person who acquires capital stock of the Company from any present holder of such capital stock involving the transfer or other disposition by any such present holder: (1) to one or more members of the family of such present holder, as described in Section 1361(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a present holder’s spouse, lineal ancestors or descendants, brothers, sisters, children and grandchildren; or (2) to a qualifying trust for the benefit of any one or more of such family members; or

(b)    the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization (including issuances or redemptions of its capital stock by the Company) of the Company, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization do not, immediately thereafter, own fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or recapitalized entity’s then outstanding voting securities, excluding any such transaction involving an entity which immediately before such transaction was controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company; provided however, that, if, at the effective time of any such event, the Company is subject to the requirements of 31 C.F.R. Part 30, as prescribed pursuant to 31 C.F.R. 30.2 (Q-2), such event must also constitute a “change of control event,” as applied in defining the term “long-term restricted stock” under 31 C.F.R. Section 30.1 (Q-1), for any such event to constitute a Change of Control.



SCHEDULE 1

FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

Vesting Schedule

I.
Provided that the Director remains a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any affiliate through the applicable Vesting Date described in this Part I, the Restricted Shares shall become vested in accordance with the following Vesting Schedule:


Vesting Dates
Percentage of Restricted Shares
which are Vested Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

II.
Except as otherwise provided in this Vesting Schedule, any portion of the Restricted Shares which have not become Vested Shares shall be forfeited at the time the Director ceases be a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any affiliate, regardless of the reason. There shall be no proration for partial service.

III.
Notwithstanding Parts I or II, in the event of the occurrence of any Change in Control following the Grant Date but prior to the date the Recipient ceases to be a member of the Board of Directors of the Company or any affiliate, any previously unvested Restricted Shares shall become immediately vested.





Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 6 of 6



EXHIBIT A


IRREVOCABLE STOCK POWER




FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to First Security Group, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (the “Company”), ______ shares of the Common Stock of the Company registered in the name of the undersigned on the stock transfer records of the Company and represented by Stock Certificate No. ____________________ of the Company; and the undersigned does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _______________________________________, his attorney-in-fact, to transfer the aforesaid shares on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution; and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorney-in-fact lawfully shall do by virtue hereof.


Date:                          Signed:                         
                            
Print Name:                         

IN THE PRESENCE OF:


                    
(Print Name)


                    
(Signature)








Exhibit A - Page 1 of 1


Exhibit 10.32
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD


This RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD (the “Award”) is made and entered into as of the Grant Date by and between First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”), a Tennessee corporation, and ____________________ (the “Employee”).

Upon and subject to the Additional Terms and Conditions attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as part of this Award, the Company hereby awards as of the Grant Date to the Employee the Restricted Shares described below pursuant to the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) in consideration of the Employee’s past and future services to the Company.


A.
Grant Date : _____________________.

B.
Restricted Shares : ________ shares of the Company’s common stock (“Common Stock”).

C.
Vesting Schedule : The Restricted Shares shall vest or be forfeited back to the Company, as the case may be, according to the Vesting Schedule attached hereto as Schedule 1 (the “Vesting Schedule”). The Restricted Shares which have become vested pursuant to the Vesting Schedule are herein referred to as the “Vested Shares.”


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have signed and sealed this Award as of the Grant Date set forth above.


FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.

By:                                                       
Employee
Title:                         

ATTEST:

By:                     

Title:                     
[CORPORATE SEAL]    








2




ADDITIONAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

1.     Condition to Delivery of Restricted Shares .

(a)     Employee’s Obligation . Employee must deliver to the Company, within two (2) business days after the earlier of (i) the date (the “Vesting Date”) on which any Restricted Shares become Vested Shares, or (ii) the date the Employee makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code as to all or any portion of the Restricted Shares, either cash or a certified check payable to the Company in the amount of all tax withholding obligations (whether federal, state or local) imposed on the Company by reason of the vesting of the Restricted Shares, or the making of an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, as applicable, except as provided in Section 1(b).

(b)     Alternative Withholding Election . If the Employee does not make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, in lieu of paying the withholding tax obligations in cash or by certified check as required by Section 1(a), Employee may elect (the “Withholding Election”) to have the actual number of shares of Common Stock that become Vested Shares reduced by the smallest number of whole shares of Common Stock which, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock, determined as of the applicable Vesting Date, is sufficient to satisfy the amount of the tax withholding obligations imposed on the Company by reason of the vesting of the Restricted Shares on the applicable Vesting Date. Employee may make a Withholding Election only if all of the following conditions are met:

(i)    the Withholding Election must be made on or prior to the Vesting Date by executing and delivering to the Company a properly completed Notice of Withholding Election, in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto;

(ii)    the Company determines that giving effect to the Withholding Election is permitted under the standards for compensation and corporate governance published by the Treasury Department as an interim final rule under Section 111 of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, or any successor guidance (the “TARP Standards”); and

(iii)    any Withholding Election made will be irrevocable; however, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, disapprove and give no effect to any Withholding Election.

(c)     Broker Facilitated Alternative . If the shares of Common Stock are being traded by brokers and the Employee is not a “director” or “executive officer”, within the meaning of Section 13(k) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2012), at the time tax withholding obligations become due, at the

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 1 of 7



request of the Employee, the Committee may make, or authorize the making of, such arrangements with the Employee and a broker, dealer or other “creditor” (as defined by Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) acting on behalf of the Employee for the receipt from such broker, dealer or other “creditor” of cash by the Company in an amount necessary to satisfy the Employee’s tax withholding obligations in exchange for delivery of a number of Vested Shares directly to the broker, dealer or other “creditor” having a value equal to the cash delivered.

(d)     Condition to Delivery of Vested Shares; Forfeiture . Unless and until the Employee provides for the payment of the tax withholding obligations in accordance with the provisions of this Section 1, the Company shall have no obligation to deliver any of the Vested Shares and may take any other actions necessary to satisfy such obligations, including withholding of appropriate sums from other amounts payable to the Employee. A failure on the part of the Employee to provide for the satisfaction of the tax withholding obligations promptly shall result in a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares.

(e)     Acknowledgement by Employee of Tax Election Opportunity . Employee acknowledges that the award of the Restricted Shares constitutes a transfer of property for federal income tax purposes under Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code and that the Employee shall have the sole responsibility for determining whether to elect early income tax treatment by making an election permitted under Subsection (b) of Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code and the sole responsibility for effecting any such election in an appropriate and on a timely basis; provided, however, that if Employee makes an election permitted under Subsection (b) of Section 83 of the Internal Revenue Code, Employee is required to provide a copy of such election to the Company within fifteen (15) days of making such election or all Restricted Shares shall be forfeited.

2.     Restricted Shares Held by the Share Custodian . Employee hereby authorizes and directs the Company to deliver any share certificate issued by the Company to evidence Restricted Shares to the Secretary of the Company or such other officer of the Company as may be designated by the Committee (the “Share Custodian”) to be held by the Share Custodian until the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares or, if applicable, until forfeited, all in accordance with the Vesting Schedule. Employee hereby irrevocably appoints the Share Custodian, and any successor thereto, as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of the Employee with full power and authority to execute any stock transfer power or other instrument necessary to transfer the Restricted Shares to the Company upon any forfeiture of the Restricted Shares, in the name, place, and stead of the Employee. The term of such appointment shall commence on the Grant Date and shall continue until the Restricted Shares are delivered to the Employee as provided above (net of any Vested Shares retained by the Company as contemplated by Section 1(b) above or delivered to a broker, dealer or other “creditor” as contemplated by Section 1(c) above) or returned to the Company for cancellation upon a forfeiture of the Restricted Shares. Any shares of Common Stock or other securities issued with respect to the Restricted Shares on account of an event described in Section 6 below shall be subject to the provisions of this Award and the Employee agrees that any certificate representing such shares of Common Stock or other securities issued as a result thereof shall be delivered to the Share Custodian and shall be subject to all of the provisions of this Award as if initially granted hereunder.

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 2 of 7



For purposes of this Award, such shares of Common Stock also shall be deemed to be Restricted Shares. If the number of Vested Shares includes a fraction of a share, neither the Company nor the Share Custodian shall be required to deliver the fractional share to the Employee, and the Company shall pay the Employee the amount determined by the Company to be the estimated fair market value therefor. To effect the provisions of this Section, the Employee shall complete an irrevocable stock power in favor of the Share Custodian in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B .

3.     Dividends and Voting . During the period that the Share Custodian holds the Restricted Shares subject to Section 2 above, the Employee shall be entitled to all rights applicable to shares of Common Stock not so held, except as provided in this Award. In that regard, but only as and when the Restricted Shares to which the dividends or other distributions are attributable become Vested Shares. Dividends paid on Restricted Shares will be held by the Company and transferred to the Employee, without interest, on such date as the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares. Dividends or other distributions paid on Restricted Shares that are forfeited shall be retained by the Company.

4.     Restrictions on Transfer of Restricted Shares .

(a)     General Restrictions . Except as provided by this Award, the Employee shall not have the right to make or permit to exist any transfer or hypothecation, whether outright or as security, with or without consideration, voluntary or involuntary, of all or any part of any right, title or interest in or to any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares. Any such disposition not made in accordance with this Award shall be deemed null and void. The Company will not recognize, or have the duty to recognize, any disposition not made in accordance with the Plan and this Award, and any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares so transferred will continue to be bound by the Plan and this Award. The Employee (and any subsequent holder of Restricted Shares or Vested Shares) may not sell, pledge or otherwise directly or indirectly transfer (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in or any beneficial interest in any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares except pursuant to the provisions of this Award. Any sale, pledge or other transfer (or any attempt to effect the same) of any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares in violation of any provision of the Plan or this Award shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition on its books or treat any purported transferee of such Restricted Shares or Vested Shares as the owner of such Restricted Shares or Vested Shares for any purpose.

(b)     Certain Permitted Transfers . The restrictions contained in this Section 4 will not apply with respect to transfers of the Restricted Shares pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution; provided that the restrictions contained in this Section 4 will continue to be applicable to the Restricted Shares after any such transfer; and provided further that the transferees of such Restricted Shares must agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of the Plan and this Award.

(c)     TARP Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Award, until the Company fully repays the obligations arising from the financial assistance (the “TARP

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 3 of 7



Proceeds”) provided to the Company and its affiliates under the Troubled Asset Relief Program (“TARP”) administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, the Restricted Shares and, after the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares pursuant to Schedule 1 , the Vested Shares shall be subject to this Section 4(c) and shall not be transferable (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.83-3(d)) under TARP-imposed transfer restrictions except in accordance with the following schedule:

Percentage of TARP     Percentage of Restricted/Vested Shares
Proceeds Repaid      Released from TARP Transfer Restrictions

Less than 25%    0%
At least 25% but less than 50%    25%
At least 50% but less than 75%    50%
At least 75% but less than 100%    75%
100%    100%

Any Restricted Shares that are released from the TARP-imposed restrictions on transfer pursuant to this Section 4(c) shall continue to be subject to the remaining restrictions on transfer in this Section 4.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Employee does not make an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, at any time beginning with the date upon which the Restricted Shares become Vested Shares and ending on December 31 of the calendar year in which such Vesting Date occurs, a portion of the Vested Shares may be transferable as may reasonably be required to pay federal, state, or local taxes that are anticipated to apply to the income recognized due to such vesting, and the amounts made transferable for this purpose shall not count toward the percentages in the Schedule above; provided, however, that this Section shall not extend the time period provided in Section 1(b) for the Employee to make a Withholding Election.

5.     Additional Restrictions on Transfer .

(a)    In addition to any legends required under applicable securities laws, the certificates representing the Restricted Shares shall be endorsed with the following legend and the Employee shall not make any transfer of the Restricted Shares without first complying with the restrictions on transfer described in such legend:

TRANSFER IS RESTRICTED

THE SECURITIES EVIDENCED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER AND FORFEITURE PROVISIONS WHICH ALSO APPLY TO THE TRANSFEREE AS SET FORTH IN A RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD, DATED ______________, 201__, A COPY OF WHICH IS AVAILABLE FROM THE COMPANY.


Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 4 of 7



(b)     Opinion of Counsel . No holder of Restricted Shares or Vested Shares may sell, transfer, assign, pledge or otherwise dispose of (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in or any beneficial interest in any Restricted Shares or Vested Shares, except pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), without first delivering to the Company an opinion of counsel (reasonably acceptable in form and substance to the Company) that neither registration nor qualification under the Securities Act and applicable state securities laws is required in connection with such transfer.

6.     Change in Capitalization .

(a)    The number and kind of Restricted Shares shall be proportionately adjusted for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a subdivision or combination of shares or the payment of a stock dividend in shares of Common Stock to holders of outstanding shares of Common Stock or any other increase or decrease in the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding if effected without receipt of consideration by the Company. No fractional shares shall be issued in making such adjustment.

(b)    In the event of a corporate event or transaction involving the Company (as contemplated by Article 10 if the Plan), the Committee may make an appropriate adjustment with respect to the Restricted Shares, including the substitution of other securities or property or cash for the Common Stock held by the Employee pursuant to this Award.

(c)    All adjustments made by the Committee under this Section shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Employee.

(d)    The existence of the Plan and this Award shall not affect the right or power of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, reclassification, reorganization or other change in its capital or business structure, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities having preferences or priorities as to the Common Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or part of its business or assets, or any other corporate act or proceeding.

7.     Governing Laws . This Award shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Tennessee; provided, however, no Restricted Shares shall be issued except, in the reasonable judgment of the Committee, in compliance with exemptions under applicable state securities laws of the state in which the Employee resides, and/or any other applicable securities laws.

8.     Compliance with Applicable Law . This Award is intended to comply with all applicable Federal, state, and local laws, rules, and regulations, including but not limited to the TARP Standards and the Federal Deposit Insurance Act. The Employee agrees to such reasonable modifications to the vesting and transferability provisions of this Award as the Company may propose

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 5 of 7



to reflect further guidance respecting this restriction on executive compensation as may be released by the U.S. Department of Treasury under the Troubled Asset Relief Program.

9.     Successors . This Award shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors, and permitted assigns of the parties.

10.     Notice . Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Award shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of the recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of the address to the other parties in the same manner as provided herein.

11.     Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in this Award shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of this Award, and this Award shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

12.     Entire Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, this Award expresses the entire understanding and agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter. This Award may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original but all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument.

13.     Violation . Any disposition of the Restricted Shares or any portion thereof shall be a violation of the terms of this Award and shall be void and without effect.

14.     Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Award, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

15.     No Right to Continued Retention . Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the award of Restricted Shares hereunder shall be construed as giving Employee the right to any continued service relationship with the Company or any affiliate of the Company.

16.     Headings and Capitalized Terms . Paragraph headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing this Award. Capitalized terms used in this Award shall be given the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan, except as otherwise defined in this Section 16 or elsewhere in this Award. The term “ Change of Control” means the occurrence of either of the following events on or after the Grant Date:

(a)    the acquisition by any individual, entity or “group,” within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, excluding

Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 6 of 7



acquisitions by the Company, any affiliate of the Company, and any present holder of any capital stock of the Company and their Permitted Transferees (as defined herein) (the Company, all such affiliates, such holders of capital stock of the Company and the Permitted Transferees being hereafter referred to as the “Company Group”), (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) of voting securities of the Company, whether from the Company or from existing holders of capital stock of the Company, where such acquisition causes any such Person to own more than twenty percent (20%) of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Company; provided that no Change of Control will occur as a result of any acquisition of capital stock by the Company Group. For purposes of this Section 16(d)(a), the term “Permitted Transferee” means any person who acquires capital stock of the Company from any present holder of such capital stock involving the transfer or other disposition by any such present holder: (1) to one or more members of the family of such present holder, as described in Section 1361(c)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, a present holder’s spouse, lineal ancestors or descendants, brothers, sisters, children and grandchildren; or (2) to a qualifying trust for the benefit of any one or more of such family members; or

(b)    the consummation of a reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization (including issuances or redemptions of its capital stock by the Company) of the Company, with respect to which persons who were the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, consolidation or recapitalization do not, immediately thereafter, own fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power entitled to vote in the election of directors of the reorganized, merged, consolidated or recapitalized entity’s then outstanding voting securities, excluding any such transaction involving an entity which immediately before such transaction was controlling, controlled by, or under common control with the Company; provided however, that, if, at the effective time of any such event, the Company is subject to the requirements of 31 C.F.R. Part 30, as prescribed pursuant to 31 C.F.R. 30.2 (Q-2), such event must also constitute a “change of control event,” as applied in defining the term “long-term restricted stock” under 31 C.F.R. Section 30.1 (Q-1), for any such event to constitute a Change of Control.




Additional Terms and Conditions – Page 7 of 7



SCHEDULE 1

FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

Vesting Schedule

I.
Provided that the Employee remains in continuous service of the Company or any affiliate through the applicable Vesting Date described in this Part I, the Restricted Shares shall become vested in accordance with the following Vesting Schedule:


Vesting Dates
Percentage of Restricted Shares
which are Vested Shares
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

II.
Except as otherwise provided in this Vesting Schedule, any portion of the Restricted Shares which have not become Vested Shares shall be forfeited at the time the Employee’s service with the Company and its affiliates ceases, regardless of the reason. There shall be no proration for partial service.

III.
Notwithstanding Parts I or II, any and all remaining Restricted Shares shall become Vested Shares (i) in the event of the Employee’s death or Disability during his service with the Company and its affiliates ceases; or (ii) upon the occurrence of a Change of Control during his service with the Company and its affiliates ceases.




Schedule 1 - Page 1 of 1



EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF WITHHOLDING ELECTION
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
RESTRICTED STOCK AWARD

TO:    First Security Group, Inc.

FROM:                              SSN:                 

RE:    Withholding Election

This election relates to the Restricted Stock Award identified in Paragraph 3 below. I hereby certify that:

(1)    My correct name and social security number and my current address are set forth at the end of this document.

(2)    I am (check one, whichever is applicable).

[ ]    the original recipient of the Restricted Stock Award.

[ ]
the legal representative of the estate of the original recipient of the Restricted Stock Award.

[ ]    a legatee of the original recipient of the Restricted Stock Award.

[ ]
the legal guardian of the original recipient of the Restricted Stock Award.

(3)    The Restricted Stock Award pursuant to which this election relates was issued by First Security Group, Inc. pursuant to the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan to _________________________ for a total of ______________ shares of Common Stock. This election relates to ______ shares of Common Stock to be delivered upon the vesting of a portion of the Restricted Shares, provided that the numbers set forth above shall be deemed changed as appropriate to reflect stock splits and other adjustments contemplated by the applicable provisions of the Plan and the Restricted Stock Award.

(4)    In connection with the vesting of all or a portion of the Restricted Shares, I hereby elect:

[  ]
to have certain of the Vested Shares withheld and returned to the Company, rather than delivered to me, for the purpose of having the value of such shares applied to pay minimum required federal, state and local, if any, tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting event. The fair market value of the Vested Shares to be withheld and returned to the Company shall be equal to the minimum statutory tax

Exhibit A - Page 1 of 2



withholding requirements under federal, state and local law in connection with the vesting event, reduced by the amount of any cash or certified check payment tendered by me to the Company in partial payment of such tax withholding obligations;

[  ]
to deliver to the Company, in cash or cash equivalents, the amount necessary to pay the minimum required federal, state and local, if any, tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting event; or

[  ]
to have the Company withhold from other wages payable to me the amount necessary to pay minimum required federal, state and local, if any, tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting event.

(5)    I understand that this Withholding Election is made prior to the applicable Vesting Date and is otherwise timely made pursuant to Section 1 of the Restricted Stock Award.

(6)    I further understand that, if this Withholding Election is not disapproved by the Committee, the Company shall withhold from the Vested Shares a whole number of shares of Common Stock having the value specified in Paragraph 4 above.

(7)    I understand that if provisions for the satisfaction of applicable tax withholding obligations, in a form acceptable to the Company, are not made on a timely basis, any Restricted Shares that otherwise would have become Vested Shares due to the vesting event shall be forfeited, unless, at the discretion of the Company, the Company elects to withhold from other wages payable to me the amount necessary to pay minimum required federal, state and local, if any, tax withholding obligations arising from the vesting event.

(8)    The Plan has been made available to me by the Company. I have read and understand the provisions of the Plan and the provisions of the Restricted Stock Award and I have no reason to believe that any of the conditions therein to the making of this Withholding Election have not been met.

Dated:                             

Signature:                         

                            
Name (Printed)

                            
Street Address

                            
City, State, Zip Code

                            
Social Security Number



Exhibit A - Page 2 of 2



EXHIBIT B


IRREVOCABLE STOCK POWER




FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers to First Security Group, Inc., a Tennessee corporation (the “Company”), ______ shares of the Common Stock of the Company registered in the name of the undersigned on the stock transfer records of the Company and represented by Stock Certificate No. ____________________ of the Company; and the undersigned does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint _______________________________________, his attorney-in-fact, to transfer the aforesaid shares on the books of the Company, with full power of substitution; and the undersigned does hereby ratify and confirm all that said attorney-in-fact lawfully shall do by virtue hereof.


Date:                          Signed:                         
                            
Print Name:                         

IN THE PRESENCE OF:


                    
(Print Name)


                    
(Signature)








Exhibit B - Page 1 of 1


Exhibit 10.29
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD
PURSUANT TO THE FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

THIS INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD (the “Award”) is made as of the Grant Date by and between FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC. (the “Company”), a Tennessee corporation; and _____________________ (the “Participant”).

Upon and subject to the Terms and Conditions attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, the Company hereby awards as of the Grant Date to Participant an incentive stock option (the “Option”), as described below, to purchase the Option Shares.

A.    Grant Date: ______________, 20__.

B.    Type of Option: Incentive Stock Option.

C.
Plan under which granted: First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan.

D.
Option Shares: All or any part of ________ shares of the Company’s common stock (the “Common Stock”), subject to adjustment as provided in the attached Terms and Conditions.

E.
Exercise Price: $_______ per share of Common Stock. The Exercise Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided in the attached Terms and Conditions. The Exercise Price is, in the judgment of the Committee (as defined in the Plan), not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date or, in the case of an Over 10% Owner, not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock on the Grant Date.

F.
Option Period: The Option may be exercised only during the Option Period which commences on the Grant Date and ends on the earliest of:

(i)
the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date (unless the Participant is an Over 10% Owner, in which case the fifth (5 th ) anniversary of the Grant Date);

(ii)
three (3) months following the date the Participant ceases to be either an employee, director, or any other type of service provider of the Company and its Affiliates due to a Termination of Employment or termination of any other service relationship for reasons other than for Cause; or

(iii) 
twelve (12) months following the date the Participant ceases to be an employee, director, or contractor of the Company and all Affiliates due to death or Disability;

provided, however, that the Option may be exercised as to no more than the vested Option Shares determined pursuant to the Vesting Schedule. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall cease to be exercisable upon the date the Participant ceases to be an employee, director, or any other type of service provider of the Company or an Affiliate due to a Termination of Employment or termination of any other service relationship by the Company or an Affiliate for Cause. Note




that other limitations to exercising the Option, as described in the attached Terms and Conditions, may apply .

G.
Vesting Schedule: The Option Shares shall become vested in accordance with Schedule 1 hereto (the “Vesting Schedule”). Any portion of the Option which is not vested at the time of Participant’s Termination of Employment or termination of any other service relationship with the Company or an Affiliate shall be forfeited to the Company.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Participant have executed and sealed this Award as of the Grant Date set forth above.

FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.:

By:                         

Title:                         


                                                 
Participant



2



TERMS AND CONDITIONS
TO THE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD
PURSUANT TO THE FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


1.     Exercise of Option . Subject to the provisions provided herein or in the Award made pursuant to the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan:

(a)    the Option may be exercised with respect to all or any portion of the vested Option Shares at any time during the Option Period by:

(i)    the delivery to the Company, at its principal place of business, of a written notice of exercise in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1 , which shall be actually delivered to the Company at least ten (10) days prior to the date upon which Participant desires to exercise all or any portion of the Option (unless such prior notice is waived by the Company);

(ii)    payment as provided in Section 3 to the Company of the Exercise Price multiplied by the number of Option Shares being purchased (the “Purchase Price”); and

(iii)    satisfaction of the withholding tax obligations under Section 2, if applicable.

Upon acceptance of such notice and receipt of payment in full of the Purchase Price and, if applicable, any withholding taxes, the Company shall cause to be issued a certificate representing the Option Shares purchased. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event the Participant is given notice of termination for Cause under any employment or services agreement between the Participant and the Company or any Affiliate or otherwise, the Participant’s ability to exercise the Option shall be suspended from the giving of such notice until such time as the Participant cures the circumstance(s) constituting Cause, if expressly permitted by the applicable employment or services agreement or otherwise, or, if there is no opportunity to cure or no cure is timely effected, from and after the giving of such notice through and including the effective date that the Participant’s employment or other service relationship is terminated for Cause.

2.     Withholding . To the extent the Option is deemed to be a Nonqualified Stock Option in accordance with Section 18 hereof, the Participant must satisfy applicable federal, state, and local, if any, withholding taxes imposed by reason of the exercise of the Option either by paying to the Company the full amount of the withholding obligation (a) in cash; (b) by tendering shares of Common Stock which are owned by the Participant prior to the date of exercise having a Fair Market Value equal to the withholding obligation (a “ Withholding Election ”); (c) by electing, irrevocably and in writing (also a “ Withholding Election ”), to have the smallest number of whole shares of Common Stock withheld by the Company which, when multiplied by the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock as of the date the Option is exercised, is sufficient to satisfy the amount of withholding tax; or (d) by any combination of the above.






3.     Purchase Price . Payment of the Purchase Price for all Option Shares purchased pursuant to the exercise of an Option shall be made:

(a)    in cash or cash equivalents;

(b)    by delivery to the Company of a number of shares of Common Stock which have been owned by the Participant prior to the date of the Option’s exercise, having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise either equal to the Purchase Price or in combination with other forms of payment to equal the Purchase Price;

(c)    if and when the Common Stock becomes traded by brokers, whether on a national securities exchange or otherwise, by receipt of the Purchase Price in cash from a broker, dealer or other “creditor” as defined by Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System following delivery by the Participant to the Committee of instructions in a form acceptable to the Committee regarding delivery to such broker, dealer or other creditor of that number of Option Shares with respect to which the Option is exercised, but only as and to the extent permitted under Section 13(k) of the Exchange Act (Section 402 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002); or

(d)    in any combination of the foregoing.

4.     Rights as Shareholder . Until the stock certificates reflecting the Option Shares accruing to the Participant upon exercise of the Option are issued to the Participant, the Participant shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to such Option Shares. The Company shall make no adjustment for any dividends or distributions or other rights on or with respect to Option Shares for which the record date is prior to the issuance of that stock certificate, except as the Plan otherwise provides.

5.     Restriction on Transfer of Option and of Option Shares .

(a)     General Restrictions . The Participant (and any subsequent holder of the Option) may not sell, pledge or otherwise directly or indirectly transfer (whether with or without consideration and whether voluntarily or involuntarily or by operation of law) any interest in or any beneficial interest in the Option except pursuant to the provisions of this Award. Any sale, pledge or other transfer (or any attempt to effect the same) of the Option in violation of any provision of this Award shall be void, and the Company shall not record such transfer, assignment, pledge or other disposition on its books or treat any purported transferee or pledgee of the Option as the owner or pledgee of the Option for any purpose.

(b)     Certain Permitted Transfers of Options . The restrictions contained in this Section will not apply with respect to transfers of the Option pursuant to applicable laws of descent and distribution; provided that the restrictions contained in this Section will continue to be applicable to the Option after any such transfer; and provided further that the transferee(s) of the Option must agree in writing to be bound by the provisions of this Award.

6.     Changes in Capitalization .


2



(a)    The number of Option Shares and the Exercise Price shall be proportionately adjusted for nonreciprocal transactions between the Company and the holders of capital stock of the Company that cause the per share value of the shares of Common Stock underlying the Option to change, such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering, or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend (each, an “Equity Restructuring”).

(b)    In the event of a merger, consolidation, reorganization, extraordinary dividend, sale of substantially all of the Company’s assets or other material change in the capital structure of the Company, or a tender offer for shares of Common Stock, or a Change in Control, that in each case is not an Equity Restructuring, the Committee or its designee shall take such action to make such adjustments in the Option or the terms of this Award as the Committee or its designee, in its sole discretion, determines in good faith is necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation, adjusting the number and class of securities subject to the Option with a corresponding adjustment in the Exercise Price, substituting a new option to replace the Option, accelerating the termination of the Option Period or terminating the Option in consideration of a cash payment to the Participant in an amount equal to the excess of the then Fair Market Value of the Option Shares over the aggregate Exercise Price of the Option Shares; provided, however, that no such adjustment shall be inconsistent with the rights of the Participant as provided in these Terms and Conditions. Any determination made by the Committee or its designee pursuant to this Section 6(b) will be final and binding on the Participant. Any action taken by the Committee or its designee need not treat all Participants equally.

(c)    The existence of the Plan and the Option granted pursuant to this Award shall not affect in any way the right or power of the Company to make or authorize any adjustment, reclassification, reorganization or other change in its capital or business structure, any merger or consolidation of the Company, any issue of debt or equity securities having preferences or priorities as to the Common Stock or the rights thereof, the dissolution or liquidation of the Company, any sale or transfer of all or any part of its business or assets, or any other corporate act or proceeding. Any adjustment pursuant to this Section may provide, in the Committee’s discretion, for the elimination without payment therefor of any fractional shares that might otherwise become subject to any Option.

7.     Special Limitation on Exercise . Any exercise of the Option is subject to the condition that if at any time the Committee, in its discretion, shall determine that the listing, registration, or qualification of the shares covered by the Option upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law is necessary or desirable as a condition of or in connection with the delivery of shares thereunder, the delivery of any or all shares pursuant to the Option may be withheld unless and until such listing, registration or qualification shall have been effected. The Participant shall deliver to the Company, prior to the exercise of the Option, such information, representations and warranties as the Company may reasonably request in order for the Company to be able to satisfy itself that the Option Shares are being acquired in accordance with the terms of an applicable exemption from the securities registration requirements of applicable federal and state securities laws.

8.     Legend on Stock Certificates .  Certificates evidencing the Option Shares, to the extent appropriate at the time, shall have noted conspicuously on the certificates a legend intended to give all persons full notice of the existence of the conditions, restrictions, rights and obligations set forth herein and in the Plan.

3




9.     Governing Laws . The Award and these Terms and Conditions shall be construed, administered and enforced according to the laws of the State of Georgia; provided, however, the Option may not be exercised except in compliance with exemptions available under applicable state securities laws of the state in which the Participant resides and/or any other applicable securities laws.

10.     Successors . The Award and these Terms and Conditions shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns of the Participant and the Company.

11.     Notice . Except as otherwise specified herein, all notices and other communications under this Award shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given if personally delivered or if sent by registered or certified United States mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the proposed recipient at the last known address of the recipient. Any party may designate any other address to which notices shall be sent by giving notice of the address to the other parties in the same manner as provided herein.

12.     Severability . In the event that any one or more of the provisions or portion thereof contained in the Award and these Terms and Conditions shall for any reason be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the same shall not invalidate or otherwise affect any other provisions of the Award and these Terms and Conditions, and the Award and these Terms and Conditions shall be construed as if the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion thereof had never been contained herein.

13.     Entire Agreement . Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, the Award and these Terms and Conditions express the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the Option.

14.     Violation . Except as provided in Section 5, any transfer, pledge, sale, assignment, or hypothecation of the Option or any portion thereof shall be a violation of the terms of the Award or these Terms and Conditions and shall be void and without effect.

15.     Headings . Section headings used herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not be considered in construing the Award or these Terms and Conditions.

16.     Specific Performance . In the event of any actual or threatened default in, or breach of, any of the terms, conditions and provisions of the Award and these Terms and Conditions, the party or parties who are thereby aggrieved shall have the right to specific performance and injunction in addition to any and all other rights and remedies at law or in equity, and all such rights and remedies shall be cumulative.

17.     No Right to Continued Retention . Neither the establishment of the Plan nor the award of Option Shares hereunder shall be construed as giving the Participant the right to continued employment or other service relationship with the Company or any Affiliate.
    

4



18.     Qualified Status of Option .

(a)    In accordance with Section 2.4 of the Plan, the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the date an Incentive Stock Option is granted) of the Option Shares which become exercisable for the first time by an individual during any calendar year shall not exceed $100,000. If the foregoing limitation is exceeded with respect to any portion of the Option Shares, that portion of the Option Shares which cause the limitation to be exceeded shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

(b)    In the event the Participant’s employment is transferred to an Affiliate that is not a Parent or Subsidiary of the Company, the Option shall become a Nonqualified Stock Option no later than three (3) months following such transfer and shall remain a Nonqualified Stock Option for the remainder of the Option Period.

19.     Exercise or Forfeiture as Required by Law . To the extent required by law, in the event the capital of the Company or a financial institution subsidiary of the Company falls below the minimum capital requirements established from time to time by the applicable state or primary federal regulator, such primary federal regulator may require that Options issued under the Plan that are not exercised within a specific period of time be cancelled and have no further force or effect.

20.     Definitions . As used in this Award,

(a)    “ Cause ” shall the meaning assigned to such term in the employment agreement, if any, between the Participant and the Company or its Affiliate; provided, however, that if there is no such employment agreement or definition, the term “Cause” shall mean any of the following acts by Participant, as determined by the Board:

(1)    gross neglect of duty, prolonged absence from duty without the consent of the Company;

(2)    the acceptance by Participant of a position with another employer without the consent of the Company;

(3)    intentionally engaging in any activity which is in conflict with or adverse to the business or other interests of the Company;

(4)    willful misconduct, misfeasance or malfeasance of duty which is reasonably determined to be detrimental to the Company; or

(5)    breach of a fiduciary duty owed to the Company; or

(6)    any material breach of an employment contract, which breach has not been corrected by Participant within (30) days after his receipt of notice of such breach from the Company; or

(7)    the receipt of any form of notice, written or otherwise, that any regulatory agency having jurisdiction over the Company or its Affiliate intends to institute any

5



form of formal or informal regulatory action against the Participant or the Company or its Affiliate, provided that the Board of Directors of either the Company or its Affiliate determines in good faith that such action involves acts or omissions by or under the supervision of the Participant or that termination of the Participant could materially assist the Company or its Affiliate in avoiding or reducing the restrictions or adverse effects to the Company or its Affiliate related to the regulatory action.

(b)    Other capitalized terms that are not defined herein have the meaning set forth in the Plan or the Award, except where the context does not reasonably permit.



6



EXHIBIT 1

NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF
STOCK OPTION TO PURCHASE
COMMON STOCK OF
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.

Name                         
Address                     
                                                 
Date                         

First Security Group, Inc.
531 Broad Street
Chattanooga, Tennessee 37402
Attn: Secretary

Re:    Exercise of Incentive Stock Option

Gentlemen:

Subject to acceptance hereof by First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and pursuant to the provisions of the First Security Group, Inc. 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”), I hereby give notice of my election to exercise options granted to me to purchase ______________ shares of Common Stock of the Company under the Incentive Stock Option Award (the “Award”) dated as of ___________, 20___. The purchase shall take place as of __________, 20___ (the “Exercise Date”).

On or before the Exercise Date, I will pay the applicable purchase price as follows:

[ ]
by delivery of cash or a certified check for $_____________ for the full purchase price payable to the order of First Security Group, Inc.

[ ]
by delivery of shares of Common Stock that I own and that are represented by a stock certificate I will surrender to the Company with my endorsement. If the number of shares of Common Stock represented by such stock certificate exceed the number to be applied against the purchase price, I understand that a new stock certificate will be issued to me reflecting the excess number of shares; and/or

[ ]
if and when the Common Stock becomes traded by brokers, whether on a national securities exchange or otherwise, by delivery of the purchase price by _________________________, a broker, dealer or other “creditor” as defined by Regulation T issued by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. I hereby authorize the Company to issue a stock certificate for the number of shares indicated above in the name of said broker, dealer or other creditor or its nominee pursuant to instructions received by the Company and to deliver said stock certificate directly to that broker, dealer or other creditor (or to such other party specified in the instructions received by the Company from the broker, dealer or other creditor) upon receipt of the purchase price.


Exhibit 1 – Page 1 of 3



I understand that I am not permitted to exercise the Option if I have been given notice that my employment will be terminated for Cause. I understand that if my ability to exercise is suspended in the manner provided for in the foregoing sentence, my ability to exercise may only be reinstated in the event that I cure the circumstances specified in such notice that was the basis for my termination for Cause and only if such ability to cure is expressly provided for in the applicable employment agreement or otherwise.

Any required federal, state, and local income tax withholding obligations on the exercise of the Award shall be paid on or before the Exercise Date in cash or cash equivalents.

As soon as the stock certificate is registered in my name, please deliver it to me at the above address.

If the Common Stock being acquired is not registered for issuance to and resale by the Participant pursuant to an effective registration statement on Form S-8 (or successor form) filed under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), I hereby represent, warrant, covenant, and agree with the Company as follows:

The shares of the Common Stock being acquired by me will be acquired for my own account without the participation of any other person, with the intent of holding the Common Stock for investment and without the intent of participating, directly or indirectly, in a distribution of the Common Stock and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the Common Stock, nor am I aware of the existence of any distribution of the Common Stock;

I am not acquiring the Common Stock based upon any representation, oral or written, by any person with respect to the future value of, or income from, the Common Stock but rather upon an independent examination and judgment as to the prospects of the Company;

The Common Stock was not offered to me by means of publicly disseminated advertisements or sales literature, nor am I aware of any offers made to other persons by such means;

I am able to bear the economic risks of the investment in the Common Stock, including the risk of a complete loss of my investment therein;

I understand and agree that the Common Stock will be issued and sold to me without registration under any state law relating to the registration of securities for sale, and will be issued and sold in reliance on the exemptions from registration under the 1933 Act, provided by Sections 3(b) and/or 4(2) thereof and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder;

The Common Stock cannot be offered for sale, sold or transferred by me other than pursuant to: (A) an effective registration under the 1933 Act or in a transaction otherwise in compliance with the 1933 Act; and (B) evidence satisfactory to the Company of compliance with the applicable securities laws of other jurisdictions. The Company shall be entitled to rely upon an opinion of counsel satisfactory to it with respect to compliance with the above laws;

The Company will be under no obligation to register the Common Stock or to comply with any exemption available for sale of the Common Stock without registration or filing, and the information or conditions necessary to permit routine sales of securities of the Company under Rule 144 under the 1933 Act are not now available and no assurance has been given that it or they will become available. The Company is under no obligation to act in any manner so as to make Rule 144 available with respect to the Common Stock;

Exhibit 1 – Page 2 of 3




I have and have had complete access to and the opportunity to review and make copies of all material documents related to the business of the Company, including, but not limited to, contracts, financial statements, tax returns, leases, deeds and other books and records. I have examined such of these documents as I wished and am familiar with the business and affairs of the Company. I realize that the purchase of the Common Stock is a speculative investment and that any possible profit therefrom is uncertain;

I have had the opportunity to ask questions of and receive answers from the Company and any person acting on its behalf and to obtain all material information reasonably available with respect to the Company and its affairs. I have received all information and data with respect to the Company which I have requested and which I have deemed relevant in connection with the evaluation of the merits and risks of my investment in the Company;

I have such knowledge and experience in financial and business matters that I am capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the purchase of the Common Stock hereunder and I am able to bear the economic risk of such purchase; and

The agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made by me herein extend to and apply to all of the Common Stock of the Company issued to me pursuant to this Award. Acceptance by me of the certificate representing such Common Stock shall constitute a confirmation by me that all such agreements, representations, warranties and covenants made herein shall be true and correct at that time.


I understand that the certificates representing the shares being purchased by me in accordance with this notice shall bear a legend referring to the foregoing covenants, representations and warranties and restrictions on transfer, and I agree that a legend to that effect may be placed on any certificate which may be issued to me as a substitute for the certificates being acquired by me in accordance with this notice. I further understand that capitalized terms used in this Notice of Exercise without definition shall have the meanings given to them in the Award or in the Plan, as applicable.

Very truly yours,

                    

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.

By:                     
Title:                     

Number of Shares                Number of Shares
Exercised:                      Remaining:                     


Date:                     



Exhibit 1 – Page 3 of 3




SCHEDULE 1

VESTING SCHEDULE
INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AWARD
ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE
FIRST SECURITY GROUP, INC.
2012 LONG-TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

A.
The Option Shares shall become vested Option Shares following the completion of a number of continuous years of service as an employee, director, or any other type of service provider of the Company or any Affiliate after the Grant Date as indicated in the schedule below.

Percentage of Option Shares
which are Vested
Continuous Years of Service
after the Grant Date
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

B.
For purposes of the Vesting Schedule, Participant shall be granted a year of service for each twelve-consecutive-month period following the Grant Date during which the employment or any other service relationship between the Participant and the Company and its Affiliates continues. No credit will be given for completion of a partial year of service and no period of time following the Participant’s Termination of Employment and/or any other service relationship(s) with the Company (including all Affiliates) shall count towards the vesting of Option Shares.



Schedule 1 – Page 1 of 1

Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements No. 333-105946, 333-117973, 333-139736, and 333-145030 on Form S-8 and No. 333-157196 on Form S-3 of First Security Group, Inc. of our report dated April 15, 2013 relating to the 2012 consolidated financial statements and effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
/s/ Crowe Horwath LLP
Brentwood, Tennessee
April 15, 2013



Exhibit 23.2
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-105946, No. 333-117973, No. 333-139736, and No. 333-145030) and Form S-3 (No. 333-157196) of First Security Group, Inc. of our report, dated April 15, 2011, with respect to our audits of the consolidated financial statements of First Security Group, Inc. and subsidiary included in and incorporated by reference in the Annual Report on Form 10-K of First Security Group, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2012.
Our report dated April 15, 2011 on the consolidated financial statements included an explanatory paragraph relating to the existence of substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.
/s/ Joseph Decosimo and Company, PLLC
Chattanooga, Tennessee
April 15, 2013




Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
I, D. Michael Kramer, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of First Security Group, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 15, 2013
 
 
/s/ D. Michael Kramer
 
D. Michael Kramer
 
Chief Executive Officer





Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF THE PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a) OF
THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

I, John R. Haddock, certify that:

1.
I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of First Security Group, Inc.;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
 
a)
designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)
designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
 
c)
evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
 
d)
disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):
a)
all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b)
any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 15, 2013
 
 
/s/ John R. Haddock
 
John R. Haddock
 
Secretary, Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President





Exhibit 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b) OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

In connection with the Annual Report of First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, D. Michael Kramer, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

April 15, 2013
/s/ D. Michael Kramer
 
D. Michael Kramer
 
Chief Executive Officer
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.





Exhibit 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(b) OF THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

In connection with the Annual Report of First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, John R. Haddock, Secretary, Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
 
(1)
The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
 
(2)
The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
April 15, 2013
/s/ John R. Haddock
 
John R. Haddock
 
Secretary, Chief Financial Officer & Executive Vice President
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.




Exhibit 99.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO EESA
I, D. Michael Kramer, certify, based on my knowledge, that:
(i) The entity serving as the compensation committee (the “Committee”) of First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”) has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, the senior executive officer (“SEO”) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company and each entity aggregated with the Company as the “TARP Recipient” as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (collectively referred to as the “TARP Recipient”);
(ii) The Committee has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the TARP Recipient, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to the TARP Recipient and has limited those features to ensure that the TARP Recipient is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
(iii) The Committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the TARP Recipient to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;
(iv) The Committee will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;
(v) The Committee will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in:
(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the TARP Recipient;
(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose the TARP Recipient to risks; and
(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the TARP Recipient to enhance the compensation of an employee;
(vi) The TARP Recipient has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), to SEOs and any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
(vii) The TARP Recipient has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(viii) The TARP Recipient has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(ix) The TARP Recipient and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;
(x) The TARP Recipient will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable Federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the Federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(xi) The TARP Recipient will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
(xii) The TARP Recipient will disclose whether the TARP Recipient, the board of directors of the Company, or the Committee has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
(xiii) The TARP Recipient has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(xiv) The TARP Recipient has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between the TARP Recipient and Treasury, including any amendments;
(xv) The TARP Recipient has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and
(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)
Date: April 15, 2013
 
 
/s/ D. Michael Kramer
 
D. Michael Kramer
Chief Executive Officer



Exhibit 99.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO EESA
I, John R. Haddock, certify, based on my knowledge, that:
(i) The entity serving as the compensation committee (the “Committee”) of First Security Group, Inc. (the “Company”) has discussed, reviewed, and evaluated with senior risk officers at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, the senior executive officer (“SEO”) compensation plans and the employee compensation plans and the risks these plans pose to the Company and each entity aggregated with the Company as the “TARP Recipient” as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (collectively referred to as the “TARP Recipient”);
(ii) The Committee has identified and limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period any features of the SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the TARP Recipient, and during that same applicable period has identified any features of the employee compensation plans that pose risks to the TARP Recipient and has limited those features to ensure that the TARP Recipient is not unnecessarily exposed to risks;
(iii) The Committee has reviewed, at least every six months during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, the terms of each employee compensation plan and identified any features of the plan that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the TARP Recipient to enhance the compensation of an employee, and has limited any such features;
(iv) The Committee will certify to the reviews of the SEO compensation plans and employee compensation plans required under (i) and (iii) above;
(v) The Committee will provide a narrative description of how it limited during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that included a TARP period the features in:
(A) SEO compensation plans that could lead SEOs to take unnecessary and excessive risks that could threaten the value of the TARP Recipient;
(B) Employee compensation plans that unnecessarily expose the TARP Recipient to risks; and
(C) Employee compensation plans that could encourage the manipulation of reported earnings of the TARP Recipient to enhance the compensation of an employee;
(vi) The TARP Recipient has required that bonus payments, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA (bonus payments), to SEOs and any of the next twenty most highly compensated employees be subject to a recovery or “clawback” provision during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period if the bonus payments were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or any other materially inaccurate performance metric criteria;
(vii) The TARP Recipient has prohibited any golden parachute payment, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to an SEO or any of the next five most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(viii) The TARP Recipient has limited bonus payments to its applicable employees in accordance with section 111 of EESA and the regulations and guidance established thereunder during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(ix) The TARP Recipient and its employees have complied with the excessive or luxury expenditures policy, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period; and any expenses that, pursuant to this policy, required approval of the board of directors, a committee of the board of directors, an SEO, or an executive officer with a similar level of responsibility were properly approved;
(x) The TARP Recipient will permit a non-binding shareholder resolution in compliance with any applicable Federal securities rules and regulations on the disclosures provided under the Federal securities laws related to SEO compensation paid or accrued during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(xi) The TARP Recipient will disclose the amount, nature, and justification for the offering during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period, of any perquisites, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, whose total value exceeds $25,000 for any employee who is subject to the bonus payment limitations identified in paragraph (viii);
(xii) The TARP Recipient will disclose whether the TARP Recipient, the board of directors of the Company, or the Committee has engaged during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period a compensation consultant; and the services the compensation consultant or any affiliate of the compensation consultant provided during this period;
(xiii) The TARP Recipient has prohibited the payment of any gross-ups, as defined in the regulations and guidance established under section 111 of EESA, to the SEOs and the next twenty most highly compensated employees during any part of the most recently completed fiscal year that was a TARP period;
(xiv) The TARP Recipient has substantially complied with all other requirements related to employee compensation that are provided in the agreement between the TARP Recipient and Treasury, including any amendments;
(xv) The TARP Recipient has submitted to Treasury a complete and accurate list of the SEOs and the twenty next most highly compensated employees for the current fiscal year, with the non-SEOs ranked in descending order of level of annual compensation, and with the name, title, and employer of each SEO and most highly compensated employee identified; and
(xvi) I understand that a knowing and willful false or fraudulent statement made in connection with this certification may be punished by fine, imprisonment, or both. (See, for example, 18 U.S.C. 1001.)
Date: April 15, 2013
 
 
/s/ John R. Haddock
 
John R. Haddock
Chief Financial Officer